Civic Coupe and Sedan Supplement

0-1
Introduction
How to Use This Manual General Info

This supplement contains information for the 2002 HONDA CIVIC. Refer to Specifications
following shop manuals for service procedures and data not included in this Maintenance
supplement.
Description Code No.
HONDA CIVIC MAINTENANCE,
REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION 2001
VOLUME 1 62S5A00A
VOLUME 2 62S5A00B
HONDA CIVIC COUPE SUPPLEMENT 62S5A200
HONDA CIVIC 5-door SUPPLEMENT 62S5A210
The 2001 Honda Civic Shop Manual is divided into 3 sections.
You can quickly find the first page of each section without looking through a full
table of contents. The symbols printed at the top corner of each page can also
be used as a quick reference system.
Safety Messages
Your safety and the safety of others, is very important. To help you make
informed decisions, we have provided safety messages and other safety
information throughout this manual. Of course, it is not practical or possible to
warn you about all the hazards associated with servicing this vehicle. You must
use your own good judgement.
You will find important safety information in a variety of forms including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol and

one of three signal words, DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you do not follow instructions.
WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you do not follow instructions.
CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you do not follow instructions.
● Instructions - how to service this vehicle correctly and safely.
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest product

information available at the time of printing. We reserve the right to make
changes at any time without notice. No part of this publication may be
reproduced, stored in retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher. This includes text,
figures and tables.
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a
symbol. The purpose of this message is to help prevent
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
First Edition 72 pages
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/0-1.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:44 PM

0-1
All Rights Reserved

HONDA MOTOR CO.,LTD.
Service Publication Office
As sections with *include SRS components;
special precautions are required when servicing.

1-1
General Information
Chassis and Engine Numbers - 4-Door Model 1-2

Chassis and Engine Numbers - 5-Door Model 1-5
Chassis and Engine Numbers - Coupe Model 1-7
Abbreviations 1-9
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/...nda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-1.htm7/5/2011 11:11:47 PM
1-2
Chassis and Engine Numbers 1-2

4-Door Model
1-3
Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd) 1-3

Applicable Area Code/VIN/Engine Number/Transmission Number List
MODEL APPLICABLE GRADE TRANSMISSION VEHICLE ENGINE TRANSMISSION
AREA CODE NAME TYPE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER NUMBER
NUMBER
CIVIC 4-door KE 1.4S 5MT JHMES45302S200001- D14Z5-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES46302S200001- D14Z5-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6SE 5MT JHMES55402S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES56402S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KG 1.4S 5MT JHMES45302S200001- D14Z5-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES46302S200001- D14Z5-2000001- SLXA-000001-
1.6LS 5MT JHMES55402S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES56402S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
5MT JHMES55502S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES56502S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6ES 5MT JHMES55702S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES56702S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
5MT JHMES55902S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES56902S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KQ GLI 5MT JHMES15502S200001- D17Z1-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES16502S200001- D17Z1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
VTI 5MT JHMES15002S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES16002S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KK DX 5MT JHMES85102S200001- D15Y5-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86102S200001- D15Y5-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
5MT JHMES85202S200001- D15Y5-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86202S200001- D15Y5-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
LX 5MT JHMES15502S200001- D17A1-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES16502S200001- D17A1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
5MT 1HGES15502L500001- D17A1-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGES16502L500001- D17A1-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
5MT 1HGES15602L500001- D17A1-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGES16602L500001- D17A1-2000001- BMXA-6000001-
5MT 2HGES155*2H750001- D17A3-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 2HGES165*2H750001- D17A3-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
EX 5MT JHMES15702S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES16702S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
5MT 1HGES15702L500001- D17A2-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGES16702L500001- D17A2-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
5MT 1HGES15802L500001- D17A2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGES16802L500001- D17A2-2000001- BMXA-6000001-
5MT 2HGES157*2H750001- D17A4-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 2HGES167*2H750001- D17A4-2400001- BMXA-6000001-

1-3
KM LX-B 5MT 93HES15302Z000001- D17A3-2400001- SLW-1000001-

LX 5MT 93HES15502Z000001- D17A3-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 93HES16502Z000001- D17A3-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
EX 5MT 93HES15802Z000001- D17A4-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 93HES16802Z000001- D17A4-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
KP LX 5MT 93HES15502Z000001- D17A3-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 93HES16502Z000001- D17A3-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
EX 5MT 93HES15802Z000001- D17A4-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 93HES16802Z000001- D17A4-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
KX LX 5MT 1HGES155*2L900001- D17A2-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGES165*2L900001- D17A2-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
EX 5MT 1HGES157*2L900001- D17A2-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGES167*2L900001- D17A2-2400001- BMXA-6000001-

1-4

4-door Model (cont'd)
NUMBER
CIVIC 4-door KB 1.4S 5MT JHMES45302S200001- D14Z5-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES46302S200001- D14Z5-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6ES 5MT JHMES55702S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES56702S200001- D16W7-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KH EXI 4AT JHMES86802S200001- D15Y2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
VTI 4AT JHMES56802S200001- D16W8-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KU EXI 5MT JHMES85802S200001- D15Y6-2000001- SLW-2000001-
4AT JHMES86802S200001- D15Y6-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
EXI-H 5MT JHMES85802S200001- D15Y6-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86802S200001- D15Y6-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
VTI 5MT JHMES85902S200001- D15Y4-2000001- SLW-1000001-
HMM JHMES86902S200001- D15Y4-2000001- SLYA-2000001-
VTI-H 5MT JHMES85902S200001- D15Y4-2000001- SLW-1000001-
HMM JHMES86902S200001- D15Y4-2000001- SLYA-2000001-
VTI-S, VTI- 5MT JHMES15902S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
SH
HMM JHMES16902S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLYA-2000001-
5MT JHMES15002S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
HMM JHMES16002S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLYA-2000001-
KW EXI 5MT JHMES85802S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86802S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KY LXI 5MT JHMES853*2S400001- D15Y2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES863*2S400001- D15Y2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
5MT JHMES854*2S400001- D15Y2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES864*2S400001- D15Y2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
LXI-A 5MT JHMES853*2S400001- D15Y3-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES863*2S400001- D15Y3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
EXI 5MT JHMES857*2S400001- D15Y2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES867*2S400001- D15Y2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
5MT JHMES858*2S400001- D15Y2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES868*2S400001- D15Y2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
EXI-A 5MT JHMES857*2S400001- D15Y3-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES867*2S400001- D15Y3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
VTI 5MT JHMES158*2S400001- D17Z4-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES168*2S400001- D17Z4-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
5MT JHMES159*2S400001- D17Z4-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES169*2S400001- D17Z4-2000001- SLXA-1000001-
VTI-A 5MT JHMES158*2S400001- D17A5-2000001- SLW-1000001-

1-4
4AT JHMES168*2S400001- D17A5-2000001- SLXA-2000001-

KF LXI 5MT JHMES85302S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86302S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
EXI 5MT JHMES85702S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86702S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KN 150I 5MT JHMES85402S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86402S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
170I 5MT JHMES15902S200001- D17A5-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES16902S200001- D17A5-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KT LXI, LXI-B 5MT JHMES85302S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86302S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
EXI, EXI-B 5MT JHMES85702S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMES86702S200001- D15Y3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-

1-5

5-Door Model
1-6

5-door model (cont'd)
Application Area Code/VIN/Engine Number/Transmission Number List
NUMBER
CIVIC 5-door KQ VI 5MT JHMEU37302S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMEU38302S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
VTI 5MT JHMEU37502S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMEU38502S200001- D17A2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KT EXI 5MT JHMEU67401S200001- D16V2-2000001- SLW-1000001-
4AT JHMEU68401S200001- D16V2-2000001- SLXA-1000001-
KE 1.4S 5MT SHHEU77201U000101- D14Z6-2000001- HMW-1000001-
1.4SE 5MT SHHEU77401U000101- D14Z6-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU78401U000101- D14Z6-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
14SE 5MT SHHEU77601U000101- D14Z6-2000001- HMW-1000001-
Executive
4AT SHHEU78601U000101- D14Z6-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6S 5MT SHHEU87201U000101- D16V1-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88201U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6SE 5MT SHHEU87401U000101- D16V1-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88401U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
Executive
4AT SHHEU88701U000101- D16V2-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KG 1.4S 5MT SHHEU77201U000101- D14Z6-2000001- HMW-1000001-
1.4LS 5MT SHHEU77401U000101- D14Z6-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU78401U000101- D14Z6-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6S 5MT SHHEU87201U000101- D16V1-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88201U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6LS 5MT SHHEU87401U000101- D16V1-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88401U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6ES 5MT SHHEU87701U000101- D16V1-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88701U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KR 1.4S 5MT SHHEU77201U000101- D14Z6-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU78401U000101- D14Z6-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
1.6S 5MT SHHEU87201U000101- D16V1-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88201U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
4AT SHHEU88401U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
4AT SHHEU88701U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KS 1.4S 5MT SHHEU77201U000101- D14Z6-2000001- HMW-1000001-

1-6
4AT SHHEU78401U000101- D14Z6-2000001- SLXA-2000001-

4AT SHHEU88401U000101- D16V1-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
KY VTi 5MT SHHEU876*1U000101- D16V3-2000001- HMW-1000001-
SHHEU877*1U000101- D16V3-2000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU886*1U000101- D16V3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-
SHHEU887*1U000101- D16V3-2000001- SLXA-2000001-

1-7

Coupe model
1-8

Coupe model (cont'd)
NUMBER
CIVIC KE SE 5MT 1HGEM21302L600001- D17A8-2400001- SLW-1000001-
COUPE
4AT 1HGEM22302L600001- D17A8-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
SE 5MT 1HGEM21802L600001- D17A9-2400001- SLW-1000001-
Executive
4AT 1HGEM22802L600001- D17A9-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
KG LS 5MT 1HGEM21502L600001- D17A8-2400001- SLW-1000001-
ES 5MT 1HGEM21902L600001- D17A9-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22902L600001- D17A9-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
KR LS 5MT 1HGEM21302L600001- D17A8-2400001- SLW-1000001-
ES 5MT 1HGEM21902L600001- D17A9-2400001- SLW-1000001-
KK EX 5MT 1HGEM21902L500001- D17A2-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22902L500001- D17A2-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
KX EX 5MT 1HGEM219*2L900001- D17A2-2400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM229*2L900001- D17A2-2400001- BMXA-6000001-
1-9
Abbreviations 1-9
List of automotive abbreviations, which may be used in shop manual. EPR Evaporator Pressure Regulator
ABS Anti-lock Brake System EPS Electrical Power Steering
A/C Air Conditioning, Air Conditioner EVAP Evaporative
ACL Air Cleaner EX Exhaust
A/F Air Fuel Ratio F Front
ALR Automatic Locking Retractor FIA Fuel Injection Air
ALT Alternator FL Front Left
AMP Ampere(s) FP Fuel Pump
ANT Antenna FR Front Right
API American Petroleum Institute FSR Fail Safe Relay
APPROX. Approximately FWD Front Wheel Drive
ASSY Assembly GAL Gallon
A/T Automatic Transmission GND Ground
ATDC After Top Dead Centre GPS Global Positioning System
ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid H/B Hatchback
ATT Attachment HC Hydrocarbons
ATTS Active Torque Transfer System HID High Intensity Discharge
AUTO Automatic HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor
AUX Auxiliary IAB Intake Air Bypass
BARO Barometric IAC Idle Air Control
BAT Battery IACV Idle Air Control Valve
BDC Bottom Dead Centre IAR Intake Air Resonator
BTDC Before Top Dead Centre IAT Intake Air Temperature
CARB Carburettor ICM Ignition Control Module
CAT Catalytic Converter ID Identification
or CATA ID or I.D. Inside Diameter
CHG Charge IG or IGN Ignition
CKF Crankshaft Speed Fluctuation IMA Idle Mixture Adjustment
CKP Crankshaft Position Integrated Motor Assist
CO Carbon Monoxide IMMOBI. Immobiliser

COMP Complete IN Intake
CPB Clutch Pressure Back up INJ Injection
CPC Clutch Pressure Control INT Intermittent
CPU Central Processing Unit KS Knock Sensor
CVT Continuously Variable Transmission L Left
CYL Cylinder L/C Lock-up Clutch
CYP Cylinder Position LCD Liquid Crystal Display
DI Distributor Ignition LED Light Emitting Diode
DIFF Differential LEV Low Emission Vehicle
DLC Data Link Connector LF Left Front
DOHC Double Overhead Camshaft LH Left Handle
DPI Dual Point Injection LHD Left Handle Drive

1-9
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code LR Left Rear

EBD Electronic Brake Distribution LSD Limited Slip Differential
ECM Engine Control Module L-4 In-line Four Cylinder (engine)
ECT Engine Coolant Temperature
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation
ELD Electrical Load Detector

1-10
Abbreviations (cont'd) 1-10

MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure STD Standard
MAX. Maximum SW Switch
MBS Mainshaft Brake System T Torque
MCK Motor Check TB Throttle Body
MCU Moment Control Unit T/B Timing Belt
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp TC Torque Converter
MIN. Minimum TCM Transmission Control Module
MPI Multi Point Injection TCS Traction Control System
M/S Manual Steering TDC Top Dead Centre
M/T Manual Transmission TFT Thin Film Transistor
N Neutral T/N Tool Number
NOx Oxides of Nitrogen TP Throttle Position
OBD On-board Diagnostic TWC Three Way Catalytic Converter
O2S Oxygen Sensor VC Viscous Coupling
OD or O.D. Outside Diameter VDP Variable Displacement Pump
P Park VFV Variable Force Control Valve
PAIR Pulsed Secondary Air Injection VGR Variable Gear Ratio
PCM Powertrain Control Module VIN Vehicle Identification Number
PCV Positive Crankcase Ventilation VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
Proportioning Control Valve VTEC Variable Valve Timing & Lift Valve Electronic Control
PDU Power Drive Unit VVIS Variable Volume Intake System
PGM-FI Programmed-fuel Injection V-6 V-type Six Cylinder (engine)
PGM-IG Programmed Ignition W With
PH Pressure High W/O Without
PL Pilot Light or Pressure Low WOT Wide Open Throttle
PMR Pump Motor Relay 2WD Two Wheel Drive
P/N Part Number 4WD Four Wheel Drive
PRI Primary 2WS Two Wheel Steering
P/S Power Steering 4WS Four Wheel Steering
PSF Power Steering Fluid 4AT 4-speed Automatic Transmission
PSP Power Steering Pressure 5MT 5-speed Manual Transmission
PSW Pressure Switch 6MT 6-speed Manual Transmission
Qty Quantity Park
R Right Reverse
REF Reference
Neutral
RGB Red, Green, Black
Drive (1st through 4th gear)
RH Right Handle
RHD Right Handle Drive Drive (1st through 3rd gear)
RL Rear Left Second

RON Research Octane Number First
RR Rear Right
Drive
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_englis...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-10.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:46 PM

1-10
SCS Service Check Signal Second

SEC Second Low
Secondary
O/D Over Drive
SOHC Single Overhead Camshaft
1ST Low (gear)
SOL Solenoid
2ND Second (gear)
SPEC Specification
3RD Third (gear)
S/R Sun Roof
4TH Fourth (gear)
SRS Supplemental Restraint System
5TH Fifth (gear)
6TH Sixth (gear)

2-22
Standards and Service Limits 2-22

Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential
(cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New

Wire O.D. Free No. of
Diameter Length Coil
Secondary valve body springs, 3-4 shift valve spring 0.9 mm (0.035 in.) 7.6 mm (0.299 in.) 57.0 mm (2.244 26.8
refer to the 2001 Civic Shop in.)
Manual (see page 14-187)
2-3 shift valve spring 0.9 mm (0.035 in.) 7.6 mm (0.299 in.) 57.0 mm (2.244 26.8
in.)
4th exhaust valve spring 0.9 mm (0.035 in.) 6.1 mm (0.240 in.) 36.4 mm (1.433 19.5
in.)
3-4 orifice control valve spring 0.7 mm (0.028 in.) 6.6 mm (0.260 in.) 37.5 mm (1.476 24.6
in.)
Servo body springs, (see page 14- 1st accumulator spring 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) 16.0 mm (0.630 89.1 mm (3.508 16.2
94) in.) in.)
4th accumulator spring A 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) 17.0 mm (0.669 88.4 mm (3.480 14.2
in.) in.)
4th accumulator spring B 2.3 mm (0.091 in.) 10.2 mm (0.402 51.6 mm (2.031 13.8
in.) in.)
3rd accumulator spring A 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) 17.5 mm (0.689 94.3 mm (3.713 15.6
in.) in.)
3rd accumulator spring B 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) 31.0 mm (1.220 38.2 mm (1.504 2.4
in.) in.)
2nd accumulator spring C 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) 14.5 mm (0.571 68.0 mm (2.677 13.9
in.) in.)
2nd accumulator spring A 2.4 mm (0.094 in.) 29.0 mm (1.142 39.0 mm (1.535 2.9
in.) in.)
Lock-up valve body springs, refer Lock-up shift valve spring 0.9 mm (0.035 in.) 7.6 mm (0.299 in.) 73.7 mm (2.902 32.0
to the 2001 Civic Shop Manual in.)
(see page 14-189)
Lock-up timing valve spring 0.9 mm (0.035 in.) 8.1 mm (0.319 in.) 80.7 mm (3.177 54.2
in.)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or Service Limit

New
A/T differential carrier Pinion shaft contact area I.D. 18-010-18.028 mm -
(0.709-0.710 in.)
Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.023-0.057 mm 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)

(0.001-0.002 in.)
Driveshaft contact area I.D. 26.025-26.045 mm -

(1.0246-1.0254 in.)
Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance 0.045-0.086 mm 0.12 mm

(0.002-0.003 in.) (0.005 in.)
Set ring-to-carrier bearing outer race clearance 0-0.15 mm Adjust

(0-0.006 in.)
A/T differential pinion gear Backlash 0.05-0.15 mm -

(0.002-0.006 in.)
I.D. 18.042-18.066 mm -
(0.7103-0.7113 in.)
Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.055-0.095 mm 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

(0.0022-0.0037 in.)

2-22

2-23

Honda Multi Matic Transmission and HMM
Differential
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit

HMM Transmission Capacity Use genuine Honda ATF-Z1 For fluid change: 3.1 l (3.3 US qt, 2.7 Imp qt)
Fluid For overhaul: 5.6 l (5.9 US qt, 4.9 Imp qt)
Hydraulic pressure Forward clutch pressure At 1,500 rpm (min-1) in 1.4-1.75 MPa
position (14.3-17.8 kgf/cm2, 203-253 psi)
Reverse brake pressure At 1,500 rpm (min-1) in 1.4-1.75 MPa

Drive pulley pressure At 1,500 rpm (min-1) in 0.2-0.7 MPa

Driven pulley pressure At 1,500 rpm (min-1) in 1.5-2.3 MPa

Lubrication pressure At 3,000 rpm (min-1) in Above 0.2 MPa

position (Above 0.2 kgf/cm2, 30 psi)
Torque converter Stall speed Check with vehicle on D15Y4 engine in position 2,500 rpm (min-1) 2,350-2,650 rpm (min-1)
level ground
D15Y4 engine in , 3,000 rpm (min-1) 2,800-3,100 rpm (min-1)
and positions
D17A2 engine in position 2,500 rpm (min-1) 2,350-2,650 rpm (min-1)
D17A2 engine in , 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,600-2,900 rpm (min-1)

and positions
ATF pump ATF pump drive gear shaft O.D. 9.98-9.99 mm (0.3929-0.3933 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF pump driven gear shaft O.D. 9.98-9.99 mm (0.3929-0.3933 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF pump body bushing I.D. Drive gear shaft 10.0-10.015 mm (0.3937-0.3944 in.) When worn or damaged
Driven gear shaft 10.0-10.015 mm (0.3937-0.3944 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF pump gear side clearance 0.015-0.035 mm (0.0006-0.0014 in.) -
ATF pump gear-to-body clearance Drive gear 0.035-0.0505 mm (0.0014-0.0020 in.) -
Driven gear 0.035-0.0505 mm (0.0014-0.0020 in.) -
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/...da%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/2-23.htm7/5/2011 11:11:54 PM
2-24

Differential (cont'd)

Clutch Clutch end plate-to-top disc clearance Forward clutch 0.6-0.8 mm -
(0.024-0.031 in.)
Start clutch 0.5-0.7 mm -

(0.020-0.028 in.)
Reverse brake 0.45-0.75 mm -

(0.018-0.030 in.)
Clutch return spring free length Forward clutch 30.5 mm (1.20 in.) 28.5 mm (1.12 in.)
Start clutch 40.9 mm (1.61 in.) 38.9 mm (1.53 in.)
Reverse brake 29.4 mm (1.16 in.) 27.4 mm (1.08 in.)
Clutch disc thickness Forward clutch 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) -
Start clutch 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) -
Reverse brake 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) -
Clutch plate thickness Forward clutch 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) When discoloured
Start clutch 2.3 mm (0.091 in.) When discoloured
Reverse brake 1.35 mm (0.053 in.) When discoloured
Forward clutch end plate Mark 14 3.4 mm (0.134 in.) When discoloured
Mark 15 3.5 mm (0.138 in.) When discoloured
Reverse brake end plate Mark 1 3.6 mm (0.142 in.) When discoloured
2-25


Input shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area Flywheel side 19.987-20.000 mm When worn or damaged
(0.7869-0.7874 in.)
Forward clutch side 19.987-20.000 mm When worn or damaged

(0.7869-0.7874 in.)
Thrust clearance ATF pump driven sprocket hub 0.37-0.65 mm -

(0.015-0.026 in.)
Planetary carrier 0.05-0.11 mm -

(0.002-0.0043 in.)
Feed pipe O.D. Drive pulley feed pipe 6.97-6.98 mm 6.95 mm (0.274 in.)
(0.274-0.275 in.)
Forward clutch feed pipe 11.47-11.48 mm 11.45 mm (0.451 in.)

(0.4516-0.4520 in.)
Feed pipe bushing I.D. Drive pulley feed pipe 7.00-7.015 mm 7.030 mm (0.277 in.)
(0.2756-0.2762 in.)
Forward clutch feed pipe 11.5-11.518 mm 11.533 mm (0.454 in.)

(0.4528-0.4535 in.)
Sealing ring groove width 2.00-2.10 mm 2.105 mm (0.083 in.)

(0.079-0.083 in.)
Thrust shim, 22 x 28 mm thickness (ATF pump driven C 1.15 mm (0.045 in.) When worn or damaged
sprocket hub)
D 1.40 mm (0.055 in.) When worn or damaged
E 1.65 mm (0.065 in.) When worn or damaged
F 1.90 mm (0.075 in.) When worn or damaged
G 2.15 mm (0.085 in.) When worn or damaged
H 2.40 mm (0.095 in.) When worn or damaged
Thrust shim, 25 x 31 mm thickness (Planetary carrier) A 1.050 mm (0.041 in.) When worn or damaged
B 1.12 mm (0.044 in.) When worn or damaged
C 1.19 mm (0.047 in.) When worn or damaged
I 1.61 mm (0.063 in.) When worn or damaged
J 1.68 mm (0.066 in.) When worn or damaged
K 1.75 mm (0.069 in.) When worn or damaged
L 1.82 mm (0.072 in.) When worn or damaged
M 1.085 mm (0.0427 in.) When worn or damaged
N 1.155 mm (0.0454 in.) When worn or damaged
O 1.225 mm (0.0482 in.) When worn or damaged
P 1.295 mm (0.0510 in.) When worn or damaged
Q 1.365 mm (0.0537 in.) When worn or damaged
R 1.435 mm (0.0565 in.) When worn or damaged

2-25
S 1.505 mm (0.0593 in.) When worn or damaged

T 1.575 mm (0.0620 in.) When worn or damaged
U 1.645 mm (0.0648 in.) When worn or damaged
V 1.715 mm (0.0675 in.) When worn or damaged
W 1.785 mm (0.0703 in.) When worn or damaged

2-26


Drive pulley shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area Flywheel side 24.007-24.020 mm When worn or damaged
(0.945-0.946 in.)
Forward clutch side 24.007-24.020 mm When worn or damaged

(0.945-0.946 in.)
I.D. at sealing ring 24.007-24.020 mm When worn or damaged

(0.945-0.946 in.)
Driven pulley shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area Start clutch side 43.981-43.991 mm When worn or damaged
(1.7315-1.7319 in.)
Thrust clearance Start clutch side 0-0.13 mm (0-0.005 in.) -

Cotter, 25.5 mm thickness (Start clutch hub) A 2.90 mm (0.114 in.) When worn or damaged
Starter clutch feed pipe O.D. End cover side 6.97-6.98 mm 6.95 mm (0.274 in.)
(0.274-0.275 in.)
Flywheel housing side 8.97-8.98 mm 8.95 mm (0.352 in.)

(0.353-0.354 in.)
Driven pulley shaft feed pipe O.D. 11.47-11.48 mm 11.45 mm (0.451 in.)
(0.4516-0.4520 in.)
Start clutch feed pipe bushing I.D. End cover side 7.00-7.015 mm 7.030 mm (0.277 in.)
(0.2756-0.2762 in.)
Flywheel housing side 9.0-9.015 mm 9.03 mm (0.356 in.)

(0.354-0.355 in.)
Driven pulley shaft feed pipe bushing I.D. 11.50-11.518 mm 11.533 mm (0.454 in.)
(0.4528-0.4535 in.)
Start clutch end plate I.D. 88.90-88.935 mm When worn or damaged

(3.500-3.501 in.)
Secondary gear shaft Thrust clearance 0-0.15 mm (0-0.006 in.) -

Thrust shim, 25 x 35 mm thickness A 2.80 mm (0.110 in.) When worn or damaged
I 3.60 mm (0.142 in.) When worn or damaged
J 3.70 mm (0.146 in.) When worn or damaged
K 3.80 mm (0.150 in.) When worn or damaged
Sealing ring groove width 2.50-2.65 mm 2.655 mm (0.105 in.)
(0.098-0.104 in.)
Park gear and pawl When worn or damaged

2-26

2-27

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or Service Limit

New
HMM differential carrier Pinion shaft contact area I.D. 18.010-18.028 mm -
(0.709-0.710 in.)

(0.001-0.002 in.)

(1.0246-1.0254 in.)
Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance 0.045-0.086 mm 0.12 mm (0.005 in.)

(0.002-0.003 in.)

(0-0.006 in.)
HMM differential pinion gear Backlash 0.08-0.15 mm -

(0.003-0.006 in.)
I.D. 18.042-18.066 mm -
(0.7103-0.7113 in.)

(0.0022-0.0037 in.)
2-28

Steering

Steering wheel Rotational play measured at outside With engine running 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in.) -
edge
Starting load measured at outside edge With engine running 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 lbs) -
Gearbox Angle of rack guide screw loosened 20° Max.
from locked position
Pump Output pressure with shut-off valve Engine speed at 3,000 rpm (min-1) 7,600-8,300 kPa (78-85 kgf/cm2, 1,110-1,210 psi)
closed 290-1,100 kPa (3-11 kgf/cm2, 43-156 psi)
Power steering fluid Capacity Use Genuine Honda power steering fluid For reservoir capacity: 0.3 l (0.32 US qt, 0.26 Imp qt)
For system capacity: 1.0 l (1.06 US qt, 0.88 Imp qt)
Power steering pump belt Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbs) Used belt: 13.0-16.5 mm (0.51-0.65 in.)
NOTE: Adjust a new belt applied mid-way between pulleys
to the new belt spec, run New belt: 9.0-11.0 mm (0.35-0.43 in.)
the engine for 5 minutes, Tension (measured with belt tension Used belt: 390-540 N (40-55 kgf, 88-121 lbs)
then readjust it to the used gauge)
belt spec. New belt: 740-880 N (75-90 kgf, 165-198 lbs)
Suspension
Wheel alignment Camber Front 0°00'+45°
Rear -0°45'+45'
Caster Front 1°33'+1°
Total Toe Front 0+3 mm (0+0.12 in.)
Rear Adjust: IN 2 +2/-1 mm (0.08 +0.08/-0.04 in.)
Inspect: IN 2+3 mm (0.08+0.12 in.)
Front wheel turning angle Inside wheel 40°00'+2°

Except 1.7 l engine 38°00'+2°
1.7 l engine 31°00' (Reference)
Outside wheel 30°00' (Reference)
Except 1.7 l engine
1.7 l engine
Aluminium wheel Runout Axial 0-0.7 mm (0-0.03 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Radial 0-0.7 mm (0-0.03 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Steel wheel Runout Axial 0-1.0 mm (0-0.04 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Radial 0-1.0 mm (0-0.04 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Wheel bearings End play Front 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)
Rear 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)
2-29

Brakes

Parking brake lever Distance travelled when pulled with 4-door Rear drum brake 6-7 clicks, Rear disc brake 7-8 clicks
196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbs) of force
5-door 8-9 clicks
Brake pedal Pedal height (Carpet removed) M/T 4-door, coupe 184 mm (7.24 in.), 5-door 180 mm (7.09 in.)
A/T 4-door, coupe 188 mm (7.40 in.), 5-door 184 mm (7.24 in.)
Free play 0.4-3.0 mm (0.016-0.118 in.)
Master cylinder Piston-to-pushrod clearance 0-0.4 mm (0-0.02 in.)
Brake disc Thickness Front 20.9-21.8 mm (0.82-0.86 in.) 19.0 mm (0.75 in.)
Rear 8.9-9.1 mm (0.350-0.358 in.) 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
Runout - 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Parallelism - 0.015 mm (0.0006 in.)
Brake pads Thickness Front KX model 9.5-10.5 mm (0.37-0.41 in.) 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
Except KX model 9.0-10.0 mm (0.35-0.39 in.) 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
Thickness Rear 8.5-9.5 mm (0.33-0.37 in.) 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
Brake drum I.D. 4-door, coupe 199.9-200.0 mm (7.870-7.874 in.) 201 mm (7.91 in.)
5-door 219.9-220.0 mm (8.657-8.661 in.) 221 mm (8.701 in.)
Brake shoes Lining thickness 4-door, coupe 4.0 mm (0.16 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
5-door 4.5 mm (0.18 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Brake booster Vehicle Characteristics at 196 N (20 kgf, Vacuum N (kgf, lbf) kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)
with ABS 44 lbf) pedal force kPa (mmHg, inHg)
(1) (2)
0 (0, 0) 98 (10, 22) 0 (0, 0) 0 (0, 0)
294 (30, 66) 1700 (17, 240) 1600 (16, 230)
66.7 (500, 19.7) 98 (10, 22) 4600 (47, 670) 4200 (43, 610)
294 (30, 66) 10500 10300
(107, 1500) (105, 1500)
Brake booster Vehicle Characteristics at 196 N (20 kgf, Vacuum N (kgf, lbf) kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)
without ABS 44 lbf) pedal force kPa (mmHg, inHg)
(3) (4) (5)
0 (0, 0) 98 (10, 22) 0 (0, 0) 0 (0, 0) 0 (0, 0)
294 (30, 66) 1700 (17, 240) 1600 (16, 230) 1800 (18, 260)
66.7 (500, 19.7) 98 (10, 22) 4400 (45, 640) 4100 (42, 600) 4800 (49, 700)
294 (30, 66) 10500 10300 9800
(107, 1500) (105, 1500) (100, 1400)
(1) Except 4-door KQ models, coupe KK, KY, KX models

(2) 4-door KQ model, except coupe KK, KY, KX models
(3) Except 4-door KQ, PA models and KK (VIN) model, coupe KK, KY, KX models
(4) 4-door KQ model and KK (VIN) model, except coupe KK, KY, KX models
(5) 4-door PA model
Air Conditioning
Refrigerant Type HFC-134 a (R-134 a)
Capacity or system 500-550 g (17.6-19.4 oz)
Refrigerant oil Type SANDEN: SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003 or38899-P13-A01)

2-29
Capacity of components Condenser 25 ml (5/6 fl oz, 0.9 Imp oz)

Evaporator 45 ml (1 ½ fl oz, 1.3 Imp oz)
Each line and hose 10 ml (1/3 fl oz, 0.4 Imp oz)
Receiver 10 ml (1/3 fl oz, 0.4 Imp oz)
Compressor 130-150 ml (4 1/3 fl oz, 3.7 Imp oz-5 fl oz, 4.5 Imp oz)
Compressor Starter coil resistance at 68°F (20°C) 3.05-3.35 ohms
Pulley-to-pressure plate clearance 0.5+0.15 mm (0.02+0.006 in.)
Compressor belt NOTE: Adjust a Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbs) Used belt: 8.5-11.0 mm (0.33-0.43 in.)
new belt to the new belt spec., applied mid-way between pulleys
New belt: 5.0-6.5 mm (0.20-0.26 in.)
run the engine for 5 minutes,
then readjust it to the used belt Tension (measured with belt tension Used belt: 440-590 N (45-60 kgf, 100-130 lbs)
spec. gauge)
New belt: 930-1,125 N (95-115 kgf, 210-255 lbs)

2-30
Design Specifications 2-30

Item Measurement Qualification Specification
DIMENSIONS Overall length 4-door 4,460 mm (175.6 in.)*1
4,450 mm (175.2 in.)*2
4,435 mm (174.6 in.)*3 *4
5-door 4,285 mm (168.7 in.)
Coupe 4,440 mm (174.8 in.)
Overall width 4-door 1,715 mm (67.5 in.)
1,720 mm (67.7 in.)*3
1,695 mm (66.7 in.)*4
5-door 1,695 mm (66.7 in.)
Coupe 1,695 mm (66.7 in.)
Overall height 4-door 1,445 mm (56.9 in.)
1,440 mm (56.7 in.)*2 *3 *4
5-door 1,495 mm (58.9 in.)
1,585 mm (62.4 in.)*5
Coupe 1,415 mm (55.7 in.)*8
1,400 mm (55.1 in.)*9
Wheelbase 4-door 2,625 mm (103.3 in.)
2,620 mm (103.1 in.)*2 *3 *4
5-door 2,680 mm (105.5 in.)*7
2,685 mm (105.7 in.)*6
Coupe 2,620 mm (103.1 in.)
Track Front (4-door) 1,471 mm (57.9 in.)
1,470 mm (57.9 in.)*2 *3 *4
Front (5-door) 1,470 mm (57.9 in.)*7
1,472 mm (58.0 in.)*6
Front (Coupe) 1,465 mm (57.7 in.)
Rear (4-door) 1,478 mm (58.2 in.)
1,470 mm (57.9 in.)*2 *3
1,465 mm (57.7 in.)*4
Rear (5-door) 1,470 mm (57.9 in.)*7
1,489 mm (58.6 in.)*6
Rear (Coupe) 1,470 mm (57.9 in.)
Ground clearance 104 mm (4.10 in.)
Seating capacity Five
WEIGHT Curb Weight 4-door (M/T) 1,077-1,144 kg (2,374-2,522 lbs)
1,100-1,135 kg (2,425-2,502 lbs)*2
4-door (A/T) 1,106-1,170 kg (2,438-2,579 lbs)
1,125-1,160 kg (2,480-2,557 lbs)*2
4-door (HMM) 1,140-1,145 kg (2,513-2,524 lbs)
5-door (M/T) 1,130-1,195 kg (2,491-2,634 lbs)
1,160-1,190 kg (2,557-2,623 lbs)*2
5-door (A/T) 1,164-1,221 kg (2,566-2,692 lbs)

2-30
1,185-1,215 kg (2,612-2,679 lbs)*2

Coupe (M/T) 1,103-1,171 kg (2,432-2,582 lbs)
Coupe (A/T) 1,128-1,196 kg (2,487-2,637 lbs)
Max. permissible Weight European model 1,620-1,660 kg (3,570-3,660 lbs)
4-door (KY model) 1,555 kg (3,428 lbs)
Coupe 1,575 kg (3,472 lbs)
Max. loaded Vehicle Weight (ADR)*2 4-door 1,580 kg (3,483 lbs)
5-door (M/T) 1,640 kg (3,616 lbs)
5-door (A/T) 1,660 kg (3,660 lbs)
*1: European model

*2: Australian model
*3: Saudi Arabia model
*4: Hong Kong model
*5: With Roof Antenna
*6: European model (MPW Condition)
*7: Except European model
*8: KK model
*9: Except KK model

2-31

(cont'd)

ENGINE Type D17A5, D17A4, D17A2, D17A9, D16V1, D16V2, D16V3, D16W8, Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC VTEC engine
D16W7, D15Y4 engines
D17A8, D17A3, D17A1, D17Z1, D15Y6, D15Y5, D15Y3, D15Y2, Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC engine
D14Z5, D14Z6 engines
Cylinder arrangement Inline 4-cylinder, transverse
Bore and stroke D14Z5, D14Z6 engine 75 x 79 mm (2.95 x 3.11 in.)
D15Y6, D15Y5, D15Y4, D15Y3, D15Y2 engines 75 x 84.5 mm (2.95 x 3.33 in.)
D16V3, D16V2, D16V1, D16W8, D16W7 engines 75 x 90 mm (2.95 x 3.54 in.)
D17A9, D17A8, D17A5, D17A4, D17A3, D17A2, D17A1, D17Z1 75 x 94.4 mm (2.95 x 3.72 in.)
engines
Displacement D14Z5, D14Z6 engines 1,396 cm3 (85 cu in.)
D15Y6, D15Y5, D15Y4, D15Y3, D15Y2 engines 1,493 cm3 (91 cu in.)
D16V3, D16V2, D16V1, D16W8, D16W7 engines 1,590 cm3 (97 cu in.)
D17A9, D17A8, D17A5, D17A4, D17A3, D17A2, D17A1, D17Z1 1,668 cm3 (102 cu in.)
engines
Compression ratio D14Z5, D14Z6 engines 10.4
D15Y5, D15Y3, D15Y2 engines 9.0
D15Y6 engine 9.4
D15Y4 engine 9.9
D16V2, D16V1, D16W8 engines 9.4
D16V3, D16W7 engine 10.4
D17A8, D17A5, D17A3, D17A1, D17Z1 engines 9.5
D17A9, D17A4, D17A2 engines 9.9
D17A5 engine 9.5
Valve train D17A5, D17A4, D17A2, D17A9, D16V1, D16V2, D16V3, D16W8, Belt driven, SOHC VTEC 4 valves per cylinder
D16W7, D15Y4 engines
D17A8, D17A3, D17A1, D15Y5, D15Y3, D15Y2, D14Z5, D14Z6 Belt driven, SOHC 4 valves per cylinder
engines
2-32

(cont'd)

ENGINE Lubrication system Forced, wet sump, with trochoid pump
Oil pump displacement at 6,000 engine rpm 36.4 l (38.5 US qt, 32.0 imp qt)/minute
Water pump displacement at 6,000 engine rpm 130 l (137 US qt, 114 imp qt)/minute
Fuel required (4-door and 5-door KQ, KK, KX, KP, KV, KH, KN, UNLEADED gasoline with 86 research octane number or higher
(Japan made) models) KU models
KE, KG, KB models Premium UNLEADED gasoline with 93 research octane number or higher
KY, KF, KW, KT models LEADED gasoline with 86 pump octane number or higher (RON of 86
UNLEADED gasoline may also be used)
Fuel required (5-door (England made) KK model UNLEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher
model)
KB, KE, KG, KR models Premium UNLEADED gasoline with 95 research octane number or higher
KX model UNLEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher
(RON or 95 Premium UNLEADED gasoline may also be used)
KY model LEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher (RON or 91
Fuel required (Coupe model) KE, KG, KR, KS models UNLEADED gasoline with 95 research octane number or higher
KY model LEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher (RON or 91
STARTER Type Gear reduction
Normal output 0.8 kW, 1.0 kW, 1.2 kW
Hour rating 30 seconds
Direction of rotation Clockwise as viewed from gear end
CLUTCH Clutch M/T Single plate dry, diaphragm spring
A/T Torque converter
Clutch friction material surface area M/T 176 cm3 (102 sq in.)
MANUAL TRANSMISSION Type Synchronised, 5-speed forward, 1 reverse
Primary reduction Direct 1:1
Gear ratio 1st D14/D16/D17 engines 4-door 3.142
Other engines 3.461
2nd D14 engine 4-door 1.750 other engines 1.869

3rd 1.241
4th KU D15 engine 0.911 other engines 0.969
5th KU D15 engine 0.756 other engines 0.805
Reverse 3.230
Final reduction Type Single helical gear
Gear ratio 4.411
AUTOMATIC Type Electronically controlled automatic, 4-speed forward, 1 reverse
TRANSMISSION
Gear ratio 1st 2.722
2nd KU D17A2 engine model: 1.516, other model: 1.468
3rd KU D17A2 engine model: 1.078, other model: 0.975
4th KU D17A2 engine model: 1.516, other model: 0.674
Reverse 1.955
Gear ratio KU D15Y6 engine model: 4.066, other model: 4.357

2-32

2-34

(cont'd)

TYRES (5-door (England Size of front, rear and spare for KE 1.4S, 1.4SE 185/70R14 88H
made) model) model
1.4SE Executive, 1.6S, 1.6SE, 1.6SE 195/60R15 88H
Executive
Size of front and rear for KG, KR, KS 1.4S, 1.4LS 185/70R14 88H
models
1.6S, 1.6LS, 1.6ES 195/60R15 88H
Size of spare for KG, KR, KS models T125/70D15 95M
Size of front, rear and spare for KY 195/60R15 88H
model
TYRES (Coupe model) Size of front and rear tyre KK, KX models P185/65R15 86H
KE, KG, KB, KR, KY models P195/60R15 88H
Size of spare tyre KG, KB, KR, KX models T125/70D15 95M
AIR CONDITIONING Cooling capacity 3,870 kcal/h (15,400 BTU/h)
Compressor Type/manufacturer Scroll/SANDEN
Number of cylinders -
Capacity 85.7 ml/rev. (5.23 cu in./rev.)
Maximum speed 12,000 rpm
Lubricant capacity 130 ml (4 1/3 fl oz)
Lubricant type SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003, 38898-P13-003 or 38899-P13-A01)
Condenser Type Corrugated fin
Evaporator Type Corrugated fin
Blower Type Radial fan
Motor type 190 W/12 V
Speed control 9-speed
Maximum capacity 480 m3/h (16,900 cu ft/h)
Temperature control Air-mix type
Compressor clutch Type Dry, single plate, poly-V belt drive
Electrical power consumption at 20°C 42 W maximum at 12 V
(68°F)
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Quantity 500-550 g (17.5-19.5 oz)
3-4
Maintenance Schedule for Severe 3-4

Conditions
(European Model)
Listed by Distance/Time
Service at the indicated distance or time km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
whichever comes first.
miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace engine oil Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months
Replace engine oil filter
Replace air cleaner element
Inspect valve clearance Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Replace fuel filter
Replace spark plugs Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump
Inspect and adjust drive belts
Inspect idle speed
Replace engine coolant 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months, thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
or 60 months
Replace transmission fluid Manual Transmission Every 60,000 km (36,000 miles) or 48 months
Automatic Transmission 60,000 km (36,000 miles) or 48 months, thereafter every 40,000 km (24,000 miles) or 24
months
Inspect front and rear brakes Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months
Replace brake fluid Every 36 months
Check parking brake adjustment
Replace air conditioning filter Every 30,000 km (18,000 miles) or 12 months
Check light alignment
Test drive (noise, stability, dashboard operation)
Visually inspect the following items:
Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months
Suspension components
Driveshaft boots
Brake hoses and lines (including ABS)
All fluid levels and condition of fluid
Exhaust system
Fuel line and connections
Tyre condition
Follow the Severe Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the customer's vehicle is driven MAINLY under one or more of the following conditions:
● Driving less than 8km (5 miles) per trip or, in freezing temperatures, driving less than 16km (10 miles) per trip.
● Driving in extremely hot over 35°C (95°F) conditions.
● Extensive idling of long periods of stop-and-go driving.
● Trailer towing, driving with a car-top carrier, or driving in mountainous conditions.
● Driving on muddy, dusty, or de-iced roads.
3-5

Conditions
(European Model) (cont'd)
NOTES SECTION and PAGE

(see page 8-5)*1 (see page 8-3)*2
(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1

Check the valve clearance. (see page 6-8)*2
(see page 11-138)*1 (see page 11-296)*1 (see page 11-438)

*1 (see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-17)*2

Check water pump for signs of seal leakage. (see page 6-18)*1 (see page 6-22)*1
(see page 10-7)*1
● Check for cracks and damage. (see page 17-23)*1

● Check deflection and tension.
(see page 11-125)*1 (see page 11-285)*1 (see page 11-
425*1 (see page 11-560)*1 (see page 11-71)*2
Use genuine Honda All Season Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (see page 10-8)*1
Use genuine Honda MTF (Manual Transmission Fluid). (see page 13-3)*1
Use genuine Honda AFT-Z1 (ATF). (see page 14-122)*1
● Check the brake pad and disc thickness. Check for damage or cracks. (see page 19-3)*1
● Check the wheel cylinder for leaks.
● Check the brake linings for cracking, glazing, wear or contamination.
● Check the calipers for damage, leaks and tightness.
Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check that Brake (see page 19-7)*1
fluid level is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
Check the parking brake operation. (see page 19-6)*1
-
Check the position of the headlight. (see page 22-114)*1
Check for road stability, noise, vibrations and dashboard operation. -
● Check for correct installation and position, check for cracks, deterioration rust and leaks. -
● Check tightness of screws, nuts and joints. If necessary, retighten.
● Check rack grease and steering linkage. Check the boot for damage and leaking grease. (see page 17-5)*1
● Check the fluid line for damage and leaks.
● Check the bolts for tightness. (see page 18-3)*1
● Check all dust covers for deterioration and damage.
● Check the boot and boot band for cracks (see page 16-3)*1
● Check rack grease.
Check the master cylinder, proportioning control valve and ABS modulator and leakage. (see page 19-48)*1
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter heat shield, exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and tightness. (see page 9-3)*2

3-5
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose connections and (see page 11-132)*1 (see page 11-290)*1 (see page 11-432)
replace any damaged parts *1 (see page 11-565)*1
Check for pressure, puncture or cuts and irregular tread wear. -
NOTE: If the customer's vehicle is driven OCCASIONALLY under severe condition, you should follow the Normal Condition Maintenance Schedule on
pages 3-2 and 3-3.
*1: Refer to shop manual: 2001 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62S5A00
*2: Refer to shop manual: 2001 CIVIC COUPE SUPPLEMENT Code No. 62S5A20

3-6
Maintenance Schedule for Normal 3-6

Conditions
(Australian and New Zealand Models)
Follow the Normal Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the severe driving conditions specified in the Severe Conditions Maintenance Schedule on 3-8 and
3-9 do not apply.
miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace engine oil Every 10,000km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
Inspect valve clearance
Replace fuel filter
Replace spark plugs
Inspect idle speed
or 60 months
Replace transmission fluid Manual Transmission
Automatic Transmission 120,000 km (72,000 miles) or 96 months, thereafter every 80,000 km (48,000 miles) or
48 months
Inspect front and rear brakes
Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system
Tyre condition
3-7

Conditions
(Australian and New Zealand Models) (cont'd)

(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1


*1 (see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-25)*1

(see page 10-7)*1

*1 (see page 11-560)*1
● Check the calipers for damage, leaks and tightness
Use only DOT 3 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check that Brake fluid level (see page 19-7)*1
is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
Check for leaks. -

3-7

3-8

Conditions
(Australian and New Zealand Models)
miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace engine oil filter Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months
Replace fuel filter
Replace spark plugs
Inspect idle speed
or 60 months
Automatic Transmission
Inspect front and rear brakes Every 10,000km (6,000 miles) or 6 months
Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots Every 10,000km (6,000 miles) or 6 months
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system
Tyre condition
● Driving less than 8 km (5 miles) per trip or, in freezing temperatures, driving less than 16 km (10 miles) per trip.
● Extensive idling of long periods of stop-and-go-driving.
3-9

Conditions
(Australian and New Zealand Models) (cont'd)

(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (seepage 11-447)*1

(see page 11-138)*1 (see page 11-296)*1 (see page 11-438)*1

(see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-25)*1

(see page 10-7)*1

(see page 11-125)*1 (see page 11-285)*1 (see 11-425)*1 (see
page 11-560)*1
Use only DOT 3 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check that Brake fluid (see page 19-7)*1
level is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
● Check for correct installation and position, check for cracks, deterioration rust and -
leaks.
● Check rack grease and steering linkage. Check the boot for damage and leaking (see page 17-5)*1
grease.
Check for leaks. -

3-9
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose connections and (see page 11-132)*1 (see page 11-290)*1 (see page 11-432)*1
replace any damaged parts (see page 11-565)*1
NOTE: If the customer's vehicle is driven OCCASIONALLY under severe conditions, you should follow the Normal Condition Maintenance Schedule on
pages 3-6 and 3-7.

3-10

Conditions
(Except European, Australian and New Zealand
Models)
Follow the Normal Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the severe driving conditions specified in the Severe Conditions Maintenance Schedule on 3-12
and 3-13 do not apply.
miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace engine oil Unleaded type: Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
Leaded type: Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
Replace engine oil filter Unleaded type: Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles) or 12 months
Clean or replace air cleaner element Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)

Inspect valve clearance with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
without catalytic converter Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)
Replace fuel filter
Replace spark plugs Non-Platinum with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
type
without catalytic Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)
converter
Platinum type Every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
Inspect idle speed with catalytic converter
without catalytic converter
or 60 months
Honda Multi Matic
Rotate tyre (Check tyre inflation and condition at lease once per month) Every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system

3-10

3-11

Conditions
Models) (cont'd)

(see page 8-5)*1 ( see page 8-3)*2
(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1


(see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-25)*1

(see page 10-7)*1

(see page 11-560)*1
● Check the callipers for damage, leaks and tightness.
Use only DOT 3 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check that Brake fluid (see page 19-7)*1
level is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
The suggested rotation method is shown in the diagram of the Owner's Manual. -
● Check for correct installation and position, check for cracks, deterioration rust and -
leaks.
● Check rack grease and steering linkage. Check the boot for damage and leaking (see page 17-5)*1
grease,
● Check the bolts for tightness (see page 18-3)*1
● Check all the dust covers for deterioration and damage.
Check for leaks. -

3-11
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose connections and (see page 11-132)*1 (see page 11-290)*1 (see page 11-432)*1
replace any damaged parts. (see page 11-565)*1

3-12

Conditions
Models)
miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Inspect valve clearance with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Replace fuel filter
Replace spark plugs Non-Platinum with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
type
without catalytic Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)
converter
Platinum type Every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
Replace timing belt, and inspect water pump
Inspect idle speed with catalytic converter
without catalytic converter
or 60 months
Honda Multi Matic
Rotate tyre (Check tyre inflation and condition at lease once per month) Every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system

3-12


3-13

Conditions
Models) (cont'd)

(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1


*1 (see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-25)*1

Check water pump for signs of leakage. (see page 6-18)*1 (see page 6-22)*1
(see page 10-7)*1

*1 (see page 11-560)*1
Use only DOT 3 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check that Brake fluid level (see page 19-7)*1
is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
The suggested rotation method is shown in the diagram of the Owner's Manual. -
Check for leaks. -

3-13
NOTE: If the customer's vehicle is driven OCCASIONALLY under severe condition, you should follow Normal Condition Maintenance Schedule on pages 3-
10 and 3-11

How to Use This Manual

This supplement contains General Info
information for the 2001 Specifications
HONDA CIVIC COUPE.
Refer to following shop Maintenance
manual for service Engine Electrical
procedures and data on this
Engine
CD.
Cooling
● HONDA CIVIC Fuel and Emissions
MAINTENANCE,
*Transaxle
REPAIR
and * Body
CONSTRUCTION * Body Electrical
2001
*Restraints
Safety Messages
Your safety and the safety of others, is very important. To help you make
informed decisions, we have provided safety messages and other safety
information throughout this manual. Of course, it is not practical or possible
to warn you about all the hazards associated with servicing this vehicle.
You must use your own good judgement.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of

three signal words, DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION.
DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you do not follow
instructions.
WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you do not follow
instructions.
CAUTION
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest

product information available at the time of printing. We reserve the
right to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, stored in retrieval system, or
transmitted, in any form by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of the publisher. This includes text, figures and tables.
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by
a symbol. The purpose of this message is to help
prevent damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
First Edition 9/2000 341 pages
All Rights Reserved
HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD.
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_...0Honda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/0-1.htm7/5/2011 10:34:19 PM
A Few Words about Safety
IMPORTANT SAFETY
A Few Words about Safety PRECAUTIONS
Service Information
The service and repair information contained in ● Make sure you have a clear understanding of
this manual is intended for use by qualified, all basic shop safety practices and that you are
professional technicians. Attempting service or wearing appropriate clothing and using safety
repairs without the proper training, tools and equipment. When performing any service task,
equipment could cause injury to you or others. It be especially careful of the following:
could also damage the vehicle or create an ● Read all of the instructions before you begin
unsafe condition. and make sure you have the tools, the
This manual describes the proper methods and replacement or repair parts and the skills
procedures for performing service, maintenance required to perform the tasks safely and
and repairs. Some procedures require the use of completely.
● Protect your eyes by using proper safety
specially designed tools and dedicated
equipment. Any person who intends to use a glasses, goggles or face shields any time you
replacement part, service procedure or a tool that hammer, drill, grind or work around
is not recommended by Honda, must determine pressurised air or liquids and springs or other
the risks to their personal safety and the safe stored-energy components. If there is any
operation of the vehicle. doubt, put on eye protection.
● Use other protective wear when necessary,
If you need to replace a part, use genuine Honda for example gloves or safety shoes. Handling
parts with the correct part number or an hot or sharp parts can cause severe burns or
equivalent part. We strongly recommend that you cuts. Before you grab something that looks
do not use replacement parts of inferior quality. like it can hurt you, stop and put on gloves.
FOR YOUR CUSTOMER'S SAFETY ● Protect yourself and others whenever you
Proper service and maintenance are essential to have the vehicle up in the air. Any time you lift
the customer's safety and the reliability of the the vehicle, either with a hoist or a jack, make
vehicle. Any error or oversight while servicing a sure that it is always securely supported. Use
vehicle can result in faulty operation, damage to jack stands.
the vehicle, or injury to others. ● Make sure the engine is off before you begin
any servicing procedures, unless the instruction
WARNING tells you to do otherwise. This will help
Improper service or repairs can create an eliminate several potential hazards:
● Carbon monoxide poisoning from engine
unsafe condition that can cause your
customer or others to be seriously hurt or exhaust. Be sure there is adequate ventilation
killed. whenever you run the engine.
● Burns from hot parts or coolant. Let the
Follow the procedures and precautions in engine and exhaust system cool before
this manual and other service materials working in those areas.
carefully. ● Injury from moving parts. If the instruction tells
you to run the engine, be sure your hands,

FOR YOUR SAFETY fingers and clothing are out of the way.
Because this manual is intended for the ● Gasoline vapours and hydrogen gases from
professional service technician, we do not provide batteries are explosive. To reduce the
warnings about many basic shop safety practices possibility of a fire or explosion, be careful
(e.g., Hot parts - wear gloves). If you have not when working around gasoline or batteries.
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...nda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/0-2.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 10:34:23 PM

received shop safety training or do not feel ● Use only a non-flammable solvent, not
confident about your knowledge of safe servicing gasoline to clean parts.
practices, we recommend that you do not attempt ● Never drain or store gasoline in an open
to perform the procedures described in this container.
manual. ● Keep all cigarettes, sparks and flames away
from the battery and all fuel-related parts.
WARNING
Failure to properly follow instructions and
precautions can cause you to be seriously
hurt or killed.
Follow the procedures and precautions in
this manual carefully.
Some of the most important general service

safety precautions are given below. However, we
cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that
can arise in performing service and repair
procedures. Only you can decide whether or not
you should perform a given task.

Introduction - Introduction
Introduction
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
This model has an SRS which includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub and a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above the glove
box and seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tenioners in the front seat belt buckles and side airbags in the front
seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00. Items marked with an
asterisk (*) on the contents page include, or are located near SRS components. Servicing, disassembling or replacing these items will require
special precautions and tools and should therefore be done by an authorised Honda dealer.
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal collision, all SRS service
work must be performed by an authorised Honda dealer.
● Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional
deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.
● Do not bump the SRS unit. Otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or airbags may deploy when the ignition switch is ON (II).
● SRS electrical wiring harnesses are identified by yellow colour coding. Related components are located in the steering column, front console,
dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats and around the floor. Do not use electrical test
equipment on these circuits
Introduction
Outline of Model Change
ITEM DESCRIPTION 2001 MODEL REFERENCE
SECTION
General ● Coupe model added O -
● D17A8, D17A9 engines added
Engine Electrical D17A8, D17A9 engine added O 4
Engine D17A8, D17A9 engines added O -
Fuel and Emissions Coupe model added O 11
Automatic Transmission Shift schedule added O 14
Body Coupe model added O 20
Body Electrical Coupe model added O 22
Restraints Coupe model added O 23
General Information - General Information
General Information
Chassis and Engine Numbers 1-2
Identification Number Locations 1-4
Abbreviations 1-5
General Information 1-2

Chassis and Engine Numbers

Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd)

MODEL APPLICABLE GRADE TRANSMISSION VEHICLE ENGINE NUMBER TRANSMISSION
CIVIC KB LS 4AT 1HGEM22301L600001- D17A8-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
COUPE
ES 4AT 1HGEM22901L600001- D17A9-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KE SE 5MT 1HGEM21301L600001- D17A8-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22301L600001- D17A8-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
SE 5MT 1HGEM21801L600001- D17A9-140000- SLW-1000001-
Exective
4AT 1HGEM22801L600001- D17A9-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KG LS 5MT 1HGEM21501L600001- D17A8-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22501L600001- D17A8-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
ES 5MT 1HGEM21901L600001- D17A9-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22901L600001- D17A9-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KR LS 5MT 1HGEM21301L600001- D17A8-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22301L600001- D17A8-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
ES 5MT 1HGEM21901L600001- D17A9-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22901L600001- D17A9-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KK EX 5MT 1HGEM21901L500001- D17A2-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22901L500001- D17A2-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KX EX 5MT 1HGEM21901L900001- D17A4-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22901L900001- D17A4-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KY VTi 5MT 1HGEM219*1L700001- D17A5-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM229*1L700001- D17A5-1400001- BMXA-5000001-

Identification Number Locations
1. Built Data and Vehicle Type

Except KK, KX, KY models
2. Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN)
3. Engine Number
4. Certification Plate
(KK, KX models)
(KY model)
6. Transmission Number
(Manual)
(Automatic)

Abbreviations
A/F Air Fuel Ratio
ALR Automatic Locking Retractor F Front
ALT Alternator FIA Fuel Injection Air
AMP Ampere(s) FL Front Left
ANT Antenna FP Fuel Pump
API American Petroleum Institute FR Front Right
APPROX. Approximately FSR Fail Safe Relay
ASSY Assembly FWD Front Wheel Drive
A/T Automatic Transmission
ATDC After Top Dead Centre GAL Gallon
ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid GND Ground
ATT Attachment GPS Global Positioning System
ATTS Active Torque Transfer System
AUTO Automatic H/B Hatchback
AUX Auxiliary HC Hydrocarbons
HID High Intensity Discharge
BARO Barometric HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor
BAT Battery
BDC Bottom Dead Centre IAB Intake Air Bypass
BTDC Before Top Dead Centre IAC Idle Air Control
IACV Idle Air Control Valve
CARB Carburettor IAR Intake Air Resonator
CAT Catalytic Converter IAT Intake Air Temperature
or CATA ICM Ignition Control Module
CHG Charge ID Identification
CKF Crankshaft Speed Fluctuation ID or I.D. Inside Diameter
CKP Crankshaft Position IG or IGN Ignition
CO Carbon Monoxide IMA Idle Mixture Adjustment
COMP Complete Integrated Motor Assist
CPB Clutch Pressure Back up IMMOBI. Immobiliser (Immobiliser)
CPC Clutch Pressure Control IN Intake
CPU Central Processing Unit INJ Injection
CVT Continuously Variable Transmission INT Intermittent
CYL Cylinder
CYP Cylinder Position KS Knock Sensor
DI Distributor Ignition L Left

DIFF Differential L/C Lock-up Clutch
DLC Data Link Connector LCD Liquid Crystal Display
DOHC Double Overhead Camshaft LED Light Emitting Diode
DPI Dual Point Injection LEV Low Emission Vehicle
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code LF Left Front
LH Left Handle
EBD Electronic Brake Distribution LHD Left Handle Drive
ECM Engine Control Module LR Left Rear

ECT Engine Coolant Temperature LSD Limited Slip Differential

EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation L-4 In-line Four Cylinder (engine)


Abbreviations (cont'd)
MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure SPEC Specification

MAX. Maximum S/R Sun Roof
MBS Mainshaft Brake System SRS Supplemental Restraint System
MCK Motor Check STD Standard
MCU Moment Control Unit SW Switch
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MIN. Minimum T Torque
MPI Multi Point Injection TB Throttle Body
M/S Manual Steering T/B Timing Belt
M/T Manual Transmission TC Torque Converter
TCM Transmission Control Module
N Neutral TCS Traction Control System
Nox Oxides of Nitrogen TDC Top Dead Centre
TFT Thin Film Transistor
OBD On-board Diagnostic T/N Tool Number
O2S Oxygen Sensor TP Throttle Position
OD or O.D. Outside Diameter TWC Three Way Catalytic Converter
P Park VC Viscous Coupling

PAIR Pulsed Secondary Air Injection VIN Vehicle Identification Number
PCM Powertrain Control Module VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
PCV Positive Crankcase Ventilation VTEC Variable Valve Timing & Valve Lift Electronic
Proportioning Control Valve Control
PDU Power Drive Unit VVIS Variable Volume Intake System
PGM-FI Programmed-fuel Injection
PMR Pump Motor Relay
P/N Part Number 2WD Two Wheel Drive
PRI Primary 4WD Four Wheel Drive
P/S Power Steering 2WS Two Wheel Steering
PSF Power Steering Fluid 4WS Four Wheel Steering
PSP Power Steering Pressure 4AT 4-speed Automatic Transmission
6MT 6-speed Manual Transmission
Qty Quantity Park
Reverse
R Right Neutral
REF Reference Drive (1st through 4th gear)
RGB Red, Green, Black Drive (1st through 3rd gear)
RH Right Hand
Second
RHD Right Hand Drive
First
RL Rear Left
Drive
RON Research Octane Number
RR Rear Right Second
Low
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers O/D Over Drive
SCS Service Check Signal 1ST Low (gear)

SEC Second 2ND Second (gear)

Secondary 3RD Third (gear)
SOHC Single Overhead Camshaft 4TH Fourth (gear)
SOL Solenoid 5TH Fifth (gear)
6TH Sixth (gear)

Specifications - Specifications
Specifications
Standards and Service Limits

Engine Electrical 2-2
Engine Assembly 2-2
Cylinder Head 2-3
Engine Block 2-5
Engine Lubrication 2-5
Cooling 2-5
Fuel and Emissions 2-6
Clutch 2-6
Manual Transmission and Differential 2-7
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential 2-9
Steering 2-15
Suspension 2-15
Brakes 2-16
Air Conditioning 2-16
Design Specifications
Dimensions 2-17
Weight 2-17
Engine 2-18
Starter 2-19
Clutch 2-19
Automatic Transmission 2-19
Steering 2-19
Suspension 2-19
Wheel Alignment 2-20
Brakes 2-20
Tyres 2-20
Electrical Ratings 2-21
Body Specifications
Illustration 2-22
Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

Engine Electrical

Ignition coil Rated voltage 12 V
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Spark plug Type D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines NGK: ZFR6J-11,
ZFR7J-11
DENSO: KJ22CR-L11
D17A5 engines NGK: BKR6E-N-11
BKR7E-N-11
DENSO: K20PR-L11
K22PR-L11
Gap 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 in.) -
Ignition timing At idle (check the red M/T (in neutral): 8+2° BTDC at 700+50 rpm (min-1)
mark)
A/T (in or ): 8+2° BTDC at 700+50 rpm (min-1)
Alternator belt Deflection with 98 N (10 Without A/C (with A/ Used belt: 8.5-11.0 mm (0.33-0.43 in.)
NOTE: Adjust kgf, 22 lbs) applied midway C, see "Compressor
a new belt to between pulleys belt" in the A/C table)
New belt: 6.5-8.5 mm (0.26-0.33 in.)
the new belt
spec., run the
engine for 5 Tension (measured with Without A/C (with A/ Used belt: 340-490 N (35-55 kgf, 77-110 lbs)
minutes, then belt tension gauge) C, see "Compressor
readjust it to belt" in the A/C table)
the used belt New belt: 540-740 N (55-75 kgf, 120-170 lbs)
spec.
Alternator Output At 13.5 V and normal 70 A

engine temperature
Coil (rotor) resistance at 68°F (20°C) 1.84-2.10 ohms
Slip ring O.D. 22.7 mm (0.89 in.) 21.7 mm (0.85 in.)
Brush length 19.0 mm (0.75 in.) 5 mm (0.20 in.)
Brush spring tension 3.3-4.1 N (1.6-1.8 kgf, 3.5-4.0 lbs)
Starter Output 1.0 kW
Commutator mica depth 0.45-0.75 mm (0.018-0.030 in.) 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
Commutator runout 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.05 mm (0.002 in)
Commutator O.D. 27.9-28.0 mm (1.098-1.102 in.) 27.0 mm (1.063 in.)
Brush length 14.0-14.5 mm (0.55-0.57 in.) 9.0 mm (0.35 in)
Brush spring tension 14.0-20.0 N (1.4 -2.0 kgf, 4.00-5.30
lbf)
Compression Pressure check at 250 rpm Minimum 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi) -
(min-1) with wide open
throttle. (See Design Maximum variation 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) -
Specs for ratio.)
Engine Assembly
Compression Pressure check at 250 rpm Minimum 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi) -
(min-1) with wide open
throttle. (see Design Specs Maximum variation 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) -
for ratio.)

Cylinder Head

Head Warpage - 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Height 92.95-93.05 mm -
(3.659-3.663 in.)
Camshaft End play 0.05-0.15 mm 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)

(0.002-0.006 in.)
Camshaft-to-holder oil 0.050-0.089 mm 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

clearance (0.0020-0.0035 in.)
Total runout 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.04 mm (0.002 in.)

Cam lobe height D17A2, VTEC intake, 38.604 mm (1.5198 in.) -
D17A5, D17A9 engines Primary
VTEC intake, 32.848 mm (1.2932 in.) -
secondary
VTEC exhaust 38.299 mm (1.3897 in.) -
Cam lobe height D17A8 Intake 35.299 mm (1.3897 in.) -
engine
Exhaust 37-281 mm (1.4678 in.) -
Valves Clearance (cold) Intake 0.18-0.22 mm (0.007-0.009 in.) -
Exhaust 0.23-0.27 mm (0.009-0.01 in.) -
Stem O.D Intake 5.48-5.49 mm 5.45 mm (0.215 in.)
(0.2157-0.2161 in.)
Exhaust 5-45-5.46 mm 5.42 mm (0.213 in.)

(0.2146-0.2150 in.)
Stem-to-guide clearance Intake 0.02-0.05 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)

(0.0008-0.0020 in.)
Exhaust 0.05-0.08 mm 0.11 mm (0.004 in.)

(0.0020-0.0031 in.)
Valve seats Width Intake 0.85-1.15 mm 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)

(0.033-0.045 in.)
Exhaust 1.25-1.55 mm 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)

(0.049-0.061 in.)
Stem installed height Intake 53.17-53.64 mm 53.89 mm (2.122 in.)

(2.093-2.112 in.)
Exhaust 53-17-53.64 mm 53.89 mm (2.112 in.)

(2.093-2.112 in.)
Valve springs Free length D17A2, VTEC intake 56-49 mm (2.224 in.) -
D17A5, D17A9 engines
VTEC exhaust 58-70 mm (2.31 in.) -
Free length D17A8 Intake 58.70 mm (2.311 in.) -
engine
Exhaust 58.70 mm (2.311 in.) -
Valve guides I.D. Intake 5.51-5.53 mm 5.55 mm (0.219 in.)
(0.217-0.218 in.)
Exhaust 5-51-5.53 mm 5.55 mm (0.219 in.)

(0.217-0.218 in.)
Installed height Intake 17.85-18.35 mm -

(0.703-0.722 in.)
Exhaust 18-65-19.15 mm -
(0.734-0.754 in.)
Rocker arm Arm-to-shaft clearance Intake 0.014-0.050 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)

(0.0007-0.0020 in.)
Exhaust 0.018-0.054 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)

(0.0007-0.0021 in.)



Engine Block

Block Warpage of deck 0.07 mm (0.003 in.) max. 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Bore diameter 75.00-75.02 mm 75.07 mm (2.9555 in.)
(2.9528-2.9535 in.)
Bore taper - 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

Reboring limit - 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
Piston Skirt O.D. at 13 mm (0.5 74.98-74.99 mm 74.97 mm (2.9516 in.)
in.) from bottom of skirt (2.9520-2.9524 in.)
Clearance in cylinder 0.010-0.040 mm (0.0004-0.0016 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

in.)
Ring groove width for Top 1.020-1.030 mm (0.0402-0.0406 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
D17A5 engines in.)
Second 1.220-1.230 mm (0.0481-0.0484 1.25 mm (0.049 in.)
in.)
Oil 2.805-2.820 mm (0.1104-0.1110 2.85 mm (0.112 in.)
in.)
Ring groove width for Top 1.020-1.030 mm (0.0402-0.0406 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
except D17A2, D17A8, in.)
D17A9 engines
Second 1.220-1.230 mm (0.0481-0.0484 1.25 mm (0.049 in.)
in.)
Oil 2.005-2.020 mm (0.0789-0.0795 2.05 mm (0.08 in.)
in.)
Piston rings Ring-to-groove Top 0.035-0.055 mm (0.0014-0.0022 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
clearance for except in.)
D17A8, D17A9 engines
Second 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
in.)
Ring-to-groove Top 0.035-0.060 mm (0.0014-0.0024 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
clearance for D17A5, in.)
engines
Second 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
in.)
Ring end gap for except Top 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
D17A2, D17A8, D17A9
Second 0.30-0.45 mm (0.012-0.018 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
engines
Oil 0.20-0.80 mm (0.008-0.031 in.) 0.90 mm (0.035 in.)
Ring end gap for D15Y3, Top 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
D17A5 engine
Second 0.30-0.45 mm (0.012-0.018 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.80 mm (0.008-0.031 in.) 0.90 mm (0.035 in.)
Ring end gap for D17A5 Top 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
engine
Second 0.30-0.45 mm (0.012-0.018 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.70 mm (0.008-0.028 in.) 0.80 mm (0.031 in.)
Piston pin O.D. 18.996-19.000 mm (0.7479- -
0.7480 in.)
Pin-to-piston clearance 0.010-0.020 mm (0.0004-0.0008 -
in.)
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod interference 0.016-0.036 mm (0.0006-0.0014 -
in.)
Small-end bore diameter 18.96-18.98 mm (0.746-0.747 -
in.)
Large-end bore diameter D17A2, D17A5, 48.0 mm (1.89 in.) -
(Nominal) D17A8, D17A9
engines
End play installed on 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.40 mm (0.016 in.)
crankshaft

Engine Block (cont'd)

Crankshaft Main journal diameter D17A2, D17A5, 54.976-55.000 mm (2.1644- -
D17A8, D17A9 2.1654 in.)
engines
Rod journal diameter D17A2, D17A5, 44.976-45.000 mm (1.7707- -
D17A8, D17A9 1.7717 in.)
engines
Rod/main journal taper 0.0025 mm (0.0001 in.) 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.)
Rod/main journal out-of- 0.0025 mm (0.0001 in.) 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.)

round
End play 0.10-0.35 mm (0.004-0.014 in.) 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)
Runout 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.04 mm (0.002 in.)
Crankshaft Main bearing-to-journal No. 1 journal 0.018-0.036 mm (0.0007-0.0014 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
bearings oil clearance for in.)
No. 5 journal
D117A2, D17A5, D17A8,
D17A9 engines No. 2 journal 0.024-0.042 mm (0.0009-0.0017 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
in.)
No. 3 journal
No. 4 journal
Rod bearing clearance 0.024-0.042 mm (0.0009-0.0017 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
in.)
Engine Lubrication
Engine oil Capacity D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) for engine overhaul
engines
3.5 l (3.7 US qt, 3.1 Imp qt) for oil change, including filter
3.3 l (3.5 US qt, 2.9 Imp qt) for oil change, without filter
D17A8 engine 4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) for engine overhaul
Oil pump Inner-to-outer rotor clearance 0.06-0.18 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Pump housing-to-outer rotor clearance 0.10-0.18 mm (0.004-0.007 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Pump housing-to-rotor axial clearance 0.02-0.07 mm (0.001-0.003 in.) 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
Oil pressure with oil temperature at At idle 70 kPa (0.7kgf/cm2, 10 psi) min.
80°C (176°F)
at 3,000 rpm (min-1) 340 kPa (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi) min.
Cooling
Radiator Coolant capacity (Includes engine, M/T: engine overhaul 5.1 l (5.4 US qt, 4.5 lmp qt)
heater, hoses and reservoir)
M/T: coolant change 4.0 l (4.2 US qt, 3.5 lmp qt)
A/T: engine overhaul 5.0 l (5.3 US qt, 4.4 lmp qt)
A/T: coolant change 3.9 l (4.1 US qt, 3.4 lmp qt)
Reservoir Coolant capacity 0.4 l (0.4 US qt, 0.4 lmp qt)
Radiator cap Opening pressure 93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm2 , 14-18 psi)
Thermostat Opening temperature Begins to open 76-80°C (169-176°F)
Fully open 90°C (194°F)
Valve lift at fully open 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) min.
Radiator fan switch Thermoswitch "ON" temperature 91-95°C (196-203°F)
Thermoswitch "OFF" temperature Subtract 3-8°C (5-15°F) from actual "ON" temperature

Fuel and Emissions

Fuel pressure Pressure with fuel 270-320 kPa (2.8-3.3 kgf/cm2, 40-47 psi)
regulator pressure gauge
connected
Fuel tank Capacity 45 l (11.9 US gal, 9.9 Imp gal)
Engine idle Idle speed with M/T in neutral 700+50 rpm

headlights and radiator
fan off A/T in N.gif or P.gif 700+50 rpm
Fast idle M/T in neutral 1,250+50 rpm

A/T in or 1,250+50 rpm
Idle CO% Except D17A5 0.1 max.

engine
D17A5 engine 1.0 max.
Clutch
Clutch pedal Height from the floor 198 mm (7.8 in.) -
Stroke 130-140 mm (5.1-5.5 in.) -
Play 8-18 mm (0.3-0.7 in.) -
Disengagement height from the floor 113 mm (4.4 in.) min. -

Flywheel Runout on clutch mating 0.06 mm (0.002 in.) max. 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
surface
Clutch disc Rivet head depth 1.65-2.25 mm 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)
(0.065-0.089 in.)
Thickness 8.3-9.0 mm (0.33-0.35 in.) 5.7 mm (0.22 in.)
Pressure Warpage 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

plate
Height of diaphragm Measure with feeler 0.6 mm (0.02 in.) max. 1.0 mm (0.04 in.)
spring fingers gauge and special
tool

Manual Transmission and Differential

Transmission Capacity For fluid change: 1.5 l (1.6 US
oil qt, 1.3 Imp qt)
For overhaul: 1.6 l (1.7 US qt,
1.4 Imp qt)
Mainshaft End play 0.11-0.18 mm Adjust
(0.004-0.007 in.)
Diameter of ball bearing 25.977-25.990 mm 25.92 mm

contact area (clutch (1.0227-1.0232 in.) (1.021 in.)
housing side)
Diameter of spacer collar 28.980-28.993 mm 28.930 mm
contact area (1.1409-1.1415 in.) (1.1390 in.)
Diameter of needle 34.984-35.000 mm 34.93 mm

bearing contact area (1.3773-1.3780 in.) (1.375 in.)

(transmission housing
side)
Run out 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Mainshaft 3rd I.D. 39.009-39.025 mm 39.070 mm

and 4th gears (1.5358-1.5364 in.) (1.5382 in.)
End play 3rd gear 0.06-0.21 mm 0.33 mm

(0.002-0.008 in.) (0.013 in.)
4th gear 0.06-0.19 mm 0.31 mm

(0.002-0.007 in.) (0.012 in.)
Thickness 3rd gear 27.92-27.97 mm 27.85 mm

(1.099-1.101 in.) (1.096 in.)
4th gear 27.02-27.07 mm 26.95 mm

(1.064-1.066 in.) (1.061 in.)
Mainshaft 5th I.D. 39.009-39.025 mm 39.070 mm

gear (1.5358-1.5364 in.) (1.5382 in.)
End play 0.06-0.19 mm 0.31 mm

(0.002-0.007 in.) (0.012 in.)
Thickness 28.92-28.97 mm 28.85 mm

(1.139-1.141 in.) (1.136 in.)
Countershaft Diameter of needle 34.000-34.015 mm 33.95 mm

bearing contact area (1.3386-1.3392 in.) (1.3366 in.)
(clutch housing side)
(transmission housing
side)
Diameter of 1st gear 37.984-38.000 mm 37.934 mm
Run out 0.02 mm 0.05 mm

(0.001 in.) max. (0.002 in.)
Countershaft I.D. 43.009-43.025 mm 43.070 mm

1st gear (1.6932-1.6939 in.) (1.6957 in.)
Endplay 0.03-0.10 mm 0.22 mm

(0.001-0.039 in.) (0.009 in.)
Thickness 26.91-26.94 mm (1.059-1.061 26.86 mm (1.057 in.)

in.)
2nd gear (1.7720-1.7726 in.) (1.7744 in.)
End play 0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.) 0.24 mm

(0.009 in.)

Thickness 27.41-27.46 mm (1.079-1.081 27.36 mm (1.077 in.)

in.)
2nd gear (1.3386-1.3390 in.) (1.3402 in.)
spacer collar
O.D. 39.989-40.000 mm 39.930 mm
(1.5744-1.5748 in.) (1.5720 in.)
Length 27.53-27.56 mm 27.51 mm

(1.084-1.085 in.) (1.083 in.)


Manual Transmission and Differential (cont'd)

Mainshaft 4th and I.D. 29.002-29.012 mm 29.060 mm
5th gears spacer (1.1418-1.1422 in.) (1.1441 in.)
collar
O.D. 34.989-35.000 mm 34.930 mm
(1.3775-1.3780 in.) (1.3752 in.)
Length A 51.97-52.03 mm -
(2.046-2.048 in.)
B 24.03-24.06 mm -
(0.946-0.947 in.)
Reverse idler gear I.D. 15.016-15.043 mm 15.080 mm

(0.5912-0.5922 in.) (0.5937 in.)
Gear-to-reverse gear shaft clearance 0.032-0.077 mm 0.140 mm

(0.0012-0.0030 in.) (0.0055 in.)
Synchro ring Ring-to-gear clearance Ring pushed against gear 0.85-1.10 mm 0.4 mm
(0.033-0.043 in.) (0.016 in.)
Dual cone synchro Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone clearance Ring pushed against gear 0.5-1.0 mm 0.3 mm
(0.02-0.04 in.) (0.01 in.)
Synchro cone-to-gear clearance Ring pushed against gear 0.5-1.0 mm 0.3 mm

(0.02-0.04 in.) (0.01 in.)
Outer synchro ring-to-gear cone clearance Ring pushed against gear 0.95-1.68 mm 0.6 mm
(0.037-0.066 in.) (0.02 in.)
Shift fork Finger thickness 1st-2nd and 3rd-4th forks 7.4-7.6 mm -

(0.29-0.30 in.)
5th fork 6.7-6.9 mm -

(0.26-0.27 in.)
Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance 0.35-0.65 mm 1.00 mm

(0.014-0.026 in.) (0.039 in.)
Reverse shift fork Pawl groove width 13.8-14.1 mm 15.5 mm (0.610 in.)
(0.543-0.555 in.)
Fork-to-reverse idler gear clearance 1.6-2.2 mm 2.8 mm

(0.06-0.09 in.) (0.11 in.)
Shift arm I.D. 13.973-14.000 mm (0.5501-0.5512 in.) -
Shift fork diameter at contact area 12.9-13.0 mm (0.508-0.512 in.) -
Shift arm-to-shift lever clearance 0.2-0.5 mm 0.62 mm

(0.008-0.020 in.) (0.024 in.)
Select lever Finger width 14.75-14.95 mm (0.581-0.589 in.) -
Shift lever Shaft-to-select lever clearance 0.05-0.40 mm 0.6 mm

(0.002-0.016 in.) (0.024 in.)
Groove (to select lever) 15.00-15.15 mm -

(0.591-0.596 in.)
Shaft-to-shift arm clearance 0.013-0.07 mm 0.1 mm

(0.0005-0.003 in.) (0.004 in.)
M/T differential Pinion shaft contact area I.D. 18.010-18.028 mm -

carrier (0.7091-0.7098 in.)
Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.027-0.057 mm 0.100 mm

(0.0011-0.0022 in.) (0.0039 in.)


(1.0246-1.0254 in.)
M/T differential Backlash 0.05-0.15 mm -

pinion gear (0.002-0.006 in.)
I.D. 18.042-18.066 mm -
(0.7103-0.7113 in.)
Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.059-0.095 mm 0.150 mm

(0.0023-0.0037 in.) (0.0059 in.)



ATF Capacity Use genuine Honda For fluid change: 2.7 l (2.9 US qt, 2.4 Imp qt)
(Automatic ATF-Z1
Transmission For overhaul: 6.0 l (6.3 US qt, 5.3 Imp qt)
Fluid)
ATF pressure Line pressure At 2,000 rpm (min- 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
1) in or (9.0-9.5 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.5 kgf/cm2, 120 psi)
position
4th clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min- 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
1) in position (8.7-9.2 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.2 kgf/cm2, 120 psi)
3rd clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min- 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
2nd clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min- 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
1) in position (8.7-9.2 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.2 kgf/cm2 120 psi)
1st clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min- 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
1st-hold clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min- 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
Torque Stall speed D14Z5 engine 2,550 rpm (min-1) 2,400-2,700 rpm (min-1)
converter Check with vehicle on D15Y2, D15Y3, 2,650 rpm (min-1) 2,500-2,800 rpm (min-1)
level ground D15Y5, D15Y6
engines
D16W7 engine 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
D16W8 engine 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
D17A1, D17Z1 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
engine
D17A2, D17Z5 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
engine
Valve body Stator shaft needle Torque converter 27.000-27.021 mm (1.063-1.064 When worn or damaged
bearing contact I.D. side in.)
ATF pump side 29.000-29.013 mm (1.1417- When worn or damaged
1.1422 in.)
ATF pump gear thrust 0.03-0.06 mm (0.001-0.002 in.) 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
clearance
ATF pump gear-to-body Drive gear 0.105-0.1325 mm (0.004-0.005 -
clearance in.)
Driven gear 0.0350-0.0625 mm (0.001-0.002 -
in.)
ATF pump driven gear I. 14.016-14.034 mm (0.5518- When worn or damaged
D. 0.5525 in.)
ATF pump driven gear 13.980-13.990 mm (0.5504- When worn or damaged
shaft O.D. 0.5508 in.)
Reverse shift Fork finger thickness 5.90-6.00 mm (0.232-0.236 in.) 5.4 mm (0.213 in.)
fork
Park gear and When worn or damaged
pawl
Servo body Shift fork shaft bore I.D. 14.000-14.010 mm (0.5512- -
0.5516 in.)
Shift fork shaft valve 37.000-37.039 mm (1.4567- 37.045 mm (1.4585 in.)
bore I.D. 1.4582 in.)
Regulator Sealing ring contact I.D. 35.000-35.025 mm (1.3780- 35.050 mm (1.3799 in.)
valve body 1.3782 in.)
Stator shaft Diameter of needle ATF pump side 29.000-29.013 mm (1.1417- When worn or damaged
bearing contact area 1.1422 in.)
Torque converter 27.000-27.021 mm (1.0630- When worn or damaged
side 1.0638 in.)
Standards and Service Limits 2-

Automatic Transmission and Differential
10
Clutch Clutch end plate-to-top disc 1st and 2nd 0.65-0.85 mm
clearance (0.026-0.033 in.)
3rd and 4th 0.4-0.6 mm

(0.016-0.024 in.)
1st-hold 0.5-0.8 mm
(0.020-0.031 in.)
Clutch return spring free length 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th 30.5 mm (1.20 in.) 28.5 mm (1.12 in.)
1st-hold 34.6 mm (1.36 in.) 32.6 mm (1.28 in.)
Clutch disc thickness 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) -
Clutch plate thickness 1st, 1st-hold 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) When discoloured
2nd, 3rd and 4th 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th clutches end Mark 1 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
plate thickness
Mark 2 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
Mark 3 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
Mark 4 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
Mark 5 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
Mark 6 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
Mark 7 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
Mark 8 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
Mark 9 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
1st-hold clutch end plate thickness Mark 1 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
Mark 2 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
Mark 3 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
Mark 4 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
No Mark 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
Mark 6 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
Mark 7 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_...Honda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/2-10.htm7/5/2011 10:37:56 PM

Automatic Transmission and Differential (cont'd)
11
Mainshaft Diameter of needle bearing at stator shaft 22.980-22.993 mm (0.9047-0.9052 in.) When worn or damaged
contact area
at 2nd gear 35.975-35.991 mm (1.4163-1.4169 in.)
at 4th gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm (1.2589-1.2595 in.)
at 1st gear collar 30.975-30.991 mm (1.2195-1.2201 in.)
I.D. of gears 1st gear 35.000-35.016 mm (1.3780-1.3786 in.)
2nd gear 41.000-41.016 mm (1.6142-1.6148 in.)
4th gear 38.000-38.016 mm (1.4961-1.4967 in.)
End play of gears 1st gear 0.08-0.19 mm (0.003-0.007 in.) -
2nd gear 0.05-0.13 mm (0.002-0.005 in.) -
4th gear 0.075-0.185 mm (0.003-0.007 in.) -
4th gear collar length 49.50-49.55 mm (1.9488-1.9508 in.) -
4th gear collar flange thickness 4.435-4.525 mm (0.1746-0.1781 in.) -
1st gear collar length 27.00-27.05 mm (1.063-1.065 in.) -
36.5 x 55 mm thrust washer No. 1 4.00 mm (0.157 in.) When worn or damaged
thickness
No. 2 4.05 mm (0.159 in.)
No. 3 4.10 mm (0.161 in.)
No. 4 4.15 mm (0.163 in.)
No. 5 4.20 mm (0.165 in.)
No. 6 4.25 mm (0.167 in.)
No. 7 4.30 mm (0.169 in.)
No. 8 4.35 mm (0.171 in.)
No. 9 4.40 mm (0.173 in.)
No. 10 4.45 mm (0.175 in.)
Thrust washer thickness 26 x 45 x 3 mm 2.95-3.05 mm (0.116-0.120 in.)
1st gear, 26 mm 2.43-2.50 mm (0.096-0.098 in.)
Clutch feed pipe O.D. 1st clutch feed pipe at 15 8.97-8.98 mm (0.535-0.354 in.) 8.95 mm (0.352 in.)
mm (0.6 in.) from end
4th clutch feed pipe at 30 5.97-5.98 mm (0.2350-0.2354 in.) 5.95 mm (0.234 in.)
mm (1.2 in.) from end
Sealing ring thickness 35 mm sealing ring 1.87-1.97 mm (0.074-0.078 in.) 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
29 mm sealing ring 1.87-1.97 mm (0.074-0.078 in.) 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
Clutch feed pipe bushing I.D. 1st clutch 9.000-9.015 mm (0.3543-0.3549 in.) 9.03 mm (0.356 in.)
4th clutch 6.018-6.030 mm (0.2369-0.2374 in.) 6.045 mm (0.2380 in.)
Width of sealing ring groove 2.025-2.075 mm (0.0797-0.0811 in.) 2.095 mm (0.082 in.)

12
Countershaft Diameter of needle bearing at left end 36.004-36.017 mm When worn or damaged
contact area (1.4175-1.4180 in.)
at 3rd gear 35.980-35.996 mm

(1.4165-1.4172 in.)
at 4th gear 27.980-27.993 mm

(1.1016-1.1021 in.)
at reverse gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm

(1.2589-1.2595 in.)
at 1st gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm

(1.2589-1.2595 in.)
I.D. of gears 1st gear 38.000-38.016 mm

(1.4961-1.4967 in.)
3rd gear 41.000-41.016 mm

(1.6142-1.6148 in.)
4th gear 33.000-33.016 mm

(1.2992-1.2998 in.)
Reverse gear 38.000-38.016 mm

(1.4961-1.4967 in.)

3rd gear 0.05-0.17 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) -
4th gear 0.10-0.18 mm (0.004-0.007 in.) -
Reverse gear 0.10-0.25 mm (0.004-0.010 in.) -
28 mm distance collar length No. 1 39.00 mm (1.535 in.) -
No. 2 39.10 mm (1.539 in.) -
No. 3 39.20 mm (1.543 in.) -
No. 4 39.30 mm (1.547 in.) -
No. 5 39.05 mm (1.537 in.) -
No. 6 39.15 mm (1.541 in.) -
No. 7 39.25 mm (1.545 in.) -
No. 8 38.90 mm (1.531 in.) -
No. 9 38.95 mm (1.533 in.) -
3rd gear collar length 20.65-20.70 mm (0.8130-0.8150 in.) -
Reverse gear collar length 14.5-14.6 mm (0.571-0.575 in.) -
Reverse gear collar flange 2.4-2.6 mm (0.094-0.102 in.) When worn or damaged
thickness
1st gear collar flange thickness 2.4-2.6 mm (0.094-0.102 in.) When worn or damaged
3rd gear splined washer thickness 4.95-5.00 mm (0.195-0.197 in.) When worn or damaged
3rd clutch feed pipe O.D. At 15 mm (0.6 in.) from end 7.97-7.98 mm (0.3138-0.3142 in.) 7.95 mm (0.313 in.)
3rd clutch feed pipe bushing I.D. 8.000-8.022 mm (0.3150-0.3158 in.) 8.03 mm (0.316 in.)
Reverse selector hub O.D. 51.87-51.90 mm (2.042-2.043 in.) When worn or damaged
1st gear I.D. of one-way clutch 83.339-83.365 mm (3.2810-3.2821 in.) When worn or damaged
contact area
Park gear diameter of one-way 66.685-66.698 mm (2.6254-2.6259 in.) When worn or damaged
clutch area

13
Reverse idler gear Reverse idler gear shaft diameter 13.990-14.000 mm When worn or damaged
at needle bearing contact area (0.5508-0.5512 in.)
I.D. 18.007-18.020 mm When worn or damaged

(0.7089-0.7094 in.)
End play 0.05-0.18 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) -

I.D. of reverse idler gear shaft 14.416-14.434 mm When worn or damaged
holder (0.5676-0.5683 in.)
Sub-shaft Diameter of needle bearing at transmission housing 25.991-26.000 mm When worn or damaged
contact area (1.023-1.024 in.)
at 4th gear collar 23.9935-23.0065 mm When worn or damaged

(0.9446-0.9058 in.)
4th gear I.D. 32.000-32.016 mm When worn or damaged

(1.2600-1.2605 in.)
4th gear end play 0.05-0.17 mm -

(0.002-0.007 in.)
4th gear collar length 24.0-24.1 mm -

(0.945-0.949 in.)
4th gear collar flange thickness 2.95-3.10 mm When worn or damaged

(0.116-0.122 in.)
4th gear thrust washer thickness 2.93-3.00 mm When worn or damaged

(0.115-0.118 in.)
1st-clutch feed pipe O.D. at 15 mm (0.6 in.) from end 7.97-7.98 mm 7.95 mm (0.313 in.)
(0.3138-0.3142 in.)

Wire O.D. Free No. of Coil
Diameter Length
Main valve body Relief valve spring 1.1 mm 8.6 mm 37.1 mm 13.4
springs (see page (0.043 in.) (0.339 in.) (1.4161 in.)
14-183)
Modulator valve spring 1.4 mm 9.4 mm 33.8 mm 10.9
(0.055 in) (0.370 in.) (1.331 in.)
CPB valve spring 1.0 mm 8.1 mm 40.9 mm 16.2

(0.039 in.) (0.319 in.) (1.610 in.)
1-2 shift valve spring 0.9 mm 7.6 mm 41.3 mm 16.3

(0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (1.626 in.)
2nd orifice control valve spring 0.7 mm 6.6 mm 34.8 mm 22.0

(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.370 in.)
Servo control valve spring 1.0 mm 8.1 mm 52.1 mm 20.8

(0.039 in.) (0.319 in.) (2.051 in.)
Regulator valve Stator reaction spring 4.5 mm 35.4 mm 30.3 mm 1.9

body springs (see (0.177 in.) (1.394 in.) (1.193 in.)
page 14-186)
Regulator valve spring A 1.9 mm 14.7 mm 77.4 mm 15.2
(0.075 in.) (0.579 in.) (3.047 in.)
Regulator valve spring B 1.8 mm 9.6 mm 44.0 mm 12.6

(0.071 in.) (0.378 in.) (1.732 in.)
Cooler relief valve spring 1.0 mm 8.4 mm 33.8 mm 8.2

(0.039 in.) (0.331 in.) (1.331 in.)
Torque converter check valve spring 1.0 mm 8.4 mm 33.8 mm 8.2

(0.039 in.) (0.331 in.) (1.331 in.)
Lock-up control valve spring 0.8 mm 6.0 mm 38.4 mm 30.3

(0.031 in.) (0.236 in.) (1.512 in.)
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...da%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/2-13.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 10:37:44 PM



14
Wire O.D. Free No. of Coil
Diameter Length
Secondary valve body 3-4 shift valve spring 0.9 mm 7.6 mm 57.0 mm 26.8
springs (see page 14- (0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.244 in.)
187)
(0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.244 in.)
4th exhaust valve spring 0.9 mm 6.1 mm 36.4 mm 19.5

(0.035 in.) (0.240 in.) (1.433 in.)
3-4 orifice control valve spring 0.7 mm 6.6 mm 37.5 mm 24.6

(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.476 in.)
Servo body springs 1st accumulator spring 2.1 mm 16.0 mm 89.1 mm 16.2
(see page 14-188) (0.083 in.) (0.630 in.) (3.508 in.)
4th accumulator spring A 2.6 mm 17.0 mm 88.4 mm 14.2

(0.102 in.) (0.669 in.) (3.480 in.)
4th accumulator spring B 2.3 mm 10.2 mm 51.6 mm 13.8

(0.091 in.) (0.402 in.) (2.031 in.)
3rd accumulator spring A 2.8 mm 17.5 mm 94.3 mm 15.6

(0.110 in.) (0.689 in.) (3.713 in.)
3rd accumulator spring B 2.1 mm 31.0 mm 38.2 mm 2.4

(0.083 in.) (1.220 in.) (1.504 in.)
2nd accumulator spring C 2.2 mm 14.5 mm 68.0 mm 13.9

(0.087 in.) (0.571 in.) (2.677 in.)
2nd accumulator spring A 2.4 mm 29.0 mm 39.0 mm 2.9

(0.094 in.) (1.142 in.) (1.535 in.)
3rd sub accumulator spring 2.7 mm 17.0 mm 39.0 mm 6.3

(0.106 in.) (0.669 in.) (1.535 in.)
Lock-up valve body Lock-up shift valve spring 0.9 mm 7.6 mm 73.7 mm 32.0
springs (see page 14- (0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.902 in.)
189)
Lock-up timing valve spring 0.9 mm 8.1 mm 80.7 mm 54.2
(0.035 in.) (0.319 in.) (3.177 in.)

A/T differential Pinion shaft contact area I.D. 18-010-18.028 mm -
carrier (0.709-0.710 in.)

(0.001-0.002 in.)

(1.0246-1.0254 in.)

(0.002-0.003 in.) (0.005 in.)
Set ring-to-carrier bearing outer 0-0.15 mm Adjust

race clearance (0-0.006 in.)
A/T differential Backlash 0.05-0.15 mm -

pinion gear (0.002-0.006 in.)
I.D. 18.042-18.066 mm -
(0.7103-0.7113 in.)
Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft 0.055-0.095 mm 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

clearance (0.0022-0.0037 in.)

Steering
15
Steering wheel Rotational play measure at outside With engine running 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in.) -
edge
Starting load measured at outside With engine running 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 lbs) -
edge
Gearbox Angle of rack guide screw 20° Max.
loosened from locked position
Pump Output pressure with shut-off valve Engine speed at 3,000 rpm 7,600-8,300 kPa (78-85 kgf/cm2, 1,110-1,210 psi)
closed (min)
290-1,100 kPa (3-11 kgf/cm2, 43-156 psi)
Power steering fluid Capacity Use Genuine Honda power For reservoir capacity: 0.3 l (0.32 US qt, 0.26 Imp qt)
steering fluid
Power steering Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 Used belt: 13.0-16.5 mm (0.51-0.65 in.)
pump belt NOTE: lbs) applied mid-way between
Adjust a new belt to pulleys New belt: 9.0-11.0 mm (0.35-0.43 in.)
the new belt spec,
run the engine for 5 Tension (measured with belt Used belt: 390-540 N (40-55 kgf, 88-121 lbs)
minutes, then tension gauge)
readjust it to the New belt: 740-880 N (75-90 kgf, 165-198 lbs)
used belt spec.
Suspension
Rear -0°45'+45'
Rear Adjust: IN 2+2-1 mm (0.08+0.08-0.04 in.)
Inspect: IN 2+3 mm (0.08+0.12 in.)
Front wheel turning angle Inside wheel 38°00'±2°
Radial 0-0.7 mm (0-0.03 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Radial 0-1.0 mm (0-0.04 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Rear 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)

Brakes
16
Parking brake lever Distance travelled when pulled Rear drum brake 6-7 clicks, Rear disc brake 7-8 clicks
with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbs) of force
Brake pedal Pedal height (Carpet removed) M/T 184 mm (7.24 in.)
A/T 188 mm (7.40 in.)
Free play 0.4-3.0 mm (0.016-0.118 in.)
Rear 8.9-9.1 mm (0.350-0.358 in.) 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
Runout - 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Brake pads Thickness Front 9.0-10.0 mm (0.35-0.39 in.) 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
Brake drum I.D. 199.9-200.0 mm (7.870-7.874 in.) 201 mm (7.91 in.)
Brake shoes Lining thickness 4.0 mm (0.16 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Brake booster Characteristics at 196 N (20 kgf, Vacuum N (kgf, lbf) kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)
Vehicle with ABS 44 lbf) pedal force
kPa (mmHg, inHg) (1) (2)
0 (0, 0) 98 (10, 22) 0 (0, 0) 0 (0, 0)
294 (30, 66) 1700 (17, 240) 1600 (16, 230)
66.7 (500, 19.7) 98 (10, 22) 4600 (47, 670) 4200 (43, 610)
294 (30, 66) 10500 (107, 10300 (105,
1500) 1500)
Brake booster Characteristics at 196 N (20 kgf, Vacuum N (kgf, lbf) kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)
Vehicle without ABS 44 lbf) pedal force
kPa (mmHg, inHg) (3) (4)
0 (0, 0) 98 (10, 22) 0 (0, 0) 0 (0, 0)
294 (30, 66) 1700 (17, 240) 1600 (16, 230)
66.7 (500, 19.7) 98 (10, 22) 4400 (45, 640) 4100 (42, 600)
294 (30, 66) 10500 (107, 10300 (105,
1500) 1500)
(1) KK, KY, KX models(2) Except KK, KY, KX models(3) KK, KY, KX models
(4) Except KK, KY, KX models
Air Conditioning
Refrigerant Oil Type SANDEN: SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003 or 38899-P13-A01)

Compressor Starter coil resistance at 20°C (68°F) 3.05-3.35 ohms
Compressor belt Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 Used belt: 8.5-11.0 mm (0.33-0.43 in.)
NOTE: Adjust a lbs) applied mid-way between
new belt to the pulleys New belt: 5.0-6.5 mm (0.20-0.26 in.)
new belt spec.,
run the engine for Tension (measured with belt Used belt: 440-590 N (45-60 kgf, 100-130 lbs)
5 minutes, then tension gauge)
readjust it to the New belt: 930-1,125 N (95-115 kgf, 210-255 lbs)
used belt spec.
Specifications - Design Specifications
Design Specifications 2-
17
DIMENSIONS Overall length 4,440 mm (174.8 in.)
Overall width 1,695 mm (66.7 in.)
Overall height 1,415 mm (55.7 in.)*1
1,400 mm (55.1 in.)*2
Wheelbase 2,620 mm (103.1 in.)
Track Front 1,465 mm (57.7 in.)
Rear 1,470 mm (57.9 in.)
Seating capacity Five
WEIGHT Curb Weight (M/T) 1,103-1,171 kg (2,432-2,582 lbs)
(A/T) 1,128-1,196 kg (2,487-2,637 lbs)
Max. permissible Weight 1,575 kg (3,472 lbs)
*1: KK models
*2: Except KK models
(cont'd)
18
ENGINE Type D17A2, D17A5, Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC VTEC engine
D17A9 engines
D17A8 engine Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC engine
Bore and stroke 75 x 94.4 mm (2.95 x 3.72 in.)
Displacement 1,668 cm3 (102 cu in.)
Compression ratio D17A8, D17A5 9.5
engines
D17A2, D17A9 9.9
engines
Valve train D17A2, D17A5, Belt driven, SOHC VTEC 4 valves per cylinder
D17A9 engines
D17A8 engine Belt driven, SOHC 4 valves per cylinder
(cont'd)
19
ENGINE Lubrication system Forced, wet sump, with trochoid pump
Oil pump displacement at 6,000 engine rpm 36.4 l (38.5 US qt, 32.0 imp qt)/minute
Water pump displacement at 6,000 engine rpm 130 l (137 US qt, 114 imp qt)/minute
Fuel required KK model UNLEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher
KB, KE, KG, KR models Premium UNLEADED gasoline with 95 research octane number or higher
KX model UNLEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher (RON of 95
KY model LEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher (RON of 91
Normal output 1.0 kW
MANUAL TRANS- Type Synchronised, 5-speed forward, 1 reverse
MISSION
2nd 1.869
3rd 1.241
4th 0.969
5th 0.805
Reverse 3.230
Gear ratio 4.411
TRANS-MISSION
2nd 1.468
3rd 0.975
4th 0.674
Reverse 1.955
Gear ratio 4.357
STEERING Type Rack and pinion, with electrical power assistance/hydraulic power assistance
Overall ratio 14.49
Turns, lock-to-lock 2.83
Steering wheel diameter 380 mm (15.0 in.)
SUSPENSION Type Strut
Rear Double wishbone
Shock absorber Front and rear Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled
(cont'd)
20
WHEEL Camber Front 0°
ALIGNMENT
Rear -0°45'
Caster Front 1°33'
Total toe Front 0 mm (0 in.)
Rear In 2 mm (1/16 in.)
BRAKE Type of service brake Front Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Rear Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc or drum
Type of parking brake Mechanical actuating, rear wheels
Pad friction surface area Front 35 cm2 x 2 (5.4 sq in. x 2)
Shoe friction surface area Rear 67 cm2 x 2 (10.3 sq in. x 2)
TYRES Size of front and rear KK, KX models P185/65R 15 86H
KE, KG, KB, KR, KY P195-60R 15 88H
models
Size of spare tyre KG, KB, KR, KX models T125/70D 15 95M
AIR Cooling capacity 3,870 kcal/h (15,400 BTU/h)
CONDITIONING
Temperature clutch Air-mix type
Electrical power 42 W maximum at 12 V
consumption at 20°C
(68°F)
Quantity 500-550 g (17.5-19.5 oz)
(cont'd)
21
ELECTRICAL Battery 12 V - 36 AH/5 hours*1
RATINGS
12 V - 38 AH/5 hours*2
Starter DENSO 12 V - 1.0 kW
MITSUBA 12 V - 1.2 kW
Alternator 12 V - 70 A
Fuses Under-hood fuse/ 80 A, 60 A, 40 A, 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
relay box
Under-dash fuse/ 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
relay box
Light bulbs Headlight high beam 12 V - 60 W
Headlight low beam 12 V - 55 W
Front turn signal/ 12 V - 21 W/5 W
Front side marker
lights
Front position lights 12 V - 5 W/3 CP (candlepower)
Front parking lights 12 V - 5 W
Side turn signal lights 12 V - 21 W
Rear turn signal lights 12 V - 21 W
Brake/Taillights/Rear 12 V - 21W/5 W
side marker light
Rear for light 12 V - 21 W
Inner taillight 12 V - 5 W
High mount brake 12 V - 21 W
light
Back-up light 12 V - 21 W
License plate light 12 V - 3 CP
Ceiling light 12 V - 8 W
Trunk light 12 V - 5 W
Individual map light 12 V - 8 W
Spotlights 14 V - 8 W: without sunroof 12 V - 5 W: with sunroof
Gauge light 14 V - 1.4 W
Indicator light 12 V - 1.12 W
Front fog light 12 V - 55 W
Rear fog light 12 V - 21 W
Glove box light 12 V - 3.4 W
Side turn signal light 12 V - 5 W
*1: KK, KX models

*2: Except KK, KX models
Body Specifications
Body Specifications 2-
22
Unit: mm (in.)
Maintenance - Maintenance
Maintenance
Lubricants and Fluids 3-2

Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions (For European Model) 3-4
Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (For European Model) 3-6
Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions (Except European Models) 3-8
Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (Except European Models) 3-10
Maintenance - Lubricants and Fluids

For the details of lubrication points and type of lubricants to be applied, refer to the illustrated index and various work procedures (such as Assembly/Reassembly, Replacement,
Overhaul, Installation, etc.) contained in each section.
NO. LUBRICATION POINTS LUBRICANT
1 Engine Always use fuel-efficient that says "API service SG, SH or SJ"
SAE Viscosity See chart below.
2 Transmission Manual Genuine Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) *1
Automatic Genuine Honda ATF-Z1 (ATF) *2
3 Brake system (includes ABS line) Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 *3
4 Clutch line Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 *3
5 Power steering gearbox Steering grease P/N 08733-B070E
6 Release fork (manual transmission) Super High Temp Urea Grease (P/N 08798-9002)
7 Shift and select cable ends (Manual transmission)
8 Throttle cable end (dashboard lower panel hole) Silicon grease
9 Throttle cable end (throttle link) Multi-purpose grease
10 Brake master cylinder pushrod
11 Clutch master cylinder pushrod
12 Shift lever
13 Pedal linkage
14 Battery terminals
15 Fuel fill lid
16 Rear brake shoe linkage Honda White Lithium Grease
17 Hood hinges and latch
18 Trunk hinges and latch
19 Door hinges, upper and lower
20 Door opening detent
21 Calliper piston boot, calliper pins and boots Silicone grease
22 Brake line joints (front and rear wheelhouse) Rust preventatives
23 Power steering system Honda Power Steering Fluid *4
24 Air conditioning compressor Compressor oil: SANDEN: SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003 or 38899-P13-A01)
For refrigerant: HFC-134a (R-134a)
Recommended Engine oil

Engine oil viscosity for ambient temperature ranges
CAUTION
Used engine oil may cause skin cancer if repeatedly left in contact with the skin for prolonged
periods. Although this is unlikely unless you handle used oil on a daily basis, it is still advisable to
thoroughly wash your hands with soap and water as soon as possible after handling used oil.
*1 Always use genuine Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF). Using motor oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives.
*2 Always use genuine Honda ATF-Z1 (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality.

*3 We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system.
*4 Always Honda Power Steering Fluid. Using any other type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather.


(cont'd)
Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions

Conditions
(European Model)
Follow the Normal Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the severe driving conditions specified in the Severe Conditions Maintenance Schedule on 3-6 and 3-7 do not apply.
km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

Service at the indicated distance or time whichever comes first. miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace engine oil l l l l l l l l l l
Replace engine oil filter l l l l l l l l l l
Replace air cleaner element Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Replace fuel filter l
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump Every 120,000 km (72,000 miles) or 96 months
Inspect and adjust drive belts l l l l l
Inspect idle speed l
200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months, thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60
Replace engine coolant
months
Manual Transmission Every 120,000 km (72,000 miles) or 96 months
Replace transmission fluid 120,000 km (72,000 miles) or 96 months, thereafter every 80,000 km (48,000 miles) or 48
months
Inspect front and rear brakes l l l l l l l l l l
Check parking brake adjustment l l l l l l
Check light alignment l l l l l l l l l l
Test drive (noise, stability, dashboard operation) l l l l l l l l l l
Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots l l l l l l l l l l
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system
Tyre condition
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/Service%20Manual%20Honda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/3-4.htm7/5/2011 10:37:42 PM

Conditions
NOTES SECTION
and
PAGE
(see page 8-
3)
(see page 8-
6) *1
(see page 11-
147)*1 (see
page 11-447)
*1
Check the valve clearance. (see page 6-
8)
(see page 11-
138)*1 (see
page 11-296)
*1 (see page
11-438)*1
(see page 11-
571)*1
(see page 4-
17)
Check water pump for signs (see page 6-
of seal leakage. 18)*1 (see
page 6-22)*1
(see page 10-
7)*1
● Check for cracks and (see page 17-

damage. 23)*1
● Check deflection and
tension.
(see page 11-
125)*1 (see
page 11-285)
*1 (see page
11-425)*1
(see page 11-
560)*1 (see
page 11-71)
Check specific gravity for (see page 10-
freezing point. 8)*1
Use genuine Honda MTF (see page 13-
(Manual Transmission Fluid). 3)*1
Use genuine Honda AFT-Z1 (see page 14-
(ATF). 122)*1

● Check the brake pad (see page 19-

and disc thickness. 3)*1
Check for damage or
cracks.
● Check the wheel
cylinder for leaks.
● Check the brake linings
for cracking, glazing,
wear or contamination.
● Check the callipers for
damage, leaks and
tightness.
Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 (see page 19-
brake fluid. (We recommend 7)*1
Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.)
Check that Brake fluid level is
between the upper and lower
marks on the reservoir.
Check the parking brake (see page 19-
operation. 6)*1
-
Check the position of the (see page 22-
headlight. 114)*1
Check for road stability, -
noise, vibrations and
dashboard operation.
● Check for correct -
installation and
position, check for
cracks, deterioration
rust and leaks.
● Check tightness of
screws, nuts and joints.
If necessary, retighten.
● Check rack grease and (see page 17-
steering linkage. Check 5)*1
the boot for damage
and leaking grease.
● Check the fluid line for
damage and leaks.
● Check the bolts for (see page 18-
tightness. 3)*1
● Check all the dust
covers for deterioration
and damage.
● Check the boot and (see page 16-
boot band for cracks 3)*1
Check the master cylinder, (see page 19-
proportioning control valve 48)*1
and ABS modulator and
leakage.
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter (see page 9-
heat shield, exhaust pipe and 3)
muffler for damage, leaks and
tightness.

Check fuel lines for loose (see page 11-

connections, cracks and 132)*1 (see
deterioration. Retighten loose page 11-290)
connections and replace any
*1 (see page
damaged parts
11-432)*1
(see page 11-
565)*1
Check for pressure, puncture -
or cuts and irregular tread
wear.
*1: Refer to shop manual: '01 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62D5A00 on this CD.

Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (European Model)

Conditions (European Model)
km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace air cleaner element l l l l l l l l l l
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump l
200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months, thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles) or
60 months
months
Check parking brake adjustment l l l l l l l l l l
Suspension components Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months
Driveshaft boots
Brake hoses and lines (including ABS) l l l l l l l l l l
Exhaust system
Tyre condition
Follow the Servere Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the customer's vehicle is driven MAINLY under one or more of the following conditions:
● Driving less than 8 km (5 miles) per trip or in freezing temperatures, driving less than 16 km (10 miles) per trip.
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/Service%20Manual%20Honda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/3-6.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 10:37:39 PM
Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (European Model)
● Trailer towing, driving with a car-top carrier or driving in mountainous conditions.

● Driving on muddy, dusty or de-iced roads.

Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions

Conditions
NOTES SECTION
and
PAGE
(see page 8-
3)
(see page 8-
6)*1
(see page 11-
147)*1 (see
page 11-447)
*1
8)
(see page 11-
138)*1 (see
page 11-296)
*1 (see page
11-438)*1
(see page 11-
571)*1
(see page 4-
17)
page 6-22)*1
(see page 10-
7)*1

damage. 23)*1
tension.
(see page 11-
125)*1 (see
page 11-285)
*1 (see page
11-425)*1
(see page 11-
560)*1 (see
page 11-71)
(ATF). 122)*1


and disc thickness. 3)
Check for damage or
cracks.
● Check the wheel
cylinder for leaks.
● Check the brake
linings for cracking,
glazing, wear or
contamination.
● Check the calipers for
damage, leaks and
tightness.
Genuine Honda Brake
Fluid.) Check that Brake
fluid level is between the
upper and lower marks on
the reservoir.
operation. 6)*1
-
Check the position of the (see page 22-
headlight. 114)*1
Check for road stability, -
noise, vibrations and
dashboard operation.
installation and
position, check for
rust and leaks.
screws, nuts and
joints. If necessary,
retighten.
● Check rack grease (see page 17-
and steering linkage. 5)*1
Check the boot for
damage and leaking
grease.
damage and leaks.
tightness. 3)*1
● Check all dust covers
for deterioration and
damage.
leakage.
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic (see page 9-
converter heat shield, 3)
exhaust pipe and muffler for
damage, leaks and
tightness.


deterioration. Retighten page 11-290)
loose connections and
*1 (see page
replace any damaged parts
11-432)*1
(see page 11-
565)*1
Check for pressure, -
puncture or cuts and
irregular tread wear.
NOTE: If the customer's vehicle is driven OCCASIONALLY under severe condition, you should follow the Normal Condition Maintenance Schedule on pages 3-4 and 3-5.
*1: Refer to shop manual: '01 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62S5A00 on this CD.

Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions (Except European Models)

Conditions (Except European Models)
km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Unleaded type: Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
Replace engine oil
Unleaded type: Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles) or 12 months
with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Replace fuel filter l l l l l
Replace spark plugs
without catalytic converter Every 20,000 km (12, 000 miles)
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump l l
with catalytic converter l
Inspect idle speed
without catalytic converter l l l
200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months, thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
or 60 months
Manual Transmission l l
Replace transmission fluid
Automatic Transmission l l
Inspect front and rear brakes every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
Rotate tyre (Check tyre inflation and condition at least once per month) Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles)
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/Service%20Manual%20Honda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/3-8.htm7/5/2011 10:37:41 PM

Conditions (Except European Models)
Listed by Distance/Time (cont'd)
NOTES SECTION
and
PAGE
(see page 8-
3)
(see page 8-
6)*1
(see page 11-
147)*1 (see
page 11-447)
*1
8)
(see page 11-
138)*1 (see
page 11-296)
*1 (see page
11-438)*1
(see page 11-
571)*1
(see page 4-
17)
page 6-22)*1
(see page 10-
7)*1

damage. 23)*1
tension.
(see page 11-
125)*1 (see
page 11-285)
*1 (see page
11-425)*1
(see page 11-
560)*1 (see
page 11-71)
(ATF). 122)*1


Check for damage or
cracks.
● Check the wheel
cylinder for leaks.
● Check the brake
linings for cracking,
glazing, wear or
contamination.
damage, leaks and
tightness
Genuine Honda Brake
Fluid.) Check that Brake
fluid level is between the
upper and lower marks on
the reservoir.
operation. 6)*1
The suggested rotation -
method is shown in the
diagram of the Owner's
Manual.
installation and
position, check for
rust and leaks.
screws, nuts and
joints. If necessary,
retighten.
● Check rack grease (see page 17-
and steering linkage. 5)*1
Check the boot for
damage and leaking
grease.
damage and leaks.
tightness. 3)*1
damage.
leakage.
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic (see page 9-
converter heat shield, 3)
exhaust pipe and muffler for
damage, leaks and
tightness.


deterioration. Retighten page 11-290)
loose connections and
*1 (see page
replace any damaged parts
11-432)*1
(see page 11-
565)*1

Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (Except European Models)
Maintenance Schedule for Severe 3-

Conditions (Except European Models) 10
km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace spark plugs
with catalytic converter l
Inspect idle speed
without catalytic converter l l l
or 60 months
Manual Transmission l l l
Replace transmission fluid
Automatic Transmission l l l l
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system


Conditions (Except European Models) 11
Listed by Distance/Time (cont'd)
NOTES SECTION
and
PAGE
(see page 8-
3)
(see page 8-
6)*1
(see page 11-
147)*1
(seepage 11-
447)*1
8)
(see page 11-
138)*1 (see
page 11-296)
*1 (see page
11-438)*1
(see page 11-
571)*1
(see page 4-
17)
page 6-22)*1
(see page 10-
7)*1

damage. 23)*1
tension.
(see page 11-
125)*1 (see
page 11-285)
*1 (see page
11-425)*1
(see page 11-
560)*1 (see
page 11-71)
(ATF). 122)*1


Check for damage or
cracks.
● Check the wheel
cylinder for leaks.
● Check the brake linings
for cracking, glazing,
wear or contamination.
damage, leaks and
tightness.
Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.)
Check that Brake fluid level is
between the upper and lower
marks on the reservoir.
operation. 6)*1
The suggested rotation -
method is shown in the
diagram of the Owner's
Manual
installation and
position, check for
rust and leaks.
screws, nuts and joints.
If necessary, retighten.
● Check rack grease and (see page 17-
steering linkage. Check 5)*1
the boot for damage
and leaking grease.
damage and leaks.
tightness. 3)*1
damage.
leakage.
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter (see page 9-
heat shield, exhaust pipe and 3)
muffler for damage, leaks and
tightness.
deterioration. Retighten loose page 11-290)
connections and replace any
*1 (see page
damaged parts
11-432)*1
(see page 11-
565)*1


Engine Electrical - Engine Electrical
Engine Electrical
Special Tools 4-2

Starting System
Component Location Index 4-3
Circuit Diagram 4-4
Starter Circuit Troubleshooting 4-5
Starter Performance Test 4-7
Starter Overhaul 4-8
Ignition System
Circuit Diagram 4-16
Spark Plug Inspection 4-17
Charging System
Cruise Control
NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD for items not shown in this section.
D17A8, D17A9 engines have been added.
Engine Electrical 4-
Special Tools
2
Number Tool Number Description Qty
1 07JGG-0010100 Belt Tension Gauge 1
2 07746-0010400 Driver Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 1
3 07749-0010000 Handle Driver 1
Engine Electrical - Starting System
Starting System 4-
Component Location Index
3
1. STARTER CUT RELAY
Test, page 22-80 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD
2. UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
3. CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH (M/T)
Test, page 4-7 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Switch Position Adjustment, page 12-4
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
4. STARTER
Starter Circuit Troubleshooting, page 4-5
Solenoid Test, Page 4-7
Performance Test, page 4-7
Replacement, page 4-9
Overhaul, page 4-8
5. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T)
Test, page 14-159
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
Starting System 4-4

Circuit Diagram
Starting System 4-5

Starter Circuit Troubleshooting
NOTE: 4. Check the battery condition. Check electrical connections at the battery and the
● Air temperature must be between 59° and 100°F (15° and 38°F) during this starter for looseness and corrosion. Then check the starter again.
procedure. Did the starter crank the engine?
● After this test, or any subsequent repair, reset the Engine Control Module (ECM)/ YES - The starting system is OK.
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) to clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), NO - Go to step 5.
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-13).
5. Make sure the transmission is in neutral, then disconnect the BLK/WHT wire (A)
Recommended Procedure:
from the starter solenoid (B). Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive
● Use a starter system tester. terminal to the solenoid terminal.
● Connect and operate the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
Alternate Procedure
1. Hook up the following equipment:
● Ammeter, 0 - 400 A
● Voltmeter, 0 - 20 V (accurate within 0.1 volt)
● Tachometer, 0 - 1200 rpm
Did the starter crank the engine?

YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Remove the starter and diagnose its internal problems.
2. Remove the No. 46 (15 A) fuse from the under-dash fuse/relay box.
3. With the shift lever in or (A/T), or the clutch pedal pressed (M/T), turn
the ignition switch to start (III).
Did the starter crank the engine normally?
YES - The starting system is OK.
NO - If the starter will not crank at all, go to step 4. If it cranks the engine
erratically or too slowly, go to step 7. If it will not disengage from the flywheel or
torque converter ring gear when you release the key, check for the following until
you find the cause.
● Solenoid plunger and switch malfunction
● Dirty drive gear or damaged overrunning clutch
Starting System 4-6

Starter Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
6. Check the following items are in the order listed until you find the open circuit.
● Check the BLK/WHT wire and connectors between the starter cut relay and the
ignition switch and between the starter cut relay and the starter.
● Check the ignition switch (see page 22-83).
● With A/T, check the transmission range switch and connector. With M/T, check
the clutch interlock switch and connector, refer to the '01 Civic Shop manual on
this CD (see page 4-7).
7. Check engine speed during cranking.
Is the engine speed above 100 rmp?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Remove and disassemble the starter and check for the following until you
find the cause.
● Excessively worn starter brushes
● Open circuit in commutator brushes
● Dirty or damaged helical splines or drive gear
● Faulty drive gear clutch
8. Check the cranking voltage and current draw.

Is cranking voltage no less than 8.0 volts and 200 amps?
YES - Go to step 9.
find the cause.
● Open circuit in starter armature commutator segments
● Starter armature dragging
● Shorted armature winding
● Excessive drag in engine
9. Remove the starter and inspect its drive gear and the flywheel or torque converter
ring gear for damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Starting System 4-7

Starter Performance Test
1. Disconnect the wires from the S terminal and the M terminal. 5. Also disconnect the battery from the body. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is
working properly. To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the battery
connected for more than 10 seconds.
2. Make a connection as described below using as heavy a wire as possible

(preferably equivalent to the wire used for the vehicle).
3. Connect the battery as shown. If the starter pinion pops out, it is working properly. 6. Clamp the starter firmly in a vice.
To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the battery connected for more than 10 7. Connect the starter to the battery as described in the diagram below and confirm
seconds. that the motor starts and keeps rotating.
4. Disconnect the battery from the M terminal. If the pinion does not retract, the hold-
in coil is working properly. To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the battery
8. If the electric current and motor speed meet the specifications when the battery
voltage is at 11.5 V, the starter is working properly.
Specifications:
Maker Electric current Motor speed
DENSO 90 A or less 3,000 rpm (min-1) or more
(1.0 Kw)
Starting System 4-8

Starter Overhaul
Disassembly/Reassembly - M/T
1. STARTER SOLENOID
2. MOLYBDENUM DISULPHIDE
3. SOLENOID LEVER
4. GEAR HOUSING
5. OVERRUNNING CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
6. ARMATURE
7. ARMATURE HOUSING
10. BRUSH HOLDER
11. END COVER
Starting System 4-9

Starter Overhaul (cont'd)
Disassembly/Reassembly - A/T
1. STARTER SOLENOID
3. SOLENOID LEVER
4. GEAR HOUSING
5. OVERRUNNING CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
6. ARMATURE
7. ARMATURE HOUSING
8. MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE
9. MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE
10. BRUSH HOLDER
11. END COVER
Starting System 4-
10
Armature Inspection and Test 5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is below the service limit, replace
1. Remove the starter, refer to '01 Civic Shop Manual (see page 4-9). the armature.
2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure. Commutator Diameter
3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent magnet. Standard (New):
If there is wear or damage, replace the armature. 27.9 - 28.0 mm (1.098 - 1.102 in.)
Service Limit:
27.0 mm (1.142 in.)
4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is dirty or burnt, resurface with
emery cloth or a lathe within the following specifications, or recondition with #500 or
#600 sandpaper (B).
6. Measure the commutator (A) runout.

❍ If the commutator runout is within the service limit, check the commutator for
carbon dust or brass chips between the segments.

❍ If the commutator runout is not within the service limit, replace the armature.
Commutator Runout
Standard (New):0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max.
Service Limit:0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Starting System 4-
11
7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), undercut the mica with a 9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B). Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the
hacksaw blade to the proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between the armature core. If the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while the core is
commutator segments. The undercut should not be too shallow, too narrow, or V- turned, the armature is shorted. Replace the armature.
shaped (D).
Commutator Mica Depth
Standard (New):
0.45 - 0.75 mm (0.018 - 0.030 in.)
Service Limit:
0.2 mm (0.008 in.)
10. Check with an ohmmeter that no continuity exists between the commutator (A) and
armature coil core (B) and between the commutator and armature shaft (C). If
continuity exists, replace the armature.
8. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If an open circuit
exists between any segments, replace the armature.
Starting System 4-
12
Starter Brush Inspection Starter Brush Holder Test
11. Measure the brush length. If it is not within the service limit, replace the armature 14. Check that there is no continuity between the (+) brush holder (A) and (-) brush
housing assembly. holder (B). If there is no continuity, replace the brush holder assembly.
Brush Length
Standard (New):
M/T:14.0 - 14.5 mm (0.55 - 0.58 in.)
A/T:15.8 - 16.2 mm (0.62 - 0.64 in.)
Standard (New):
M/T:9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
A/T:11.0 mm (0.43 in.)
15. Insert the brush (A) into the brush holder and bring the brush into contact with the
commutator, then attach a spring scale (B) to the spring (C). Measure the spring
tension at the moment the spring lifts off the brush.
Spring Tension:
13.7 - 17.7 N (1.4 - 1.8 kgf, 3.07 - 3.97 lbf)
Starter Field Winding Test (M/T)

12. Check for continuity between the brushes (A). If there is no continuity, replace the
armature housing (B).
13. Check for continuity between each brush (A) and the armature housing (B). If
there is continuity, replace the armature housing.
Starting System 4-
13
16. Pry back each brush spring with a screwdriver, then position the brush about 18. Install the starter end cover (A) to retain the brush holder (B).
halfway out of its holder, and release the spring to hold it there.
17. Install the armature in the housing and install the brush holder. Next, pry back
each brush spring again and push the brush down until it seats against the
commutator, then release the spring against the end of the brush.
NOTE: To seat new brushes, slip a strip of #500 or #600 sandpaper, with the grit
side up, between the commutator and each brush and smoothly rotate the
armature. The contact surface of the brushes will be sanded to the same contour as
the commutator.
Starting System 4-
14
Overruning Clutch Inspection
19. Slide the overrunning clutch along the shaft. Replace it if it does not slide smoothly.
20. Rotate the overrunning clutch (A) both ways.
Does it lock in one direction and rotate smoothly in reverse? If it does not lock in
either direction or it locks in both directions, replace it.
21. If the starter drive gear (B) is worn or damaged, replace the overrunning clutch
assembly; the gear is not available separately.
Check the condition of the flywheel or torque converter ring gear if the starter drive
gear teeth are damaged,
22. Reassemble the starter in reverse order of disassembly.
Engine Electrical - Ignition System
Ignition System 4-
15
1. SPARK PLUG
Inspection, page 4-17
2. IGNITION COIL
Removal/Installation, page 4-20 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Ignition System 4-
Circuit Diagram
16
Ignition System 4-
Spark Plug Inspection
17
1. Inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator. 3. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the centre electrode is rounded (A).
Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Use only the spark plugs listed below.
● Advanced ignition timing Spark Plugs:
● Loose spark plug Engine Type Spark Plug Type
● Plug heat range too hot
D17A2, D17A8, ZFR6J-11 (NGK)
● Insufficient cooling
D17A9 ZFR7J-11 (NGK)
Fouled plug may be caused by:
KJ20CR-L11 (DENSO)
● Retarded ignition timing
● Oil in combustion chamber D17A5 BKR6E-N-11 (NGK)
● Incorrect spark plug gap BKR7E-N-11 (NGK)
Plug heat range too cold
K20PR-L11 (DENSO)
●
● Excessive idling/low speed running

● Clogged air cleaner element
● Deteriorated ignition coils
4. Apply a small quantity of anti-seize compound to the plug threads and screw the
plugs into the cylinder head finger-tight. Then torque them to 18 Nm (1.8 kgf/m, 13
lbf/ft).
1. Worn or deformed electrodes

2. Damaged gasket
3. Cranked Insulator
4. Improper gap
Oil-fouling
Carbon deposits
Cranked centre electrode insulator
2. Do not adjust the gap of platinum tip plugs (A); replace the spark plug if the gap is
out of specification.
Electrode Gap:
Standard (New):1.0 - 1.1 mm (0.039 - 0.043 in.)
Charging System
Charging System 4-
Circuit Diagram
18
Cruise Control
Cruise Control 4-
19
Engine Mechanical - Engine Mechanical
Engine Mechanical
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal 5-2
Engine Installation 5-10
Cylinder Head 6-1
Engine Block 7-1
Intake Manifold/Exhaust System 9-1
Engine Cooling 10-1
NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00on this CD, for items not shown in this section.
Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly
Engine Assembly 5-2

Engine Removal
NOTE: 5. Remove the battery and battery base.
● Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. 6. Remove the battery cables (A) from the fuse box and remove the harness clamps
● To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the (B).
connector portion.
● Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. Also, make sure that they do not
contact other wiring or hoses, or interfere with other parts.

1. Secure the hood in the wide open position (support rod in the lower hole).
2. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the
frequencies for the radio's preset buttons.
3. Disconnect the battery negative terminal first, then the positive terminal.
4. Remove the intake resonator.
7. Remove the intake air duct (A) and ground cable (B).
Engine Assembly 5-3

Engine Removal (cont'd)
8. Remove the clutch slave cylinder (A) and clutch line bracket mounting bolt (B) (M/ 10. Relieve fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
T). 130).
11. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose.
12. Remove the brake booster vacuum hose.
9. Remove the shift cable (A) and select cable (B) (M/T).
Engine Assembly 5-4

13. Remove the throttle cable (A) and cruise control cable (B) by loosening the 16. Remove the harness clamps (A) and grommet (B), then pull the engine wire
locknuts (C), then slipping the cable ends out of the accelerator linkage. Take care harness through the bulkhead.
not to bend the cables when removing them. Always replace any kinked cable with
a new one.
14. Remove the glove box stops, then open the glove box.
15. Disconnect the Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
connectors. 17. Remove the adjusting plate mounting bolt (A), locknut (B) and mounting bolt (C),
then remove the power steering (P/S) pump belt (D) and pump without
disconnecting the P/S hoses.
Engine Assembly 5-5

18. Remove the alternator, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4- 21. Remove the radiator cap.
31). 22. Raise the hoist to full height.
19. Remove the air conditioning (A/C) hose bracket (A) and P/S hose bracket (B). 23. Remove the front tyres/wheels.
24. Remove the splash shield.
25. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator, drain the engine coolant, refer to the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 10-8).
20. Remove the alternator lower bracket (A), then remove the A/C compressor (B)
without disconnecting the A/C hoses. 26. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug using a new washer with
MTF, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 13-3) or ATF, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 14-122).
27. Drain the engine oil. Reinstall the drain bolt using a new washer (see page 8-3).
Engine Assembly 5-6

28. Disconnect the Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (primary HO2S) connector (A) 32. Lower the hoist.
and Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (secondary HO2S) connector (B), then 33. Remove the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose (B), lower radiator hose (C)
remove the exhaust pipe A/Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) (C) (Except and heater hose (D).
D17A5 engine).
34. Remove the heater hose.

29. Remove the shift cable covers (A), then remove the shift control cable (B) (A/T).
30. Disconnect the suspension lower arm ball joints and stabiliser links, refer to the
'01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 18-32).
31. Remove the driveshafts, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
16-3). Coat all precision finished surfaces with clean engine oil. Tie plastic bags
over the driveshaft ends.
Engine Assembly 5-7

35. Remove the ATF cooler hoses, then plug the ATF cooler hoses and lines (A/T). 37. Remove the front mount mounting bolt.
36. Attach the chain hoist to the engine as shown.
38. Remove the side engine mount bracket mounting nuts.
Engine Assembly 5-8

39. Remove the transmission mount bracket mounting bolt/nuts. 40. Make sure the hoist brackets are positioned properly. Raise the hoist to full height.
M/T: 41. Remove the rear mount mounting bolts.
42. Use a marker to make alignment marks on the reference lines (A) that align with
the centres of the rear sub-frame mounting bolts (B).
A/T:
43. Remove the front sub-frame.
Engine Assembly 5-9

44. Check that the engine/transmission is completely free of vacuum hoses, fuel and
coolant hoses and electrical wiring.
45. Slowly lower the engine approximately 150 mm (6 in.). Check once again that all
hoses and wires are disconnected from the engine/transmission.
46. Lower the engine all the way. Remove the chain hoist from the engine.
47. Remove the engine from under the vehicle.
Engine Assembly 5-
Engine Installation
10
1. Install the accessory brackets and tighten their bolts and nuts to the specified torques.
1. REAR STIFFENER
(D17A8, D17A9 engines
M/T)
2. REAR STIFFENER
(D17A8, D17A9 engines
A/T)
3. P/S PUMP BRACKET
4. ENGINE MOUNT
BRACKET
5. A/C COMPRESSOR
BRACKET
6. STIFFENER
(D17A2, D17A5, D17A8,
D17A9 engines A/T)
7. FRONT STIFFENER
(D17A8, D17A9 engines)
Engine Assembly 5-
Engine Installation (cont'd)
11
2. Position the engine under the vehicle. Attach the chain hoist to the engine, then lift 4. Tighten the rear mount mounting bolts.
the engine into position in the vehicle.
Reinstall the mounting bolts/support nuts in the sequence given. Failure to follow
this sequence may cause excessive noise and vibration and reduce bushing life.
3. Install the sub-frame (A). Align the reference lines (B) on the sub-frame with the bolt
head centre, then tighten the bolts.
5. Lower the hoist.

6. Tighten the side engine mount bracket mounting nuts.
Engine Assembly 5-
12
7. Tighten the transmission mount bracket mounting bolt/nuts. 8. Tighten the front mount mounting bolt.
M/T:
9. Remove the chain hoist from the engine.

10. Raise the hoist to full height.
11. Install a new spring clip on the end of each driveshaft, then install the driveshafts.
A/T: Make sure each clip ''clicks'' into place in the differential and intermediate shaft.
12. Connect the suspension lower arm ball joints and stabiliser links, refer to the '01
13. Install the shift control cable (A), then install the shift cable covers (B) (A/T).
Engine Assembly 5-
13
14. Install exhaust pipe A/TWC (A): use new gaskets (B) and new self-locking nuts 18. Install the ATF cooler hoses (A/T).
(C). Connect the primary HO2S connector (D) and secondary HO2S connector (E)
(Except D17A5 engine).
19. Install the heater hose.
15. Install the splash shield.
16. Install the front tyres/wheels.

17. Lower the hoist.
Engine Assembly 5-
14
20. Connect the upper radiator hose (A), lower radiator hose (B), heater hose (C) and 22. Install the A/C hose bracket (A) and P/S hose bracket (B).
ground cable (D).
23. Loosely install the alternator.

24. Adjust the alternator belt tension, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
21. Install the A/C compressor (A), then install the alternator lower bracket (B). (see page 4-38) or the alternator-compressor belt tension, refer to the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-37).
25. Loosely install the P/S pump belt and pump.
26. Adjust the P/S pump belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
17-23).
27. Push the ECM/PCM connectors through the bulkhead, then install the grommet
(A).
28. Install the harness clamps (B).
Engine Assembly 5-
15
29. Connect the ECM/PCM connectors. 31. Install the cruise control cable, then adjust the cable, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
RHD models: Manual on this CD (see page 4-48).
32. Install the throttle cable, then adjust the cable, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD (see page 11-149).
33. Install the brake booster vacuum hose.
RHD models:
LHD models:
LHD models:
30. Install the glove box stops.
Engine Assembly 5-
16
34. Install the EVAP canister hose. 36. Install the clutch slave cylinder (A) and clutch line bracket mounting bolt (B) (M/T).
35. Install the select cable (A) and shift cable (B) using the plastic washers (C),
washers (D) and new cotter pins (E) (M/T).
37. Install the battery base.

38. Install the intake air duct (A) and ground cable (B).
Engine Assembly 5-
17
39. Install the battery cable (A) on the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the 41. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, then assemble them
harness clamps (B). and apply grease to prevent corrosion.
42. Move the shift lever to each gear and verify that the A/T gear position indicator,
follows the transmission range switch (A/T).
43. Check that the transmission shifts into gear smoothly (M/T).
44. Inspect for fuel leaks. Turn ON (II) the ignition switch (do not operate the starter)
so that the fuel pump runs for approximately 2 seconds and pressurises the fuel
line. Repeat this operation 2 or 3 times, then check for fuel leakage at any point in
the fuel line.
45. Refill the engine with engine oil (see page 8-3).
46. Refill the transmission with MTF, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 13-3) or ATF, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 14-
122).
47. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with
the heater valve open, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 10-
8).
40. Install the intake resonator. 48. Check the wheel alignment, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 18-4).
49. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station
presets.
Engine Mechanical
Cylinder Head
Special Tools 6-2
VTEC Rocker Arm Test 6-7
Valve Clearance Adjustment 6-8
Cylinder Head Removal 6-11
Rocker Arms and Shafts Disassembly/Reassembly 6-16
Rocker Arms and Shafts Inspection 6-18
Camshaft Inspection 6-20
Valve Inspection 6-22
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 6-23
Camshaft/Rocker Arms, Camshaft Seal and Pulley Installation 6-23
Cylinder Head Installation 6-24
NOTE: Refer to the 'CIVIC 4/5 D MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION 01'the other part of this CD for the items not shown in this section.
Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head 6-2

Special Tools
Ref. No Tool Number Description Qty

1 07HAH-PJ70100 Valve Guide Reamer, 5.525 mm 1
2 07JAA-0010200 Socket Wrench, 19 mm 1
3 07JAB-0010200 Handle 1
4 07JAB-0010400 Pulley Holder Attachment, HEX 50 mm 1
5 07LAJ-PR30101 Valve Inspection Set 1
6 07LAJ-PR30201 Air Stopper 1
7 07MAB-PY30100 Pulley Holder Attachment, HEX 50 mm 1
8 07NAJ-P070100 Oil Pressure Gauge Attachment 1
9 07PAD-0010000 Stem Seal Driver 1
10 07ZAJ-S5A0200 Hose, Oil Pressure 1
11 07406-0070001 Low Pressure Gauge 1
12 07742-0010100 Valve Guide Driver, 5.5 mm 1
13 07757-0010000 Valve Spring Compressor 1
Cylinder Head 6-3

1. CYLINDER HEAD COVER
2. HEAD COVER GASKET
3. UPPER COVER
4. RUBBER SEAL
5. LOWER COVER
6. CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Replacement, page 6-16 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
7. TDC SENSOR
8. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
9. CRANKSHAFT PULLEY BOLT
Replacement, 6-16 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
10. TIMING BELT
Removal, page 6-18 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
Inspection, page 6-18 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
Installation, page 6-22 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
11. AUTO-TENSIONER
12. TIMING BELT DRIVE PULLEY
13. Install with concave surface facing in
14. CKP SENSOR
15. SIDE ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET
Cylinder Head 6-4

Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. WATER PASSAGE
2. CYLINDER HEAD BOLT
3. DOWEL PIN
4. O-RING
5. CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
6. GASKET
Cylinder Head 6-5

D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 engines:

1. CYLINDER HEAD PLUG
2. O-RING
3. ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY
Overhaul, page 6-16
Inspection, 6-18
4. DOWEL PIN
5. CAMSHAFT
6. INTAKE VALVE SPRING
7. SEAL
8. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
9. INTAKE VALVE SEAL
Replacement, page 6-42 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
10. VALVE GUIDE
11. BACK COVER
12. RUBBER SEAL
13. EXHAUST VALVE
Removal, page 6-42 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Installation, page 6-48 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
14. INTAKE VALVE
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
15. CYLINDER HEAD
Removal, page 6-11
Inspection, page 6-34 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
16. VALVE GUIDE
17. VALVE SPRING SEAT
18. EXHAUST VALVE SEAL
19. EXHAUST VALVE SPRING
20. SPRING RETAINER
21. VALVE KEEPERS
22. VTEC SOLENOID VALVE FILTER
23. VTEC SOLENOID VALVE
24. OIL CONTROL ORIFICE
25. O-RING
Cylinder Head 6-6

D17A8 engine:
Overhaul, page 6-17
2. DOWEL PIN
3. CAMSHAFT
4. VALVE SPRING
5. SEAL
6. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
8. VALVE GUIDE
9. BACK COVER
10. RUBBER SEAL
11. EXHAUST VALVE
Removal, page 6-42 in the '01 Civic
Installation, page 6-48 in the '01 Civic
12. INTAKE VALVE
Removal, page 6-42 in the '01 Civic
13. CYLINDER HEAD
Removal, page 6-11
Inspection, page 6-34 in the '01 Civic
14. VALVE GUIDE
17. VALVE SPRING
18. SPRING RETAINER
19. VALVE KEEPERS
22. O-RING
Cylinder Head 6-7

VTEC Rocker Arm Test
Special Tools Required 8. Check that the air pressure on the shop air compressor gauge indicates over 400
● Air Stopper, 07LAJ-PR30201 kPa (4 kgf/cm2, 57 psi).
● Valve Inspection Set, 07LAJ-PR30101 9. Inspect the valve clearance (see page 6-8}.
1. Remove the resonator (see step 5 on page 6-11). 10. Cover the timing belt with a shop towel to protect the belt.
2. Remove the ignition coil cover, then remove the four ignition coils, refer to the '01 11. Plug the relief hole with the air stopper.
3. Remove the throttle cable clamps and harness holder from the cylinder head cover
(see step 21 on page 6-14).
4. Remove the cylinder head cover (see step 22 on page 6-14).
5. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC (see step 5 on page 6-8).
6. Verify that the intake secondary rocker arm (A) moves independently of the intake
primary rocker arm (B).
● If the intake secondary rocker arm does not move, remove the primary and
secondary rocker arms as an assembly and check that the pistons in the
secondary and primary rocker arms move smoothly. If any rocker arm needs
replacing, replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly and
retest. 12. Remove the sealing bolt (A) from the inspection hole (B) and connect the valve
● If the intake secondary rocker arm moves freely, go to step 7. inspection set.
7. Repeat step 6 on the remaining intake secondary rocker arms with each piston at
TDC. When all the secondary rocker arms pass the test, go to step 8.
Cylinder Head 6-8 Valve Clearance Adjustment
VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont'd)
13. Loosen the valve on the regulator and apply the specified air pressure: NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F
Specified Air Pressure: (38°C).
250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm2, 36 psi) 1. Remove the ignition coil cover, then remove the four ignition coils, refer top the '01
NOTE: If the synchronising piston does not move after applying air pressure, move Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-25).
the primary or secondary rocker arm up and down manually by rotating the 2. Remove the throttle cable clamps and harness holder from the cylinder head cover
crankshaft counter-clockwise. (see step 21 on page 6-14).
14. Move the intake secondary rocker arm (A) for the No. 1 cylinder. The primary
rocker arm (B) and secondary rocker arm should move together. 4. Remove the grommet from the upper cover and disconnect the TDC sensor
● If the intake primary rocker arm does not move, remove the primary and secondary
connector. Remove the upper cover, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
rocker arms as an assembly and check that the piston in the secondary and (see step 1 on page 6-57).
primary rocker arms move smoothly. If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the 5. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. The ''UP'' mark (A) on the camshaft pulley should be
primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly and retest. at the top and the TDC marks (B) on the pulley should line up with the top edge of
the head.
15. Remove the special tools.

16. After inspection, check that the MIL does not come on.
Cylinder Head 6-9

Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)
6. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the valves you are going to check. 8. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the locknut (A) and turn the adjusting
Intake:0.18 - 0.22 mm (0.007 - 0.009 in.) screw (B) until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct.
Exhaust:0.23 - 0.27 mm (0.009 - 0.011 in.) D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 engines:
Adjusting screw location:
INTAKE
D17A8 engine:
EXHAUST
7. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw (B) and the end of the
valve stem and slide it back and forth; you should feel a slight amount of drag.
9. Tighten the locknut and recheck the clearance. Repeat the adjustment if necessary.
Cylinder Head 6-
Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)
10
10. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counter-clockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90°). The 14. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counter-clockwise to bring No. 2 piston to TDC. The
''UP'' mark (A) on the camshaft pulley should be toward the exhaust side of the ''UP'' mark (A) should be on the intake side of the head.
head.
15. Check and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 2 cylinder.
16. Install the cylinder head cover, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD on
11. Check and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 3 cylinder. this CD (see page 6-55).
12. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counter-clockwise to bring No. 4 piston to TDC. TDC
marks (A) are visible again.
13. Check and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 4 cylinder.
Cylinder Head 6-11

Cylinder Head Removal
NOTE: 5. Remove the intake resonator.

● Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
● To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding
the connector portion.

● To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the engine coolant
temperature drops below 100°F (38°C) before loosening the cylinder

head bolts.
● Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. Also, make sure that
they do not contact other wiring or hoses, or interfere with other parts.
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down
the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons.
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
3. Drain the engine coolant, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 10-8).
4. Remove the throttle cable (A) and cruise control cable (B) by loosening
the locknuts (C), then slipping the cable ends out of the accelerator
linkage. Take care not to bend the cables when removing them.
Always replace any kinked cable with a new one.
6. Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor connector (A) and
remove the breather hose, then remove the air cleaner housing (B).


Cylinder Head 6-
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)
12
7. Remove the brake booster vacuum hose (A) and positive crankcase ventilation 10. Remove the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose (B), lower radiator hose (C),
(PCV) hose (B). heater hose (D) and water bypass hose (E).
8. Relieve fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11- 11. Remove the two bolts securing the connecting pipe, then remove the connecting
130). pipe from the water passage.
9. Remove the EVAP canister hose.
Cylinder Head 6-
13
12. Remove the adjusting plate mounting bolt (A), locknut (B) and mounting bolt (C), 15. Remove the engine wire harness connectors and wire harness clamps from the
then remove the power steering (P/S) pump belt (D) and pump without intake manifold.
disconnecting the P/S hoses. ● Idle Air Control (IAC) valve connector
● Throttle position sensor connector
● Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor connector
● Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge valve connector
● Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor connector
● Radiator fan switch connector
● CKP sensor connector
● TDC sensor connector
● Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector (D17A9 engine)
● VTEC solenoid valve connector (Except D17A8 engine)
● VTEC oil pressure switch connector (Except D17A8 engine)
● Oil pressure sensor connector
16. Support the engine with a jack and wood block under the oil pan.
17. Remove the upper bracket.
13. Remove the alternator refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-
31).
14. Remove the air conditioning (A/C) hose bracket (A) and P/S hose bracket (B).
Cylinder Head 6-
14
18. Remove the cover (A), then remove the exhaust manifold (B). 20. Remove the four ignition coils refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 4-24).
21. Remove the throttle cable clamps (A) and harness holder (B) from the cylinder
head cover.
19. Remove the intake manifold.
22. Remove the cylinder head cover.
Cylinder Head 6-
15
23. Remove the timing belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6-
18).
24. Remove the camshaft pulley (A) and back cover (B).
25. Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent warpage, unscrew the bolts in
sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened.
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS LOOSENING SEQUENCE:
26. Remove the cylinder head.
Cylinder Head 6-
Rocker Arms and Shafts Disassembly/
Reassembly
16
NOTE:
●Identify parts as they are removed to ensure reinstallation in original location.
●Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6-38).
● The rocker arms must be installed in the same positions if reused.
● When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the holders, springs and rocker arms on the shaft.
● Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them and apply lubricant to any contact points.
● Bundle the rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set.

1. RUBBER BAND
2. INTAKE ROCKER SHAFT
3. COLLAR B
4. INTAKE ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY
5. COLLAR A
6. No. 1 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
7. EXHAUST ROCKER ARM A
8. Letter "A" is stamped on the rocker arm
9. EXHAUST ROCKER SHAFT
10. Letter "B" is stamped on the rocker arm
11. SPRING
12. EXHAUST ROCKER ARM B
Cylinder Head 6-
Reassembly (cont'd)
17
NOTE:
●Identify parts as they are removed to ensure reinstallation in original location.
●Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6-38).
D17A8 engine:
1. COLLAR
2. Letter "B" is stamped on the rocker
arm
3. INTAKE ROCKER ARM B
5. INTAKE ROCKER ARM A
6. Letter "A" is stamped on the rocker
arm
7. SPRING
arm
arm
13. SPRING
Cylinder Head 6-
Rocker Arms and Shafts Inspection
18
1. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 3. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm and check it for an out-of-round
condition.
Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance:
Standard (New):
Intake:0.017 - 0.050 mm
(0.0007 - 0.0020 in.)
Exhaust:0.018 - 0.054 mm
(0.0007 - 0.0021 in.)
2. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter.
1. Inspect rocker arm face for wear
4. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts. If the clearance is over the limit, replace the
rocker shaft and all overtolerance rocker arms. If any VTEC intake rocker arm
needs replacement, replace rocker arms (primary and secondary as a set, or
primary, mid and secondary as a set).
Cylinder Head 6-
Rocker Arms and Shafts Inspection (cont'd)
19
5. Inspect the synchronising piston (s) (A) and timing piston (B). Push it manually. If it 6. Assemble each timing plate (A) and return spring (B) on its camshaft holder as
does not move smoothly, replace the rocker arm assembly. shown (D16W8 engine).
NOTE:
● When reassembling the primary rocker arm (C), carefully apply air pressure to its
oil passage.
● Apply oil to the pistons when reassembling.
Cylinder Head 6-
Camshaft Inspection
20
NOTE: 4. Unscrew the camshaft holder bolts 2 turns at a time, in a criss-cross pattern. Then
● Do not rotate the camshaft during inspection. remove the camshaft holders from the cylinder head.
● Remove the rocker arms and rocker shafts. 5. Lift the camshaft out of the cylinder head, wipe it clean, then inspect the lift ramps.
1. Put the camshaft and the camshaft holders on the cylinder head, then tighten the Replace the camshaft if any lobes are pitted, scored, or excessively worn.
bolts to the specified torque. 6. Clean the camshaft journal surfaces in the cylinder head, then set the camshaft
Specified torque: back in place. Place a plastigauge strip across each journal.
8 mm bolts:20 Nm (2.0 kgf/m, 14 lbf/ft) 7. Install the camshaft holders, then tighten the bolts to the specified torque as shown
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. in step 1.
8. Remove the camshaft holders. Measure the widest portion of plastigauge on each
6 mm bolts:12 Nm (1.2 kgf/m, 8.7 lbf/ft) journal.
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. ● If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within limits, go to step 10.
6 mm bolts:(11), (12), (13), (14) ● If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit and the camshaft
has been replaced, replace the cylinder head.

● If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit and the camshaft
has not been replaced, go to step 9.

Camshaft-to-Holder Oil Clearance:
Standard (New):0.050 - 0.089 mm
(0.0020 - 0.0035 in.)
2. Seat the camshaft by pushing it away from the camshaft pulley end of the cylinder
head.
3. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the camshaft, then push the camshaft
back and forth and read the end play.
Camshaft End Play:
(0.002 - 0.006 in.)
Cylinder Head 6-
Camshaft Inspection (cont'd)
21
9. Check the total runout with the camshaft supported on V-blocks. 10. Measure cam lobe height.
● If the total runout of the camshaft is within the service limit, replace the cylinder Cam Lobe Height Standard (New):
head.
INTAKE EXHAUST
● If the total runout is beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft and recheck
the camshaft-to-holder oil clearance. If the oil clearance is still out of tolerance, D17A2, D17A5, PRI 38.604 mm 38.784 mm
replace the cylinder head. D17A9, engines (1.5198 in.) (1.5269 in.)
Camshaft Total Runout:
SEC 32.848 mm
Standard (New):0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. (1.2932 in.)
D17A8 engine 35.299 mm 37.281 mm
(1.3897 in.) (1.4678 in.)
PRI: PrimarySEC: Secondary

IN: IntakeEX: ExhaustT/B: Timing Belt
1. Rotate camshaft while measuring
Cylinder Head 6-
Valve Inspection
22
Measure the valve in these areas. D17A5 engine:
D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines: Intake Valve Dimensions
Intake Valve Dimensions A Standard (New):29.90 - 30.10 mm
A Standard (New):29.85 - 30.15 mm (1.177 - 1.185 in.)
(1.175 - 1.187 in.) B Standard (New):118.27 - 118.87 mm
B Standard (New):118.27 - 118.87 mm (4.656 - 4.680 in.)
(4.656 - 4.680 in.) C Standard (New):5.480 - 5.490 mm
C Standard (New):5.480 - 5.490 mm (0.2157 - 0.2161 in.)
(0.2157 - 0.2161 in.) C Service Limit:5.45 mm (0.215 in.)
C Service Limit:5.45 mm (0.215 in.) Exhaust Valve Dimensions
Exhaust Valve Dimensions A Standard (New):25.90 - 26.10 mm
A Standard (New):25.85 - 26.15 mm (1.020 - 1.028 in.)
(1.018 - 1.030 in.) B Standard (New):115.65 - 116.25 mm
B Standard (New):115.65 - 116.25 mm (4.553 - 4.577 in.)
(4.553 - 4.577 in.) C Standard (New):5.450 - 5.460 mm
C Standard (New):5.450 - 5.460 mm (0.2146 - 0.2150 in.)
(0.2146 - 0.2150 in.) C Service Limit:5.42 mm (0.213 in.)
C Service Limit:5.42 mm (0.213 in.)
Cylinder Head 6- Camshaft/Rocker Arms, Camshaft Seal and Pulley

Installation
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection
23
1. Slide the valve out of its guide about 10mm, then measure the guide-to-stem NOTE: To prevent the rocker arm assembly from coming apart, leave the camshaft
clearance with a dial indicator while rocking the stem in the direction of normal holder bolts in the holes.
thrust (wobble method). 1. After wiping down the camshaft and the journals in the cylinder head, lubricate both
● If the measurement exceeds the service limit, recheck it using a new valve. surfaces and install the camshaft.
● If the measurement is now within the service limit, reassemble using a new valve. 2. Clean and install the oil control orifice (A) with a new O-ring (B) (D17A2, D17A5,
● If the measurement with a new valve still exceeds the service limit, go to step 2. D17A9 engines).
Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance:
(0.002 - 0.004 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance:
(0.004 - 0.006 in.)
3. Clean and install the oil control orifice (C) (D17A8 engine).
4. Turn the camshaft until its keyway (D) is facing up (No. 1 piston TDC).
5. Loosen all the valve adjusting screws.
6. Apply liquid gasket to the head mating surface (shaded areas) of the No. 1 and No.
5 camshaft holders.
2. Subtract the O.D. of the valve stem, measured with a micrometer, from the I.D. of
the valve guide, measured with an inside micrometer or ball gauge.
Take the measurements in 3 places along the valve stem and three places inside
the valve guide.
The difference between the largest guide measurement and the smallest stem
measurement should not exceed the service limit.
Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance:
(0.0008 - 0.0020 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance:
(0.0020 - 0.0031 in.)
Cylinder Head 6- Cylinder Head Installation
Camshaft/Rocker Arms, Camshaft Seal and

Pulley Installation (cont'd)
24
7. Set the rocker arm assembly in place and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that Install the cylinder head in the reverse order of removal:
the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. 1. Clean the cylinder head and block surface.
8. Tighten each bolt 2 turns at a time, in the sequence shown below to ensure that the 2. Install the cylinder head gasket (A) and dowel pins (B) on the cylinder block. Always
rockers do not bind on the valves. use a new cylinder head gasket.
Specified torque:
8 mm bolts:20 Nm (2.0 kgf/m, 14 lbf/ft)
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads.
6 mm bolts:12 Nm (1.2 kgf/m, 8.7 lbf/ft)
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads.
6 mm bolts:(11), (12), (13), (14)
3. Set the crankshaft to TDC. Align the TDC mark (A) on the timing belt drive pulley
with the pointer (B) on the oil pump.
Cylinder Head 6-
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)
25
4. Clean the camshaft pulley and set it to TDC. 6. Apply engine oil to the bolt threads and under the bolt heads of all the cylinder head
1. The ''UP'' mark (A) on the camshaft pulley should be at the top. bolts.
2. Align the TDC marks (B) on the camshaft pulley with the top edge of the head. 7. Tighten the cylinder head bolts sequentially in 3 steps.
1st step torque:20 Nm (2.0 kgf/m, 14 lbf/ft)
2nd step torque:49 Nm (5.0 kgf/m, 36 lbf/ft)
3rd step torque:67 Nm (6.8 kgf/m, 49 lbf/ft)
Use a beam-type torque wrench. When using a preset-type torque wrench, be sure
to tighten slowly and do not overtighten. If a bolt makes any noise while you are
torquing it, loosen the bolt and retighten it from the 1st step.
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS TORQUE SEQUENCE:
5. Install the cylinder head on the block.
Cylinder Head 6-
26
8. Install the timing belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6- 13. Install the new exhaust manifold gasket (A) and exhaust manifold (B). Loosely
22). install the new nuts, then install the cover (C) and loosely install the new bolts.
9. Adjust the valve clearance (see page 6-8).
10. Install the cylinder head cover, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 6-55).
11. Install the intake manifold (A) and tighten the bolts/nuts in a criss-cross pattern in 2
or 3 steps, beginning with the inner nut. Always use a new intake manifold gasket
(B).
14. Tighten the bolts/nuts in a criss-cross pattern in 2 or 3 steps.

15. Install the exhaust pipe with a new gasket (D).
12. Tighten the three nuts securing the intake manifold and brackets.
Cylinder Head 6-
27
16. Install the A/C hose bracket (A) and P/S hose bracket (B). 22. Install the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose (B), lower radiator hose (C),
heater hose (D) and water bypass hose (E).
17. Loosely install the alternator. 23. Install the EVAP canister hose.
18. Adjust the alternator belt tension, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 4-38) or the alternator-compressor belt tension, refer to the '01 Civic
19. Loosely install the P/S pump belt and pump.
20. Adjust the P/S pump belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
17-23).
21. Install the connecting pipe (A) with a new O-ring (B).
Cylinder Head 6-
28
24. Install the brake booster vacuum hose (A) and PCV hose (B). 26. Install the intake resonator.
25. Install the air cleaner housing (A), then connect the IAT sensor connector (B) and
breather hose.
27. Install the cruise control cable, then adjust the cable, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 4-48).
28. Install the throttle cable, then adjust the cable, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD (see page 11-149).
29. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses and connectors are installed correctly.
30. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, then assemble them
and apply grease to prevent corrosion.
the fuel line.
32. Refill the radiator with engine coolant and bleed air from the cooling system with
8).
presets.
Engine Mechanical
Engine Block
Special Tools 7-2
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement 7-5
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement 7-7
Piston Ring Replacement 7-9
Crankshaft Installation 7-11
Engine Mechanical - Engine Block
Engine Block 7-2

Special Tools
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

1 07LBA-PV00100 Ring Gear Holder 1
2 07PAF-0010000 Piston Pin Assembly Tool Set 1
3 07PAF-0010650 Pilot Collar, O.D. 19 mm 1
4 07749-0010000 Handle Driver 1
5 07948-SB00101 Driver Attachment, 96 mm 1
Engine Block 7-
3
1. DRAIN BOLT
2. WASHER
3. OIL PAN
Installation for Aluminium Type, page 7-24 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
4. FLYWHEEL (M/T)
5. CRANKSHAFT
End play, page 7-6 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Runout, page 7-13 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Out-of-Round, page 7-13 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Removal, page 7-11 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 7-11
6. CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL, TRANSMISSION END
7. ENGINE BLOCK END COVER
8. DOWEL PIN
9. THRUST WASHERS
10. DOWEL PIN
11. O-RING
12. OIL PUMP
Overhaul, page 8-9 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
13. CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL, PULLEY END
Installation, page 8-9 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
14. KNOCK SENSOR
Replacement, page 7-26 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
15. MAIN BEARINGS
Oil clearance, page 7-5
Selection, page 7-6
16. GASKET
17. OIL SCREEN
18. MAIN BEARING CAP BRIDGE
19. OIL PAN
Installation for Steel Type, page 7-25 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Engine Block 7-
4
1. PISTON RINGS
2. PISTON
Measurement, page 7-14 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
3. PISTON PIN
Inspection, page 7-17 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
4. ENGINE BLOCK
Cylinder bore inspection, page 7-14 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Warpage inspection, page 7-14 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Cylinder bore honing, page 7-16 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Ridge removal, page 7-11 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
5. CONNECTING ROD BEARING CAP
6. CONNECTING ROD BEARINGS
Oil Clearance, page 7-7
Selection, page 7-8
7. CONNECTING ROD
End play, page 7-6 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Small end measurement, page 7-17 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Engine Block 7-5

Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement
Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 6. If the plastigauge measures too wide or too narrow, (remove the engine if it is still
1. To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the main caps and bearing in the car), remove the crankshaft and remove the upper half of the bearing. Install
halves. a new, complete bearing with the same colour code and recheck the clearance. Do
2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
3. Place one strip of plastigauge across each main journal. 7. If the plastigauge shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or
NOTE: If the engine is still in the car when you bolt the main cap down to check the smaller bearing (the colour listed above or below that one) and check again. If the
clearance, the weight of the crankshaft and drive plate will flatten the plastigauge proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller
further than just the torque on the cap bolt and give you an incorrect reading. For bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over.
an accurate reading, support the crank with a jack under the counterweights, and
check only one bearing at a time.
4. Reinstall the bearings and caps, then torque the bolts to 51 Nm (5.2 kgf/m, 38 lbf/
ft). Do not rotate the crankshaft.
5. Remove the cap and bearing half, and measure the widest part of the plastigauge.
Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance:
Standard (New):
No. 1, 5:0.018 - 0.036 mm
(0.0007 - 0.0014 in.)
No. 2, 3, 4:0.024 - 0.042 mm
(0.0009 - 0.0017 in.)
Engine Block 7-6

Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Main Bearing Selection

Crankshaft Bore Code Location
Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a code for the size of each of
the five main journal bores.
Use them, and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft (codes for main journal size),
to choose the correct bearings. If the codes are indecipherable because of an
accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean
them only with solvent or detergent.
1. No. 1 BORE (PULLEY END)

2. No. 4 BORE (DRIVE PLATE END)
Engine Block 7-7

Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement
Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection 6. If the plastigauge measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the
1. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half. bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the same colour code and recheck
2. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust
3. Place a strip of plastigauge across the rod journal. clearance.
4. Reinstall the bearing half and cap and torque the bolts to 32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ 7. If the plastigauge shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or
ft). Do not rotate the crankshaft. smaller bearing (the colour listed above or below that one) and check clearance
5. Remove the rod cap and bearing half and measure the widest part of the again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or
plastigauge. smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over.
Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance:
(0.0009 - 0.0017 in.)
Engine Block 7-8

Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Rod Bearing Selection

Each rod falls into one of four tolerance ranges (from 0 to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in
0.006 mm (0.0002 in.) increments) depending on the size of its big end bore.
It is then stamped with a number (1, 2, 3, or 4), indicating the range.
You may find any combination of 1, 2, 3, or 4 in any engine.
Normal Bore Size: 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)
Inspect the connecting rod for cracks and heat damage.
Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations
Numbers have been stamped on the side of each connecting rod as a code for the
size of the big end. Use them, and the letters stamped on the crank (codes for rod
journal size), to choose the correct bearings. If the codes are indecipherable because
of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper.
Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
1. Half of number is stamped on bearing cap and the other half is stamped on rod.
Engine Block 7-9

Piston Ring Replacement
1. Using a ring expander (A), remove the old piston rings (B). 3. Using a piston, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder bore 15 - 20 mm (0.6 - 0.8 in.)
from the bottom.
2. Clean all ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off broken ring or ring groove 4. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler gauge:
cleaner with a blade to fit the piston grooves. ● If the gap is too small, check to see if you have the proper rings for your engine.
The top ring groove is 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) wide. The second ring groove is 1.2 mm ● If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore diameter against the wear limits,
(0.05 in.) wide. The oil ring groove is 2.8 mm (0.11 in.) wide (D17A5 engine) 2.0 refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 7-14).
mm (0.08 in.) wide (D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines).
If the bore is over the service limit, the cylinder block must be rebored.
File down a blade if necessary.
Piston Ring End-Gap:
Do not use a wire brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring grooves deeper Top Ring
with cleaning tools.
NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the connecting rod, do not install new
(0.006 - 0.012 in.)
rings yet.
Second Ring
(0.012 - 0.018 in.)
Oil Ring
D17A5 engine:
(0.008 - 0.031 in.)
(0.008 - 0.028 in.)
Engine Block 7-
Piston Ring Replacement (cont'd)
10
5. Install the top ring (A) and second ring (B) as shown. The manufacturing marks (C) 6. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they do not bind.
must be facing upward. 7. Position the ring end gaps as shown:
8. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-to-groove clearances:

Top Ring Clearance
D17A5 engine:
(0.0014 - 0.0022 in.)
(0.0014 - 0.0024 in.)
Second Ring Clearance
(0.0012 - 0.0022 in.)
Engine Block 7-
Crankshaft Installation
11
Special Tools Required 10. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigauge (see page 7-5).
● Handle Driver, 07749-0010000 11. Install the bearing cap bridge. Coat the bolt threads with engine oil.
● Driver Attachment, 96 mm, 07948-SB00101 12. Torque the cylinder head bolts sequentially in 2 steps.
1. Apply engine oil to the main bearings and rod bearings. 1st step torque:25 Nm (2.5 kgf/m, 18 lbf/ft)
2. Install the bearing halves in the cylinder block and connecting rods. 2nd step torque:51 Nm (5.2 kgf/m, 38 lbf/ft)
3. Hold the crankshaft so rod journal No. 2 and rod journal No. 3 are straight up and
NOTE: Whenever any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is replaced, it is
lower the crankshaft into the block.
necessary after reassembly to run the engine at idling speed until it reaches normal
4. Install the thrust washers (A) on both edges of the No. 4 main bearing recess.
operating temperature, then continue to run it for approximately 15 minutes.
BEARING CAP BOLTS TIGHTENING SEQUENCE:
5. Apply engine oil to the threads of the connecting rod bolts.

6. Seat the rod journals into connecting rod No. 1 and connecting rod No. 4. Install the
caps and nuts finger tight. Install the cap so the bearing recess is on the same side
as the recess in the rod.
7. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise and seat the journals into connecting rod No. 2 and
connecting rod No. 3. Install the connecting rod cap and bolts finger tight.
8. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigauge (see page 7-7).
9. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft).
Engine Block 7-
Crankshaft Installation (cont'd)
12
13. The seal mating surface on the engine block end cover should be dry. Apply a light 16. Clean and dry the engine block end cover mating surfaces.
coat of grease to the crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. 17. Apply liquid gasket, part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003, evenly to the block
14. Drive the crankshaft oil seal squarely into the engine block end cover. mating surface of the engine block end cover and to the inner threads of the bolt
holes. Install the dowel pins (A), and the engine block end cover (B) on the cylinder
block.
NOTE: Do not install the parts if 5 minutes or more have elapsed since applying the
liquid gasket. Instead, reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue.
15. Confirm that the clearance is equal all the way around with a feeler gauge.
Clearance: 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.02 - 0.03 in.)
18. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil.
Engine Block 7-
13
19. Clean and dry the oil pump mating surfaces.
20. Install the oil pump (A).
1. Install a new crankshaft oil seal in the oil pump, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see step 12 on page 8-11).
2. Apply liquid gasket, part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-0003, evenly to the block
mating surface of the oil pump and to the inner threads of the bolt holes.
3. Grease the lip of the oil seal and apply oil to the new O-ring (B).
4. Install the dowel pins (C), then align the inner rotor with the crankshaft and install
the oil pump.
5. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft and check the seal for distortion.
21. Install the oil screen (D) with a new gasket (E).
22. Install the oil pan, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 7-24).
Engine Mechanical
Engine Lubrication
Engine Oil Replacement 8-3
Engine Mechanical - Engine Lubrication
Engine Lubrication 8-
2
1. DOWEL PIN
2. O-RING
3. OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Circuit Diagram, page 22-88, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Switch Test, page 8-4, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Oil Pressure Test, page 8-4, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 8-12, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
4. OIL FILTER
Replacement, page 8-6, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
5. OIL/AIR SEPARATOR
Installation, page 8-12, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
6. BREATHING PORT COVER
7. WASHER
8. DRAIN BOLT
Engine Oil Replacement, page 8-3
9. OIL PAN
Installation, for Aluminium Type page 7-24, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
10. OIL PAN
Installation, for Steel Type, page 7-25, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
11. BAFFLE PLATE
12. OIL SCREEN
13. GASKET
14. OIL PUMP
Overhaul, page 8-9, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD

Engine Oil Replacement
NOTE: Under normal conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at every other oil 4. Refill with the recommended oil (see page 3-2).
change. Under severe conditions, the oil filter should be replaced at each oil change. Capacity
Change interval Except D17A8 engine:
Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months 3.3 l (3.5 US qt, 2.9 Imp qt) at oil change.
(Normal conditions) 3.5 l (3.7 US qt, 3.1 Imp qt) at oil change
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months including filter.
(Severe conditions) 4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) after engine overhaul.
1. Warm up the engine. D17A8 engine:
2. Remove the drain bolt (A) and drain the engine oil. 3.0 l (3.2 US qt, 2.6 Imp qt) at oil change.
Except D17A8 engine:
3.2 l (3.4 US qt, 2.8 Imp qt) at oil change
including filter.
4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) after engine overhaul.
5. Run the engine for more than 3 minutes then check for oil leakage.
D17A8 engine:
3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B).
Engine Mechanical
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

Exhaust Manifold Removal and Installation 9-2
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement 9-3
Engine Mechanical - Intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System 9-2

Exhaust Manifold Removal and Installation
NOTE: Use a new gasket when reassembling.

1. COVER
2. GASKET, Replace.
3. EXHAUST MANIFOLD
4. 8 x 1.25 mm, 31 Nm (3.2 kgf/m, 23 lbf/ft),
Replace.
5. 8 x 1.25 mm, 31 Nm (3.2 kgf/m, 23 lbf/ft),
Replace

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement
NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling.

1. GASKET, Replace.
2. MUFFLER
3. 8 x 1.25 mm, 22 Nm (2.2 kgf/m, 16 lbf/ft), Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps, alternating side-to-side.
4. HEAT SHIELD
5. 6 x 1.0 mm, 9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf/m, 7.2 lbf/ft)
6. EXHAUST PIPE B
7. GASKET, Replace.
8. EXHAUST PIPE A/THREE WAY CATALYTIC
CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
9. PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY
HO2S)
44 Nm (4.5 kgf/m, 33 lbf/ft)
10. 8 x 1.25 mm, 22 Nm (2.2 kgf/m, 16 lbf/ft), Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps, alternating side-to-side
11. GASKET, Replace.
12. SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(SECONDARY HO2S)
44 Nm (4.5 kgf/m, 33 lbf/ft)
13. SELF-LOCKING NUT
10 x 1.25 mm, 33 Nm (3.4 kgf/m, 25 lbf/ft), Replace.
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System 9-

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement (cont'd)
4
D17A5 engine:
1. GASKET, Replace.
2. MUFFLER
3. 8 x 1.25 mm, 22 Nm (2.2 kgf/m, 16
lbf/ft), Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps,
alternating side-to-side.
4. HEAT SHIELD
5. EXHAUST PIPE B
6. GASKET, Replace.
7. EXHAUST PIPE A
8. 8 x 1.25 mm, 22 Nm (2.2 kgf/m, 16
lbf/ft), Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps,
alternating side-to-side.
9. GASKET, Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm, 33 Nm (3.4 kgf/m,
25 lbf/ft), Replace.
Engine Cooling - Engine Cooling
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Fan Controls
NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N62S5A00 on this CD for items not shown in this section.
Engine Cooling - Cooling System
Cooling System 10-2

DENSO:
1. A/C CONDENSER FAN ASSEMBLY
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD
Fan Motor Test, page 10-6 in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD
2. O-RING
3. UPPER RADIATOR HOSE
4. RADIATOR CAP
5. RADIATOR
6. COOLANT RESERVOIR
7. LOWER RADIATOR HOSE
8. ATF COOLER HOSES
9. DRAIN PLUG
10. RADIATOR FAN
11. RADIATOR FAN SHROUD
12. RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
Test, page 10-6 in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD
TOYO RADIATOR:
1. A/C CONDENSER FAN ASSEMBLY
Fan Motor Test, page 10-6 in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD
2. O-RING
3. UPPER RADIATOR HOSE
4. RADIATOR CAP
5. RADIATOR
6. COOLANT RESERVOIR
7. LOWER RADIATOR HOSE
8. ATF COOLER HOSES
9. DRAIN PLUG
10. RADIATOR FAN
11. RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
Test, page 10-6 in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD
12. RADIATOR FAN SHROUD
Cooling System 10-3

RHD models:
1. WATER BYPASS HOSE
2. WATER PASSAGE
3. CONNECTING PIPE
4. HEATER HOSES
5. HEATER VALVE
LHD models:
1. WATER BYPASS HOSE
2. WATER PASSAGE
3. CONNECTING PIPE
4. HEATER VALVE
5. HEATER HOSES
Cooling System 10-

4
1. O-RING
2. GASKET
3. EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE, (D7A9 engine)
4. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
5. O-RING
6. RADIATOR FAN SWITCH
7. O-RING
8. WATER PASSAGE
9. O-RING
10. CONNECTING PIPE
11. CONNECTING PIPE
12. O-RING
13. WATER PUMP
in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD
in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD
Fan Controls
Fan Controls 10-5

Circuit Diagram
Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions
Fuel and Emissions
KB, KE, KG, KR 11-1

models
KK, KX, KY 11-75
models
KB, KE, KG, KR models
KB, KE, KG, KR models
Fuel and Emissions Systems

DTC Troubleshooting Index 11-2
Symptom Troubleshooting Index 11-5
System Descriptions 11-6
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting 11-54
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 11-56
Idle Control System

PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 11-69
Idle Speed Adjustment 11-71
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Tank Replacement 11-73
Refer to the 2001 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A000 on this CD [4-door (KB, KE, KG, TR models)], for items not shown in this section.
Outline of Civic Coupe Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engine has been added.
Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems
Fuel and Emissions Systems 11-2

DTC Troubleshooting Index
Scan tool DTC Honda DTC Detection Item Page
DTC Temporary DTC (MIL Temporary
DTC Indication*) DTC
P0107 - 3-1 (3) - Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-59)
P0108 - 3-2 (3) - Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-60)
P0112 - 10-1 (10) - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Low Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-61)
P0113 - 10-2 (10) - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit High Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-62)
P0117 - 6-1 (6) - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Circuit Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-63)
P0118 - 6-2 (6) - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Circuit High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-64)
P0122 - 7-1 (7) - Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-65)
P0123 - 7-2 (7) - Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-67)
P0131 - 1-1 (1) - Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary HO2S) Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
(Sensor 1) Circuit Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-68)
(Sensor 1) Circuit High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-69)
P0133 P0133 61-1 (61) T61-1 Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary HO2S) Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
(Sensor 1) Slow Response Manual on this CD (see page
11-70)
(Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-71)
P0137 P0137 63-1 (63) T63-1 Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
HO2S) (Sensor 2) Circuit Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-73)
HO2S) (Sensor 2) Circuit High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-74)
HO2S) (Sensor 2) Slow Response Manual on this CD (see page
11-75)
*:These DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) when SCS short connector is connected.
**:The D indicator light and the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may come on simultaneously.
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T
*3:M/T

DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
P0141 - 65-2 (65) - Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
HO2S) (Sensor 2) Heater Circuit Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-76)
P0171 P0171 45-2 (45) T45-2 Fuel system Too Lean (see page 11-54)
P0172 P0172 45-1 (45) T45-1 Fuel system Too Rich (see page 11-54)
P0300 and - 71-1 (71) - Random Misfire (see page 11-55)
some of 72-1 (72)
P0301 P0302 73-1 (73)
P0303 P0304
74-1 (74)
P0301 P0301 71-1(71) T71-1 No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-80)
11-80)
11-80)
11-80)
P0325 - 23-1 (23) - Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-85)
P0335 - 4-1 (4) - Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor No Signal Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-88)
P0336 - 4-2 (4) - Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Intermittent Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Interruption Manual on this CD (see page
11-88)
P0401*1 P0401*1 80-1 (80)*1 T80-1*1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Insufficient Flow Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-154)
P0420 P0420 67-1 (67) T67-1 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-153)
P0443 - 92-4 (92) - Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Valve Circuit Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-161)
P0500*3 - 17-1 (17) - Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit Malfunction Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-90)
P0501*2 - 17-2*2 - Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Range/Performance Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-90)
*:These DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the MIL when SCS short connector is connected.
**:The D indicator light and the MIL may come on simultaneously.
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T
*3:M/T

P0563 - 34-2 (34) - Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Module (PCM) Power Source Circuit Unexpected Manual on this CD (see page
Voltage 11-91)
P0600 - 39-1 (39) - Serial Communication Link Malfunction Refer to the Multiplex Control
System Troubleshooting, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
P07xx** *2 - 70-2 (70)*2 - Automatic Transaxle System Malfunction*2 Refer to the Automatic
Transmission DTC
Troubleshooting Index
P1107 - 13-1 (13) - Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Low Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-93)
P1108 - 13-2 (13) - Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-93)
P1259*1 - 22-4 (22)*1 - VTEC System Malfunction*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-94)
P1324 - 23-2 (23) - Knock Sensor Power Source Circuit Low Voltage Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-87)
P1361 - 8-2 (8) - Top Dead Centre (TDC) Sensor Intermittent Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Interruption Manual on this CD (see page
11-98)
P1362 - 8-1 (8) - Top Dead Centre (TDC) Sensor No Signal Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-98)
P1491*1 P1491*1 12-3 (12)*1 T12-3*1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Insufficient Lift Manual on this CD (see page
11-154)
P1498*1 - 12-2 (12)*1 - Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Position Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Sensor Circuit High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-158)
P1519 - 14-3 (14) - Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Circuit Malfunction Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-117)
P1607 - 0-2 - Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Module (PCM) Internal Circuit Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-99)
Transmission DTC
*:These DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the MIL when SCS short connector is connected.
**:The D indicator light and the MIL may come on simultaneously.
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T

Symptom Troubleshooting Index
When the vehicle has one of these symptoms, check the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) with the scan tool. If there is no DTC, do the diagnostic procedure for the symptom, in the
sequence listed, until you find the cause.
Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for
Engine will not start 1. Test the battery, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual ● Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) on this CD (see page 22-79). ● Intake air leaks
2. Test the starter, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual ● Locked up engine
on this CD (see page 4-8). ● Slipped/ broken timing belt
3. Troubleshoot the fuel pump circuit, refer to the '01 ● Contaminated fuel
Engine will not start (MIL comes on and stays on, or never Troubleshoot the MIL circuit (see page 11-56).
comes on at all, no DTCs set)
Engine will not start Troubleshoot the immobiliser system, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
(immobiliser indicator light comes on) Manual on this CD (see page 22-245).
Hard starting 1. Test the battery, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual ● Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) on this CD (see page 22-79). ● Intake air leaks
2. Check the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop ● Contaminated fuel
Cold fast idle too low Check the idle speed, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) (see page 11-125).
Cold fast idle too high 1. Check the idle speed (see page 11-71).
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Inspect/adjust the throttle cable, refer to the '01 Civic
3. Inspect and test the throttle body, refer to the '01
Idle speed fluctuates 1. Check the idle speed (see page 11-71). Intake air leaks
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Inspect/adjust the throttle cable, refer to the '01 Civic
After warming up idle speed is below specifications with no 1. Troubleshoot the ALT FR signal circuit, refer to the Vacuum hose clogged/cracked/poor connection
load '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-120).
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Inspect and test the throttle body, refer to the '01
After warming up idle speed is above specifications with no Troubleshoot the ALT FR signal circuit, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
load Manual on this CD (see page 11-120).
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set)
Low power 1. Check the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) Manual on this CD (see page 11-131).
3. Inspect/adjust the throttle cable, refer to the '01 Civic

Engine stalls 1. Check the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop ● Intake air leaks
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) Manual on this CD (see page 11-131). ● Faulty harness and sensor connections
2. Check the idle speed (see page 11-71).
3. Troubleshoot the brake pedal position switch signal
circuit, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 11-123).


System Descriptions
Electronic Control System

The functions of the fuel and emission control systems are managed by the Engine Control Module (ECM) on vehicles with manual transmissions or the Powertrain Control Module
(PCM) on vehicles with automatic transmissions.
Fail-safe Function
When an abnormality occurs in a signal from a sensor, the ECM/PCM ignores that signal and assumes a pre-programmed value for that sensor that allows the engine to continue to
run.
Back-up Function
When an abnormality occurs in the ECM/PCM, the injectors are controlled by a back-up circuit independent of the system to permit minimal driving.
Self-diagnosis
When an abnormality occurs in the signal from a sensor, the ECM/PCM supplies ground for the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) and stores the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
erasable memory. When the ignition is first turned on, the ECM/PCM supplies ground for the MIL for 2 seconds to check the MIL bulb condition.
Two Driving Cycle Detection Method
To prevent false indications, the ''two driving cycle detection method'' is used for some self-diagnostic functions. When an abnormality occurs, the ECM/PCM stores it in its memory.
When the same abnormality recurs after the ignition switch is turned OFF and ON (II) again, the ECM/PCM informs the driver by turning on the MIL.

System Descriptions (cont'd)
ECM/PCM Data
You can retrieve data from the ECM/PCM by connecting the scan tool or the Honda PGM Tester to the Data Link Connector (DLC). The items listed in the table below conform to SAE
recommended practice. The Honda PGM Tester also reads data beyond that recommended by SAE so that this data may help you find the causes of intermittent problems.
NOTE:
● The ''operating values'' listed are approximate and may vary depending on the environment and the individual vehicle.
● Unless noted otherwise, ''at idle speed'' means idling with the engine completely warmed up, A/T in Park or neutral, M/T in neutral position and the A/C and all accessories
turned off.
Data Description Operating Value Freeze Data
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) If the ECM/PCM detects a problem, it will store it as a code consisting If no problem is detected, there is YES
of one letter and four numbers. Depending on the problem, an SAE- no output.
defined code (P0xxx) or a Honda-defined code (P1xxx) will be output
to the tester.
Engine Speed The ECM/PCM computes engine speed from the signals sent from Nearly the same as tachometer YES
the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor. This data is used for indication
determining the time and amount of injected fuel. At idle speed: 700+50 rpm (min-1)
Vehicle Speed The ECM/PCM converts pulse signals from Vehicle Speed Sensor Nearly the same as speedometer YES
(VSS). indication
Manifold Absolute Pressure The absolute pressure caused in the intake manifold by engine load With engine stopped: Nearly the YES
(MAP) and speed. same as atmospheric pressure
At idle speed: about 20-34 kPa
(150-260 mmHg, 6-10 in.Hg), 0.7-
1.1 V
Engine Coolant Temperature The ECT sensor converts coolant temperature into voltage and With cold engine: Same as YES
(ECT) signals the ECM/PCM. The sensor is a thermistor whose internal ambient temperature and IAT
resistance changes with coolant temperature. The ECM/PCM uses With engine warmed up: about 80-
the voltage signals from the ECT sensor to determine the amount of 100°C (176-212°F), 0.5-0.8 V
injected fuel.
Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor The HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas and sends 0.0-1.25 V NO
(Primary HO2S) (Sensor 1), voltage signals to the ECM/PCM. Based on these signals, the ECM/ At idle speed: about 0.1-0.9 V
Secondary Heated Oxygen PCM controls the air fuel ratio. When the oxygen content is high (that
Sensor (Secondary HO2S) is, when the ratio is leaner than the stoichiometric ratio), the voltage
(Sensor 2) signal is lower. When the oxygen content is low (that is, when the
radio is richer than the stoichiometric ratio), the voltage signal is
higher.

ECM/PCM Data (cont'd)

Data Description Operating Value Freeze Data
Fuel System Status Fuel system status is indicated as ''open'' or ''closed''. At idle speed: closed YES
Closed: Based on the HO2S output, the ECM/PCM determines the
air/fuel ratio and controls the amount of injected fuel.
Open: ignoring HO2S output, the ECM/PCM refers to signals from
the Throttle Position (TP), Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP), Intake
Air Temperature (IAT), Barometric Pressure (BARO) and Engine
Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensors to control the amount of
injected fuel.
Short Term Fuel Trim The air/fuel ratio correction coefficient for correcting the amount of 0.6-1.5 YES
injected fuel when the Fuel System Status is ''closed". When the ratio
is leaner than the stoichiometric ratio, the ECM/PCM increases short
term fuel trim gradually, and the amount of injected fuel increases.
The air/fuel ratio gradually gets richer, causing a lower oxygen
content in the exhaust gas. Consequently, the short term fuel trim is
lowered, and the ECM/PCM reduces the amount of injected fuel.
This cycle keeps the air/fuel ratio close to the stoichiometric ratio
when in closed loop status.
Long Term Fuel Trim Long term fuel trim is computed from short term fuel trim and 0.8-1.2 YES
indicates changes occurring in the fuel supply system over a long
period.
If long term fuel trim is higher than 1.00, the amount of injected fuel
must be increased. If it is lower than 1.00, the amount of injected fuel
must be reduced.
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) The IAT sensor converts intake air temperature into voltage and With cold engine: YES
signals the ECM/PCM. When intake air temperature is low, the Same as ambient temperature
internal resistance of the sensor increases and the voltage signal is and ECT
higher.
Throttle Position Based on the accelerator pedal position, the opening angle of the At idle speed: YES
throttle valve is indicated. about 10 %
Ignition Timing Ignition timing is the ignition advance angle set by the ECM/PCM. At idle speed: 8°+2° NO
The ECM/PCM matches ignition timing to the driving conditions. BTDC when the SCS short
connector is connected

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (31P)
Wire side of female terminals

NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal Wire colour Terminal name Description Signal
number
1 BLK/WHT PO2SHTC (PRIMARY HEATED Drives primary HO2S heater With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY With fully warmed up engine running: duty controlled
HO2S) HEATER CONTROL)
2 YEL/BLK IGP2 (POWER SOURCE) Power source for the ECM/PCM With the ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
circuit With the ignition switch OFF: about 0 V
3 YEL/BLK IGP1 (POWER SOURCE) Power source for the ECM/PCM With the ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
circuit With the ignition switch OFF: about 0 V
4 BLK PG2 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM circuit Less than 1.0 V at all times
5 BLK PG1 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM circuit Less than 1.0 V at all times
6 WHT PHO2S (PRIMARY HEATED Detects primary HO2S sensor With throttle fully opened from idle with fully warmed up
OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY (sensor 1) signal engine: about 0.6 V
HO2S), SENSOR 1) With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
7 BLU CKP (CRANKSHAFT POSITION Detects CKP sensor signal With engine running: pulses
(CKP) SENSOR)
8 YEL VCCR (SENSOR VOLTAGE Detects sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
RETURN) With the ignition switch OFF: about 0 V
9 RED/BLU KS (KNOCK SENSOR) Detects knock sensor signal With engine knocking: pulses
With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
10 GRN/YEL SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
11 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
12 BLK/RED IACV (IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) Drives IAC valve With engine running: duty controlled
VALVE) With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
13*1 WHT/BLK EGRP (EXHAUST GAS Detects EGR valve position With engine running: 1.2 V-2.0 V
RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE sensor signal (depending on EGR valve lift)
POSITION SENSOR)
15 RED/BLK TPS (THROTTLE POSITION (TP) Detects TP sensor signal With throttle fully open: about 4.8 V
SENSOR) With throttle fully closed: about 0.5 V
18 WHT/GRN VSS (VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Detects VSS signal With ignition switch ON (II) and front wheels rotating:
(VSS)) cycles 0 V-about 5 V or battery voltage
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T
Fuel and Emissions Systems 11-

10
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (31P)

Terminal
Wire colour Terminal name Description Signal
number
MAP (MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE With ignition switch ON (II): about 3 V
19 GRN/RED Detects MAP sensor signal
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR) At idle: about 1.0 V (depending on engine speed)
20 YEL/BLU VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage
With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V
21 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage
23 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM circuit Less than 1.0 V at all times
24 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM circuit Less than 1.0 V at all times
TDC (TOP DEAD CENTRE (TDC)
26 GRN Detects TDC sensor With engine running: pulses
SENSOR)
IGPLS4 (No. 4 IGNITION COIL With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
27 BRN Drives No. 4 ignition coil
PULSE) With engine running: pulses
IGPLS3 (No. 3 IGNITION COIL
28 WHT/BLU Drives No. 3 ignition coil
PULSE)
29 BLU/RED Drives No. 2 ignition coil
PULSE)
30 YEL/GRN Drives No. 1 ignition coil
PULSE)
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_...onda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/11-10.htm7/5/2011 10:45:19 PM

11
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (24P)

number
2 YEL INJ4 (No. 4 INJECTOR) Drives No. 4 injector With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
3 BLU INJ3 (No. 3 INJECTOR) Drives No. 3 injector At idle: duty controlled
4 RED INJ2 (No. 2 INJECTOR) Drives No. 2 injector
5 BRN INJ1 (No. 1 INJECTOR) Drives No. 1 injector
6 GRN FANC (RADIATOR FAN Drives radiator fan relay With radiator fan running: about 0 V
CONTROL) With radiator fan stopped: battery voltage
7*2 RED/BLK LSA + (A/T PRESSURE Drives A/T pressure control With the ignition switch ON (II): duty controlled
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A solenoid valve A
+ SIDE
8 RED/WHT ECT (ENGINE COOLANT Detects ECT sensor signal With the ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1-4.8 V
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR) (depending on engine coolant temperature)
9*1 BLU/BLK VTPSW (VTEC OIL PRESSURE Detects VTEC oil pressure At idle: about 0 V
SWITCH) switch signal
10 WHT/BLU ALTL (ALTERNATOR L SIGNAL) Detects alternator L signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
With engine running: battery voltage
13 WHT/RED ALTF (ALTERNATOR FR SIGNAL) Detects alternator FR signal With engine running: 0 V-5 V
(depending on electrical load)
14*1 BLU/RED EGR (EXHAUST GAS Drives EGR valve With EGR operating: duty controlled
RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE) With EGR not operating: about 0 V
15*1 GRN/YEL VTS (VTEC SOLENOID VALVE) Drives VTEC solenoid valve At idle: about 0 V
16*2 BLK/RED LSB + (A/T PRESSURE Drives A/T pressure control With the ignition switch ON (II): duty controlled
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B solenoid valve B
+ SIDE)
17 RED/YEL IAT (INTAKE AIR Detects IAT sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1 V-4.8 V
TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR) (depending on intake air temperature)
21 YEL/BLU PCS (EVAPORATIVE EMISSION Drives EVAP canister purge With engine running, engine coolant below 70°C (158°F):
(EVAP) CANISTER PURGE valve battery voltage
VALVE) With engine running, engine coolant above 70°C (158°
F): duty controlled
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T

12
PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (22P)

number
1*2 WHT/BLK LSA- (A/T PRESSURE CONTROL Ground for A/T pressure control
SOLENOID VALVE A-SIDE solenoid valve A
2*2 YEL/BLU LC (TORQUE CONVERTER Drives torque converter clutch With lock-up ON: battery voltage
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE) solenoid valve With lock-up OFF: about 0 V
4*2 GRN/WHT SHB (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE Drives shift solenoid valve B With engine running in 1st, 2nd gears: battery voltage
B) With engine running in 3rd, 4th gears: about 0 V
6*2 BLU/BLK SHA (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE Drives shift solenoid valve A With engine running in 2nd, 3rd gears: battery voltage
A) With engine running in 1st, 4th gears: about 0 V
7*2 WHT/RED NM (MAINSHAFT SPEED Detects mainshaft speed sensor With engine running: pulses
SENSOR) signals
8*2 BRN/WHT LSB- (A/T PRESSURE CONTROL Ground for A/T pressure control
SOLENOID VALVE B-SIDE) solenoid valve B
9*2 RED ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION RANGE Detects transmission range In D3 position: about 0 V
SWITCH D3 POSITION) switch D3 position signal In any other position: about 5 V or battery voltage
10*2 WHT ATPR (TRANSMISSION RANGE Detects transmission range In R position: about 0 V
SWITCH R POSITION) switch R position signal In any other position: about 5 V or battery voltage
11*2 BLU ATP2 (TRANSMISSION RANGE Detects transmission range In 2nd position: about 0 V
SWITCH 2 POSITION) switch 2 position signal In any other position: about 5 V or battery voltage
12*2 BLU/WHT ATPNP (TRANSMISSION RANGE Detects transmission range In Park or neutral: about 0 V
SWITCH NEUTRAL/PARK switch Neutral/Park position In any other position: about 5 V or battery voltage
POSITION) signal
14*2 GRN NCSG (COUNTERSHAFT SPEED Ground for countershaft speed
SENSOR GROUND) sensor
15*2 BLU NC (COUNTERSHAFT SPEED Detects countershaft speed With ignition switch ON (II) and front wheels rotating:
SENSOR) sensor signals battery voltage
19*2 BRN ATP1 (TRANSMISSION RANGE Detects transmission range In 1st position: about 0 V
SWITCH 1 POSITION) switch 1 position signal In any other position: about 5 V or battery voltage
20*2 YEL ATPD (TRANSMISSION RANGE Detects transmission range In D position: about 0 V
SWITCH D POSITION) switch D position signal In any other position: about 5 V or battery voltage
21*2 WHT/GRN NMSG (MAINSHAFT SPEED Ground for mainshaft speed

SENSOR GROUND) sensor
*1:D17A8 engine
*2:A/T

13
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector E (31P)

number
1 GRN/YEL IMO FPR (IMMOBILIZER FUEL Drives PGM-FI main relay 2 0 V for 2 seconds after turning ignition switch ON (II),
PUMP RELAY) then battery voltage
2 WHT/RED SHO2S (SECONDARY HEATED Detects secondary HO2S With throttle fully opened from idle with fully warmed up
OXYGEN SENSOR (sensor 2) signal engine: above 0.6 V
(SECONDARY HO2S), SENSOR With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
2)
3 BRN/YEL LG3 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
control circuit
4 PNK SG3 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
6 BLK/WHT SO2SHTC (SECONDARY Drives secondary HO2S heater With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR With fully warmed up engine running: duty controlled
(SECONDARY HO2S) HEATER
CONTROL)
7 RED/YEL MRLY (PGM-FI MAIN RELAY) Drives PGM-FI main relay 1 With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
Power source for the DTC With ignition switch OFF: battery voltage
memory
9 YEL/BLK IG1 (IGNITION SIGNAL) Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
16 LT GRN/BLK PSPSW (POWER STEERING Detects PSP switch signal At idle with steering wheel in straight ahead position:
PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL) about 0 V
At idle with steering wheel at full lock: battery voltage
18 RED ACC (A/C CLUTCH RELAY) Drives A/C clutch relay With compressor ON: about 0 V
With compressor OFF: battery voltage
22 WHT/BLK BKSW (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal position With brake pedal released: about 0 V
POSITION SWITCH) switch signal With brake pedal pressed: battery voltage
23 LT BLU K-LINE Sends and receives scan tool With ignition switch ON (II): pulses or battery voltage
signal
24 YEL SEFMJ Communicates with multiplex With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
control unit With engine running under load: pulses
26 BLU NEP (ENGINE SPEED PULSE) Outputs engine speed pulse With engine running: pulses
27 RED/BLU IMOCD (IMMOBILIZER CODE) Detects immobiliser signal
29 BRN SCS (SERVICE CHECK SIGNAL) Detects service check signal With the service check signal shorted: about 0 V
With the service check signal opened: about 5 V battery
voltage
31 GRN/ORN MIL (MALFUNCTION INDICATOR Drives MIL With MIL turned ON: about 0 V
LAMP) With MIL turned OFF: battery voltage
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T

14
Vacuum Hose Routing
1. To EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
CANISTER
2. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
3. FRONT OF VEHICLE

15
Vacuum Distribution
0. ENGINE COOLANT.
1. (D17A9 ENGINE)
(1) PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY HO2S) (SENSOR 1) (13) FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
(14) FUEL PUMP
(2) SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S) (15) FUEL TANK
(SENSOR 2)
(16) AIR CLEANER
(3) MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR (17) RESONATOR
(4) ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR (18) EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE and POSITION SENSOR
(5) INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
(6) CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (19) POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE
(7) KNOCK SENSOR (20) THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...a%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CHtml/11-15.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 10:45:15 PM

(8) IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) VALVE (21) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER
(9) THROTTLE BODY (22) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VALVE
(10) INJECTOR
(11) FUEL PULSATION DAMPER (23) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) TWO WAY VALVE
(12) FUEL FILTER


16
PGM-FI System Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
The Programmed Fuel Injection (PGM-FI) system is a sequential multiport fuel injection The ECT sensor is a temperature dependent resistor (thermistor). The resistor of the
system. thermistor decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases.
Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay
When the ECM/PCM receives a demand for cooling from the A/C system, it delays the
compressor from being energised, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition
to the A/C mode.
Alternator Control
The alternator signals the Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module
(PCM) during charging.
Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor
1. THERMISTOR
The BARO sensor is inside the ECM/PCM. It converts atmospheric pressure into a
voltage signal that modifies the basic duration of the fuel injection discharge.
Ignition Timing Control
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
The ECM/PCM contains the memory for basic ignition timing at various engine speeds
The CKP sensor detects engine speed and determines ignition timing and timing for fuel and manifold absolute pressure. It also adjusts the timing according to engine coolant
injection of each cylinder. temperature.
Injector Timing and Duration
The ECM/PCM contains the memory for basic discharge duration at various engine
speeds and manifold pressures. The basic discharge duration, after being read out from
the memory, is further modified by signals sent from various sensors to obtain the final
discharge duration.
By monitoring long term fuel trim, the ECM/PCM detects long term malfunctions in the
fuel system and will set a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
The IAT sensor is a temperature dependent resistor (thermistor). The resistance of the
thermistor decreases as the intake air temperature increases.
1. MAGNET
1. THERMISTOR

17
Knock Sensor Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary HO2S)
The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimise knock. The primary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas and sends signals to
the ECM/PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilise its
output, the sensor has an internal heater. The primary HO2S is installed in the exhaust
manifold. By controlling the air fuel ratio with primary HO2S and secondary HO2S, the
deterioration of the primary HO2S can be evaluated by its feedback period. When the
feedback period exceeds a certain value during stable driving conditions, the sensor is
considered deteriorated and the ECM/PCM sets a DTC.
1. WEIGHT
2. PIEZO ELEMENT
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor

The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals to the ECM/
PCM.
1. ZIRCONIA ELEMENT
2. SENSOR TERMINALS
3. HEATER TERMINALS
4. HEATER
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S)

The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the
Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and sends signals to the ECM/PCM which varies
the duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilise its output, the sensor has an
internal heater. The secondary HO2S is installed in the TWC.
1. SENSOR UNIT
1. ZIRCONIA ELEMENT
2. SENSOR TERMINALS
3. HEATER TERMINALS
4. HEATER
Starting Control
When the engine is started, the ECM/PCM provides a rich mixture by increasing injector
duration.

18
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Idle Control System
The TP sensor is a potentiometer connected to the throttle valve shaft. As the throttle When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the
position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the ECM/PCM. The TP sensor brake pedal is pressed, the power steering load is high, or the alternator is charging, the
is not replaceable apart from the throttle body. ECM/PCM controls current to the Idle Air Control (IAC) valve to maintain the correct idle
speed. Refer to the System Diagram to see the functional layout of the system.
Brake Pedal Position Switch
The brake pedal position switch signals the ECM/PCM when the brake pedal is pressed.
Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve
To maintain the proper idle speed, the IAC valve changes the amount of air bypassing
the throttle body in response to an electrical signal from the ECM/PCM.
1. ELEMENT
2. BRUSH HOLDER
3. BRUSH
Top Dead Centre (TDC) Sensor

The TDC sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential
fuel injection to each cylinder.
1. VALVE
2. From AIR CLEANER
3. To INTAKE MANIFOLD
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch

The PSP switch signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high.
1. MAGNET
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)

The VSS is driven by the differential. It generates a pulsed signal from an input of 5
volts. The number of pulses per minute increases/decreases with the speed of the
vehicle.

19
Fuel Supply System Intake Air System
Fuel Cut-off Control Refer to the System Diagram to see the functional layout of the system.
During deceleration with the throttle valve closed, current to the injectors is cut off to Throttle Body
improve fuel economy at speeds over 850 rpm (min-1). Fuel cut-off action also occurs
The throttle body is a single-barrel down draft type. The side portion of the IAC valve is
when engine speed exceeds 6,900 rpm (min-1) regardless of the position of the throttle
heated by engine coolant from the cylinder head.
valve, to protect the engine from over-revving. With A/T model, when the vehicle is
stopped, the PCM cuts the fuel at engine speeds over 5,000 rpm (min-1).
Fuel Pump Control
When the ignition is turned on, the ECM/PCM grounds the PGM-FI main relay which
feeds current to the fuel pump for 2 seconds to pressurise the fuel system. With the
engine running, the ECM/PCM grounds the PGM-FI main relay and feeds current to the
fuel pump. When the engine is not running and the ignition is on, the ECM/PCM cuts
ground to the PGM-FI main relay which cuts current to the fuel pump.
PGM-FI Main Relay 1 and 2
The PGM-FI relay consists of two separate relays. The PGM-FI main relay 1 is
energised whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) which supplies battery voltage to the
ECM/PCM, power to the injectors and power for the PGM-FI main relay 2. The PGM-FI
main relay 2 is energised to supply power to the fuel pump for 2 seconds when the
ignition switch is turned ON (II) and when the engine is running.
1. TP SENSOR
2. IAC VALVE

20
Catalytic Converter System Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) Refer to the System Diagram to see the functional layout of the system.
The TWC converts hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen EGR Valve
(NOx) in the exhaust gas to carbon dioxide (CO2), dinitrogen (N2), and water vapour. The EGR valve is designed to lower peak combustion temperatures and reduce oxides
of nitrogen emissions (NOx) by recirculating exhaust gas through the intake manifold
and into the combustion chambers.
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System
The PCV valve prevents blow-by gasses from escaping into the atmosphere by venting
them into the intake manifold.
1. HOUSING
2. FRONT OF VEHICLE
3. THREE WAY CATALYSTS
1. PCV HOSE
2. BREATHER PIPE
3. INTAKE MANIFOLD
4. PCV VALVE
5. BLOW BY VAPOUR
6. FRESH AIR

21
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System
Refer to the System Diagram to see the functional layout of the system.
EVAP Canister
The EVAP canister temporarily stores fuel vapour from the fuel tank until it can be
purged back into the engine and burned (refer to the System Diagram to see the
functional layout of the system).
EVAP Canister Purge Valve
When the engine coolant temperature is below 70°C (158°F), the ECM/PCM turns off
the EVAP canister purge valve which cuts vacuum to the EVAP canister.

22
Idle Control System Diagram
The idle speed of the engine is controlled by the Idle Air Control (IAC) valve:
● After the engine starts, the IAC valve opens for a certain amount of time. The amount of air is increased to raise the idle speed.
● When the engine coolant temperature is low, the IAC valve is opened to obtain the proper fast idle speed. The amount of bypassed air is thus controlled in relation to engine
coolant temperature.
Intake Air System Diagram

This system supplies air for engine needs. A resonator in the intake air pipe provides additional silencing as air is drawn into the system.

23
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Diagram
The EGR system reduces oxides of nitrogen (NOx) emissions by recirculating exhaust gas through the EGR valve and the intake manifold into the combustion chambers. The ECM/
PCM memory includes the ideal EGR valve position for varying operating conditions.
The EGR valve position sensor detects the amount of EGR valve lift and sends it to the ECM/PCM. The ECM/PCM then compares it with the ideal lift in its memory (based on signals
sent from other sensors). If there is any difference between the two, the ECM/PCM cuts current to the EGR valve.

24
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Diagram
The EVAP controls minimise the amount of fuel vapour escaping to the atmosphere. Vapour from the fuel tank is temporarily stored in the EVAP canister until it can be purged from the
EVAP canister into the engine and burned.
● The EVAP canister is purged by drawing fresh air through it and into a port on the intake manifold.
The purging vacuum is controlled by the EVAP canister purge valve, which is open whenever engine coolant temperature is above 70°C (158°F).
● When vapour pressure in the fuel tank is higher than the set value of the EVAP two way valve, the valve opens and regulates the flow of fuel vapour to the EVAP canister.

25
ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram

26
ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34
LHD model:
1. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS
2. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS
*1: D17A9 engine*2: A/T

35
NOTE: ● Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
● Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
● O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

36
LHD model:
1. ENGINE WIRE HARNESS

37

38
LHD model:
1. DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A
2. DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B
3. ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE
HARNESS
4. ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS

39
*: Terminal side of female terminals

40
LHD model:
1. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS A
2. ECM/PCM WIRE
HARNESS
3. FLOOR WIRE HARNESS
4. ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS

41

42
RHD model:
1. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT WIRE
HARNESS
2. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS
*1:D17A9 engine*2:A/T

43

44
RHD model:

45

46
RHD model:
HARNESS

47

48
RHD model:
1. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS
2. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS A
3. FLOOR WIRE
HARNESS
4. ECM/PCM WIRE
HARNESS

49

50
NOTE: ● Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from

terminal side
● Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire
side
Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System
PGM-FI System 11-

51
1. THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-65 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
2. INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
this CD
3. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
this CD
4. TOP DEAD CENTRE (TDC) SENSOR
this CD
5. CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
this CD
6. KNOCK SENSOR
this CD
this CD
8. SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY
HO2S) (SENSOR 2)
this CD
Replacement, page 11-115 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
9. PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY HO2S)
(SENSOR 1)
this CD
this CD
PGM-FI System 11-

53
1. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
General Troubleshooting Information, page 11-3 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
*: The illustration shows LHD model.

1. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE/POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (ECM/PCM)
Troubleshooting, page 11-99 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
2. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1
Troubleshooting, page 11-56
PGM-FI System 11-

DTC Troubleshooting
54
DTC P0171: Fuel System Too Lean 5. With a vacuum pump (A), apply vacuum to the evaporative emission (EVAP)
DTC P0172: Fuel System Too Rich canister purge valve (B) from the intake manifold side.
NOTE: If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the same time as DTC P0171
and/or P0172, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then recheck for P0171 and/or P0172.
P0107, P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
P0135: Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary HO2S) (Sensor 1) heater
P0137, P0138: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)
P0141: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) heater
P0401 P1491, P1498: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system*
P1259: VTEC system*
*: D17A9 engine
1. Check the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11- Does it hold vacuum?
131). YES - Go to step 6.
Is fuel pressure OK? NO - Replace the EVAP canister purge valve.
YES - Go to step 2. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
NO - Check these items: 7. Check the manifold pressure with the scan tool.
Does it indicate atmospheric pressure?
● If the pressure is too high, replace the fuel pressure regulator, refer to the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-138). YES - Go to step 8.

● If the pressure is too low, check the fuel pump, the fuel feed pipe, the fuel filter
NO - Replace the MAP sensor.
and replace the fuel pressure regulator, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this 8. Start the engine.
CD (see page 11-138). 9. Check the MAP with the scan tool.
2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in Park or neutral) until Is a MAP of 40.0 kPa (300 mmHg, 12.0 in.Hg) or less indicated within
the radiator fan comes on. 1 second after starting the engine?
3. Check the primary HO2S (Sensor 1) output with the scan tool. YES - Check the valve clearances and adjust if necessary. If the valve clearances
Does it stay at less than 0.3 V or more than 0.6 V? are OK, replace the injectors.
YES - Replace the primary HO2S (Sensor 1). NO - Replace the MAP sensor.
NO - Go to step 4.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
PGM-FI System 11-

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
55
DTC P0300: Random misfire and any Combination of the Following:
DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire
NOTE:
● If the misfiring is frequent enough to trigger detection of increased emissions during two consecutive driving cycles, the MIL will come on and DTC P0300 (and some combination of
P0301 through P0304) will be stored.
● If the misfiring is frequent enough to damage the catalyst, the MIL will blink whenever the misfiring occurs and DTC P0300 (and some combination of P0301 through P0304) will be
stored. When the misfiring stops, the MIL will remain on.
1. Troubleshoot the following DTCs first if any of them were stored along with the random misfire DTC(s):
P0107, P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
P0131, P0132: Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor
P0171, P0172: Fuel system
P0335, P0336: Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
P0401, P1491, P1498: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system*
P0505: Idle control system
P1259: VTEC system*
P1361, P1362: Top Dead Centre (TDC) sensor
P1519: Idle Air Control (IAC) valve
*: D17A9 engine
2. Test-drive the vehicle to verify the symptom.
3. Find the symptom in the chart below and do the related procedures in the order listed until you find the cause.
Symptom Procedure(s) Also check for:
Random misfire only at low RPM and under Check fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD ❍ Low compression.
load (see page 11-131). ❍ Low quality fuel.
Random misfire only during acceleration Check fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD Malfunction in the VTEC system (D17A9
(see page 11-131). engine), refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
Random misfire at high RPM, under load, or Check fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD Correct valve clearance, refer to the '01 Civic
under random conditions (see page 11-131). Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6-14).
PGM-FI System 11-

MIL Circuit Troubleshooting
56
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and watch the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Does the MIL come on and stay on? 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
YES - If the MIL always comes on and stays on, go to step 63. But if the MIL Is the low oil pressure light on?
sometimes works normally, first check for these problems. YES - Go to step 6.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E29) and the Data Link NO - Go to step 4.
Connector (DLC). 4. Inspect the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E31) and the gauge Is the fuse OK?
assembly.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - If the MIL is always off, go to step 2. But if the MIL sometimes works normally,
first check for these problems. NO - Repair short in the wire between No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse and the gauge
assembly. Also replace the No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse.
● A loose No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
● A loose No. 20 IG (40A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.

5. Inspect the No. 20 IG1 (40A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
● A loose No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
● A loose No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. YES - Repair open in the wire between the No. 20 IG (40A) fuse and the gauge
● A poor connection at ECM/PCM terminal E31. assembly. If the wires are OK, test the ignition switch, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
● An intermittent open in the GRN/ORN wire between the ECM/PCM (E31) and the Manual on this CD (see page 22-83).
gauge assembly. NO - Repair short in the wire between No. 20 IG (40A) fuse and the under-dash
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A21) and the manifold
fuse/relay box. Also replace the No. 20 IG (40A) fuse.
absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.
6. Try to start the engine.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A20) and the throttle
Does the engine start?
position (TP) sensor, knock sensor, exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve
position sensor. YES - Go to step 7.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A8) and the knock NO - Go to step 10.
sensor. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
PGM-FI System 11-

MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
57
8. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal E31 and body ground with a jumper wire. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) 11. Inspect the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES - Go to step 18.
NO - Go to step 12.
12. Remove the blown No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
13. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A).
Wire side of female terminals LHD model:
9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Is the MIL on?
YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 11-6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the
original ECM/PCM.
NO - Check for an open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E31) and the gauge
assembly. Also check for a blown MIL bulb. If the wires and the bulb are OK, replace
the gauge assembly.
RHD model:
PGM-FI System 11-

58
14. Check for continuity between body ground and the PGM-FI main relay 14P Is there continuity?
connector terminals No. 2 and No. 4 individually. YES - Go to step 16.
NO - Replace the component that made continuity to body ground go away when
disconnected. If the item is the ECM/PCM, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and
recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-6). If symptom/
indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
Also replace the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15 A) fuse.
16. Disconnect the connectors of all these components.
● PGM-FI main relay 2
● ECM/PCM connector A (31P)
● Injectors
● Idle air control (IAC) valve
Wire side of female terminals ● Top dead centre (TDC) sensor
● Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor

Is there continuity?
17. Check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 2
YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse and and body ground.
the PGM-FI main relay 1. Also replace the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse.
NO - Go to step 15.
15. Disconnect each of the components or the connectors below, one at a time and
check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 1
and body ground.
● Each injector 2P connector
● Idle air control (IAC) valve 3P connector
● Top dead centre (TDC) sensor 3P connector
● Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor 3P connector

YES - Repair short in the wire between the PGM-FI main relay 1 and each item.
Also replace the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse.
NO - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 1. Also replace the No 6 ECU (ECM/PCM)
(15A) fuse.
PGM-FI System 11-

59
18. Inspect the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 22. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A).
Is the fuse OK? LHD model:
NO - Go to step 19.
19. Remove the blown No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
20. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E9 and body ground.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)
RHD model:

NO - Replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse, and substitute a known-good
ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.

YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse and the
ECM/PCM (E9), or the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PGM-FI main relay
2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
NO - Go to step 24.
24. Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 20-95).
PGM-FI System 11-

60
25. Remove the access panel from the floor. 29. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body
26. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector. ground.
27. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR
ground.
FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR

YES - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP
Is there continuity? (15A) fuse.
YES - Repair short in the wire between the fuel pump and the PGM-FI main relay NO - Check the fuel pump and replace it as necessary. Also replace the No. 17
2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse. FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
NO - Go to step 26. 30. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
28. Reinstall the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A). 31. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
LHD model: 32. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals E9 and body ground.

RHD model: Is there battery voltage?
NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse and the
ECM/PCM (E9).
PGM-FI System 11-

61
33. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 36. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 4
34. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. and body ground.

Is there battery voltage?
YES - Go to step 38. Wire side of female terminals
NO - Go to step 35. Is there battery voltage?
35. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A). YES - Go to step 37.
LHD model:
NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15 A) fuse and
the PGM-FI main relay 1.
and ECM/PCM connector terminal E7.
RHD model:

YES - Test the PGM-FI main relay 1, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 22-80). If the relay is OK, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and
recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-6). If symptom/
indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI main relay 1 and the ECM/PCM
(E7).
PGM-FI System 11-

62
38. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 43. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
39. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 44. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 2
40. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A2 and and body ground.
A3 individually.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)

NO - Go to step 41. Is there battery voltage?
41. Turn the ignition switch OFF. YES - Go to step 45.
42. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A). NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse and
LHD model: the PGM-FI main relay 1.
and ECM/PCM connector terminals A2 and A3 individually.
RHD model:

YES - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 1.
(A2, A3).
PGM-FI System 11-

63
47. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A4, A5, 49. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
A23 and A24 individually. 50. Disconnect the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor 3P connector.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) 51. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
52. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A21.

Is there less than 1.0 V?
Is there about 5 V?
YES - Repair open in the wire (s) between that had more than 1.0 V between G101
YES - Replace the MAP sensor.
and the ECM/PCM (A4, A5, A23, A24).
NO - Go to step 53.
NO - Go to step 48.
54. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P).

Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 49.
PGM-FI System 11-

64
55. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A21 and body ground. 57. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) 58. Disconnect the 3P connector from each of these sensors, one at a time and
measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A20 with
the ignition switch ON (II).
● Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve position sensor
● Knock sensor
● Throttle position (TP) sensor

YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A21) and the MAP sensor.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 11-6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the Wire side of female terminals
original ECM/PCM.
Is there about 5 V?
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) YES - Replace the sensor that restored about 5 V when disconnected.
NO - Go to step 66.
60. Disconnect the 3P connectors from the following sensors.
● Knock sensor

Is there about 5 V?
original ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 57.
PGM-FI System 11-

65
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) 64. Connect a scan tool/Honda PGM Tester, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 11-3).
65. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and read the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester.
Does the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester communicate with the ECM/
PCM?
NO - Go to step 66.
Wire side of female terminals 67. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
Is there continuity? 68. Check for continuity between body ground and Data Link Connector (DLC) terminal
No. 7.
YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A20) and the EGR valve
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
position sensor, knock sensor or TP sensor, or repair short in the wire between the
ECM/PCM (A8) and the knock sensor.
original ECM/PCM.
Terminal side of male terminals

YES - Repair short in the wire between the DLC and the ECM/PCM (E23). After
repairing it, check the DTC with the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester and go to the DTC
Troubleshooting Index.
NO - Go to step 69.
PGM-FI System 11-

66
69. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E23 and DLC terminal 73. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E29 and body ground.
No. 7. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Is there about 5 V (or battery voltage)?
Wire side of female terminals NO - Go to step 74.
Is there continuity? 74. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop 75. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
original ECM/PCM.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the DLC and the ECM/PCM (E23). After
70. Check the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester for DTCs.
Are any DTCs indicated?
YES - Go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index.
NO - Go to step 71.
PGM-FI System 11-

67

YES - Repair short in the wire between the service check connector and the ECM/
PCM (E29).
original ECM/PCM.
Is the MIL on?
YES - Repair short in the wire between the gauge assembly and the ECM/PCM
(E31). If the wires are OK, replace the gauge assembly.
original ECM/PCM.
Fuel and Emissions - Idle Control System
Idle Control System 11-

68
1. POWER STEERING (PSP) SWITCH
2. IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) VALVE

PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
69
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. At the harness side, connect the PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2
2. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals A24 and E16. with a jumper wire.
ECM/PCM CONNECTORS PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR

10. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals A24 and E16.
YES - Replace the PSP switch.
NO - Check for these problems:
Wire side of female terminals ● An open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E16) and the PSP switch.
Is there less than 1.0 V? ● An open in wire between the PSP switch and G201.

YES - Go to step 3.
12. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector.
NO - Go to step 6. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
3. Start the engine.
4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position.
YES - The PSP switch signal is OK.
NO - Go to step 11.
7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector.

PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
(cont'd)
70
ECM/PCM CONNECTORS

YES - Replace the PSP switch.
NO - Go to step 15.
17. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal E16.

YES - Repair short in the wire between ECM/PCM (E16) and the PSP switch.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck for immobiliser information,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual (see page 11-6). If the symptom/indication goes
away, replace the original ECM/PCM.

Idle Speed Inspection
71
NOTE: 6. Idle the engine for 1 minute with heater fan switch on HI and air conditioner on, then
● Leave the Idle Air Control (IAC) valve connected. check the idle speed.
● Before checking the idle speed, check these items: Idle speed should be:
● The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) has not been reported on.
M/T 750+50 rpm (min-1)
● Ignition timing
● Spark plugs
A/T 750+50 rpm (min-1)
● Air cleaner
(in Park or neutral)
● PCV system NOTE: If the idle speed in not within specification, see Symptom Chart.
1. Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge valve 2P connector. 7. Reconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector.
2. Connect a tachometer (A) to the test tachometer connector (B).
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm (min-1) with no load (in Park or
neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.
5. Start the engine.Check the idle speed with no-load conditions: headlights, blower
fan, rear defogger, radiator fan, and air conditioner are not operating.
Idle speed should be:
M/T 700+50 rpm (min-1)
A/T 700+50 rpm (min-1)
NOTE:ECM/PCM might control to raise the idle speed 750 rpm (min-1) in case of the
battery performance,etc. In this case, idle speed is OK.Go to step 6.
Fuel and Emissions - Fuel Supply System
Fuel Supply System 11-

72
1. FUEL PUMP
FUEL FILTER
FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
Test/Replacement, page 11-141 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
2. FUEL FILL CAP
3. FUEL TANK
4. FUEL TUBE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS
Precautions, page 11-134 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
5. FUEL VAPOUR PIPE
8. FUEL FEED PIPE
9. FUEL RAIL

Fuel Tank Replacement
73
1. Relieve the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-130).
2. Drain the fuel tank: Remove the fuel pump, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-139). Using a hand pump, hose and container suitable for gasoline, draw the
fuel from the fuel tank.
3. Jack up the vehicle and support it with jackstands.
4. Remove the fuel pipe cover (A). Disconnect the fuel vapour hose and quick-connect fittings.
Disconnect the hoses. Slide back the clamps, then twist the hoses as you pull to avoid damaging them.
5. Place a jack or other support, under the tank.

6. Remove the strap bolts and let the strap (B) fall free.
7. Remove the fuel tank (C). If it sticks to the undercoat on its mount, carefully pry it off the mount.
8. Install the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal.
KK, KX, KY models
KK, KX, KY models

PGM-FI System
Idle Control System

Fuel Supply System

Fuel Tank Replacement 11-90
Refer to the 2001 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A000 on this CD [4-door (Except KB, KE, KG, TR models)], for items not shown in this section.
Outline of Civic Coupe Model Change
This Coupe has been added in the body type.

System Descriptions
76
1. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS
2. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS
*1: A/T

77

78
1. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS

79

80
1. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS A
2. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS B
3. ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS

81

82
1. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS A
2. ECM/PCM WIRE
HARNESS
3. FLOOR WIRE
HARNESS
4. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS

83

84
NOTE: ● Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from

terminal side
side
PGM-FI System 11-

85
6. KNOCK SENSOR
8. PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY HO2S) (SENSOR 1)
PGM-FI System 11-

86
1. INJECTORS
Test, page 11-276 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
PGM-FI System 11-

87
2. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE/POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (ECM/PCM)
4. IDLE MIXTURE ADJUSTER (IMA) (Without TWC model)
Troubleshooting, page 11-237 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual

88
1. POWER STEERING (PSP) SWITCH
2. IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) VALVE

89
1. FUEL PUMP
2. FUEL FILL CAP
3. FUEL FILTER
4. FUEL TANK
Precautions, page 11-292 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
8. FUEL VAPOUR PIPE
9. FUEL FEED PIPE
10. FUEL RAIL

Fuel Tank Replacement
90
1. Relieve the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-130).
2. Drain the fuel tank: Remove the fuel pump, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-139). Using a hand pump, hose and container suitable for gasoline, draw the
fuel from the fuel tank.
3. Jack up the vehicle and support it with jackstands.
4. Remove the fuel pipe cover (A). Disconnect the fuel vapour hose and quick-connect fittings.
Disconnect the hoses. Slide back the clamps, then twist the hoses as you pull to avoid damaging them.
5. Place a jack, or other support, under the tank.

6. Remove the strap bolts and let the strap (B) fall free.
7. Remove the fuel tank (C). If it sticks to the undercoat on its mount, carefully pry it off the mount.
8. Install the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal.
Automatic Transmission - Automatic Transmission
Road Test
Shift Schedule 14-2

Shift schedule has been added to suit the CIVIC Coupe.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If body maintenance is required)

This model has an SRS which includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front
seat retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in
the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components. Servicing,
disassembling or replacing these items will require special precautions and tools, and should be done only by an authorised Honda dealer.
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an
authorised Honda dealer.
● Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or
side airbags.
● SRS electrical wiring connectors are identified by yellow colour coding. Related components are located in the steering column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower
panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

Road Test
Shift Schedule
position
Upshift
Throttle Opening Unit of Speed 1st - 2nd 2nd - 3rd 3rd - 4th Lock-up ON
Throttle position sensor voltage: 0.75 V mph 9-12 19-22 29-34 14-18
km/h 15-19 30-35 47-54 23-28
km/h 36-42 68-76 96-105 110-119
Fully-opened throttle, Throttle position mph 34-40 67-76 103-114 103-114
sensor voltage: 4.5 V
km/h 55-63 108-121 166-183 166-183
Downshift
Throttle Opening Unit of Speed Lock-up OFF 4th - 3rd 3rd - 2nd 2nd - 1st
Throttle position sensor voltage: 0.5 V mph 13-17 17-20 6-10 (3rd - 1st)
km/h 21-26 27-32 10-15 (3rd - 1st)
Fully-opened throttle, Throttle position mph 93-104 85-96 55-62 25-30
sensor voltage: 4.5 V
km/h 150-166 137-153 89-100 40-48
Body - Body
Body
Doors
Door Panel Removal/Installation 20-4
Door Outer Handle Replacement 20-5
Door Latch Replacement 20-7
Door Glass and Regulator Replacement 20-9
Door Sash Trim Replacement 20-11
Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 20-11
Door Weatherstrip Replacement 20-12
Door Upper Seal Replacement 20-12
Door Side Sill Seal Replacement 20-13
Door Channel Tape Replacement Process 20-14
Door Outer Channel Tape Replacement 20-15
Mirrors
Power Mirror Replacement 20-16
Glass
Windshield Replacement 20-18
Rear Window Replacement 20-24
Quarter Glass Replacement 20-29
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation-Door Area 20-34
Trim Removal/Installation-Seat Side and Rear Shelf Area 20-35
Trim Removal/Installation-Trunk Area 20-36
Headliner Removal/Installation 20-37
Seats
* Front Seat Disassembly/Reassembly-Passenger's 20-40
Rear Seat-back Lock Cylinder Replacement 20-41
Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement 20-41
Bumpers
Rear Bumper Removal/Installation 20-43
Exterior Trim
Front Grille Replacement 20-44
Rear License Trim Replacement 20-44
Emblem Replacement 20-45
Openers
* Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill door Opener Cable Replacement 20-46
Frame

Body - Body
* Frame Repair Chart 20-48
NOTE: Refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD, for the items not shown in this section.
Outline of 2-door Model Change
● The Civic 2-door model has been added.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If body maintenance is required)

seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components. Servicing,
disassembling or replacing these items will require special precautions and tools and should be done only by an authorised Honda dealer.
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an
authorised Honda dealer.
● Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or
side airbags.
panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

Body - Doors
Doors 20-
Component Location Index - Front Door
2
1. DOOR PANEL SHOULDER PAD
(For some models)
2. DOOR SKIN SHOULDER PAD
(For some models)
3. DOOR SASH TRIM
4. DOOR UPPER SEAL
5. DOOR OUTER CHANNEL TAPE
Replacement process, page 20-14
6. DOOR GLASS OUTER WEATHERSTRIP
7. DOOR
8. HINGE
9. DETENT ROD
10. HINGE
11. DOOR SIDE SILL SEAL
12. SPEAKER
13. DOOR GLASS INNER WEATHERSTRIP
14. DOOR PANEL
Removal/Installation, page 20-4
15. POWER WINDOW SWITCH
16. POWER WINDOW SWITCH PANEL
17. ARMREST
18. DOOR WEATHERSTRIP
19. PLASTIC COVER
Body - Doors
Doors 20-
Component Location Index - Front Door (cont'd)
3
1. CENTRE LOWER CHANNEL
2. IMMOBILISER LABEL
3. GLASS
4. GLASS RUN CHANNEL
5. FRONT LOWER CHANNEL
6. OUTER HANDLE
7. RETAINER CLIP
8. LOCK KNOB
9. KNOB BRACKET
10. INNER HANDLE ROD
11. POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
(Driver's for some models)
12. INNER HANDLE
13. COVER
14. LOCK CABLE
15. CABLE PROTECTOR
(For some models)
16. LATCH
(Without Super Locking)
17. POWER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
18. LATCH PROTECTOR
(With Super Locking)
19. POWER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
20. LATCH
(With Super Locking)
21. STRIKER
22. CYLINDER SWITCH
(For some models)
23. LOCK CYLINDER
24. OUTER HANDLE PROTECTOR
25. REGULATOR
Body - Doors
Doors 20-4
Door Panel Removal/Installation
Special Tools Required 3. Remove the switch panel (A).

Trim pad remover, Snap-on # A 177 or equivalent, commercially available. 1. Using a flat-tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape, pry the cap (B), then
1. Remove the inner handle (A). Take care not to scratch the door panel. remove the screw (C).
2. Pry out the panel or pocket to release the clips (D).
1. Pry out on the upper portion of the cover (B) to release the hooks (C and D), then 3. Release the clip (E) by pulling the cover or pocket forward.
remove the cover. 4. Disconnect the power window switch connector (F).
2. Remove the screws.
3. Pull the inner handle forward and out half-way to release the hook (E). Fastener Locations
4. Disconnect the inner handle rod (F) and power door lock switch connector (G) C : Screw, 1D : Clip, 2 or 1G : Screw, 2
(driver's for some models).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 2
Power window model:
3. Remove the screws (G) securing the door panel.
Body - Doors
Doors 20-5 Door Outer Handle Replacement
Door Panel Removal/Installation (cont'd)
4. Remove the mirror mount cover (see step 2 on page 20-16). NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
5. Release the clips that hold the door panel (A) with a commercially available trim pad 1. Raise the glass fully.
remover (B), then remove the door panel by pulling it upward. Remove the door 2. Remove these items:
panel with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it. ● Door panel (see page 20-4)
Fastener Locations ● Plastic cover, as necessary
: Clip, 9 3. Release the retainer clip (A), then remove the lock cylinder (B). Disconnect the
cylinder rod (C).
4. With cylinder switch: Remove the screw, then separate the lock cylinder (A) and
cylinder switch (B).
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
6. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Replace any damaged clips.
● Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly and the rod is connected
properly.
Body - Doors
Doors 20-6
Door Outer Handle Replacement (cont'd)
5. With cylinder switch: Disconnect the cylinder switch connector (A) and detach the 7. Remove the maintenance hole (A). Disconnect the outer handle rod (B) and remove
harness clips (B), then remove the cylinder switch (C). the nuts, then remove the outer handle protector (C) from the outer handle (D).
Fastener Locations
: Nut, 2
6. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as necessary.
8. Pull out the outer handle (A) in the numbered sequence and remove it.
Body - Doors
Doors 20-7 Door Latch Replacement
Door Outer handle Replacement (cont'd)
9. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal and note these items: NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
● Make sure the door locks and opens properly.
1. Raise the glass fully.
● Make sure each rod is connected securely.
2. Remove these items:
● Make sure the door locks and opens properly.
● Door panel (see page 20-4)
● When installing the lock cylinder, leave the outer door handle bolts loose so the
● Plastic cover, as necessary
inner protector does not interfere with the lock cylinder, then tighten the handle
3. Disconnect the cylinder rod from the lock cylinder (see step 3 on page 20-5) and
bolts.
disconnect the outer handle rod from the outer handle (see step 7 on page 20-6).
● Install the lock cylinder retaining clip on the handle, then install the lock cylinder.
Be sure the clip is fully seated in the slot on the lock cylinder. 4. For some models: Remove the screw and release the clip (A) and hook (B) while
pulling the cable protector (C) forward, then remove it from the latch (D) and door.
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
Body - Doors
Doors 20-8
Door Latch Replacement (cont'd)
5. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as necessary and remove the bolts, then 6. Release the lock knob (A) from the knob bracket (B) and detach the inner handle rod
remove the centre lower channel (B) by pulling it downward. (C) from the rod holder (D). Detach the harness clip (E) and disconnect (and detach)
Fastener Location the actuator connector(s) (F).
Without Super Locking:
: Bolt, 1
Without Super Locking:
Body - Doors
Doors 20-9 Door Glass and Regulator Replacement
Door Latch Replacement (cont'd)
7. Remove the screws, then remove the latch (A) through the hole in the door. Take NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
care not to bend the outer handle rod (B), cylinder rod (C), inner handle rod (D) and 1. Remove these items:
lock cable (E). Without Super Locking model is shown, with Super Locking model is ● Door panel (see page 20-4)
similar. ● Plastic cover, as necessary
Fastener Locations 2. Carefully raise the glass (A) until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Carefully
: Screw, 3 pull the glass out through the window slot. Take care not to drop the glass inside the
door.
Fastener Locations
: Bolt, 2
8. If necessary, disconnect the lock cable (A) from the latch (B). Without Super Locking
model is shown with Super Locking model is similar.
9. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
❍ Make sure the actuator connectors are plugged in property and each rod is
connected securely.
❍ Make sure the door locks and opens property.
Body - Doors
Doors 20-
Door Glass and Regulator Replacement (cont'd)
10
3. Disconnect and detach the connector (A) and harness clip (B) from the door. 6. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
Fastener Locations ● Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding.
● Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel
C : Bolt, 3D : Bolt, 4
when the glass is closed.
● Adjust the position of the glass as necessary.
4. Remove the bolts (C) and loosen the bolts (D), then remove the regulator (E)
through the hole in the door. Power window is shown, manual window is similar.
5. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A) where shown.
Body - Doors
Doors 20- Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
Door Sash Trim Replacement

11
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the door. NOTE:
1. Remove the door glass outer weatherstrip. ● Put on gloves to protect your hands.
2. Pull back the door weatherstrip (A) at the rear upper corner and remove the screw. ● Take care not to scratch the door.
Fastener Location 1. Remove the power mirror (see page 20-16).

: Screw, 1 2. Starting at the front, pry the door glass outer weatherstrip (A) up to detach the clips
(B) and release the weatherstrip from the door sash trim (C), then remove the
weatherstrip.
Fastener Locations
B : Clip, 4
3. Lift up the door sash trim (B) to release the hooks (C), then remove the trim. 3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged
4. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal. clips.
Body - Doors
Doors 20- Door Upper Seal Replacement
Door Weatherstrip Replacement

12
NOTE: NOTE:
● Take care not to scratch the door. ● Take care not to scratch the door.
● Use a clip remover to remove the clips. ● Use a clip remover to remove the clips.
1. At the front-pillar, remove the door stop mounting bolt (A). 1. Remove these items:
Fastener Location ● Power mirror, as necessary (see page 20-16)
● Door sash trim (see page 20-11)

A : Bolt, 1B : Clip, 1C : Clip, 17
2. Detach the door weatherstrip clips (A, B), then remove the door upper seal (C).
Fastener Location
A : Clip, 1B : Clip, 2
3. Install the seal in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Replace the clip if it is damaged.
● Make sure the upper seal is installed in the holder (D) securely.
● Check for water leaks, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD
2. Detach the clips (B, C), then remove the door weatherstrip (D).
3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (E) securely.
● Apply liquid thread lock to door stop mounting bolt before installation.
● Check for water leaks, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD
Body - Doors
Doors 20-
Door Side Sill Seal Replacement
13
NOTE:
● Take care not to scratch the door.
● Use a clip remover to remove the clips.
1. Detach the clips, then remove the door side sill seal (A).
Fastener Locations
: Clip, 9
2. Install the seal in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips.
Body - Doors
Doors 20-
Door Channel Tape Replacement Process
14
NOTE: 2. Remove these items:
● This procedure is a general description of the door channel tape replacement Door outer channel tape replacement
process. For details about installation, door outer channel tape (see page 20-15). ● Power mirror (see page 20-16)
● Keep dust away from the working area. ● Door glass outer weatherstrip (see page 20-11)
● When working at lower temperatures, heat the door channel and door channel tape
● Glass run channel, as necessary (see page 20-2)
with a hair dryer.
● Sash trim (see page 20-11)
Door channel: about 15°C (59°F).
● Upper seal (see page 20-12)
Door channel tape: about 30°C (86°F).
3. Slowly peel up the old door channel tape while heating it with a hair dryer.
● When heating the door channel tape, heat it evenly and gradually to prevent 4. Clean the door channel bonding surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After
deformation. cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on the surface.
● When pressing the door channel tape, slowly press it from the corner to prevent air 5. Attach the door channel tape:
bubbles and wrinkles.
1. Peel the edge of the adhesive backing from the channel tape.
If there are air bubbles (A) in the door channel tape (B), prick them with a pin (C),
2. Fit the door channel tape to the door channel.
●
then release the air with your finger or a plastic squeegee.

3. Apply the door channel tape to the door channel while peeling the adhesive
If the air bubble is more than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in diameter, peel up the door channel
backing from it a little at a time. Check that the channel tape is parallel with the
●
tape, then reapply it.

door channel.
4. Push firmly on the door channel tape with a plastic squeegee (felt side).
NOTE: To prevent air bubbles, slowly press the door channel tape around the
door frame corner.
6. As necessary, repeat the preceding steps.
7. Reinstall all remaining removed parts.
1. The following tools are required to replace the door channel tape: 8. Check that the body colour on the door channel is covered by the door channel tape.
● Plastic squeegee
9. Check for water leaks, refer to '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD
● Alcohol
● Sponge or Shop towel
● Hair dryer
● Pin
Body - Doors
Doors 20-
Door Outer Channel Tape Installation
15
NOTE: Familiarise yourself with the channel tape replacement process (see page 20-14).
Attachment Point (Reference):
a. FRONT DOOR OUTER
CHANNEL TAPE
b. DOOR OUTER CHANNEL TAPE
c. FRONT DOOR OUTER
CHANNEL TAPE
d. Align.
e. Outside
f. FRONT DOOR OUTER
CHANNEL TAPE
Mirrors
Mirrors 20-
Power Mirror Replacement
16
1. Lower the door glass fully. 7. While holding the mirror, push out the connector clip (A) and remove the mirror (B).
2. Carefully pry out the mirror mount cover (A) by hand in the sequence shown. Take care not to scratch the door.
Fastener Location
: Clip, 1
3. Remove the door panel (see page 20-4). 8. Install the mirror in the reverse order of removal and make sure the connector is
4. If equipped with a tweeter, pull the plastic cover (A) back as necessary and plugged in properly.
disconnect the connector (B), then remove the mirror mount cover (C) with the
tweeter.
Fastener Locations
: Nut, 3
4. Disconnect the connector (D).

5. While holding the mirror, remove the nuts securing the mirror.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
17
1. CLIP, 2
(Self-adhesive-type, glass side)
2. CLIP, 2
(Clip-type, body side)
3. WINDSHIELD MOULDING
4. WINDSHIELD SIDE TRIM
5. RETAINER, 10
Navy Blue
6. CLIP, 2
Green
7. SIDE RUBBER DAM
8. LOWER RUBBER DAM
9. PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CAUTION LABEL
(For some models)
10. WINDSHIELD
11. CLIP, 2
12. CLIP, 2
(Clip-type, body side)
13. QUARTER GLASS
14. REAR WINDOW
15. FASTENER, 2
(Self-adhesive-type, body side)
16. FASTENER, 2
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
Windshield Replacement
18
NOTE: 3. Remove the moulding (A) from the upper edge of the windshield (B). If necessary,
● Put on gloves to protect your hands. cut the moulding with a utility knife.
● Wear eye protection when removing the glass with piano wire.
● Use seat covers to avoid damaging the seats.
1. Pull up the side trim (A) to release the clips (B and C) from the retainers (D), then
remove the trim from each side of the windshield.
4. If the old windshield is to be reinstalled, make alignment marks across the glass and
body with a grease pencil.
5. Pull down the front portion of the headliner (see page 20-37). Take care not to bend
the headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it.
6. Apply protective tape along the edge of the dashboard and body. Using an awl,
make a hole through the rubber dam and adhesive from inside the vehicle at the
corner portion of the windshield. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole and
wrap each end around a piece of wood.

❍ Windshield wiper arms, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this
CD (see page 22-179).

❍ Cowl covers, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see
page 20-114).
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)
19
7. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) back and forth in a sawing 9. With a knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.)
motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the windshield (B) as possible to prevent on the bonding surface around the entire windshield opening flange:
damage to the body and dashboard. ● Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will
Carefully cut through the rubber dam and adhesive (C) around the entire windshield. interfere with proper bonding.
● Remove the rubber dam, clips and fasteners from the body.
10. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After
cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on the clean surface.
11. If the old windshield is to be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off all of the old
adhesive, the fasteners, the clips and the rubber dam from the windshield. Clean the
inside face and the edge of the windshield with alcohol where new adhesive is to be
applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil and grease.
Cutting portions:
8. Carefully remove the windshield.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
20
12. Glue the side rubber dams (A), lower rubber dam (B) and fasteners (C) to the 13. Glue the moulding (A) with adhesive tape (B) to the upper edge of the windshield
inside face of the windshield (D) as shown: (C):
● Be sure the rubber dam and fasteners and dashboard seal line up with the ● Be sure the alignment mark (D) of the moulding lines up with the alignment mark
alignment marks (E). (E) of the windshield.

● Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied. ● Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied.
14. After installing the moulding, glue the seal (F) on each side of the moulding. Be
sure the seal lines up with the edge of the rubber dam (G).
15. Install the clips (A) and retainers (B) to the body.
Fastener Locations
A : Clip, 2B : Retainer, 10
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
21
16. Set the windshield in the opening and centre it. 18. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer around the edge of the windshield
Make alignment marks (A) across the windshield and body with a grease pencil at (A) between the dams (B) and moulding (C) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with
the four points shown. Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be gauze or cheesecloth:
applied. ● Apply glass primer to the moulding.
● Do not apply body primer to the windshield and do not get body and glass primer
sponges mixed up.

● Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may
not bond to the windshield properly, causing a leak after the windshield is
installed.
● Keep water, dust and abrasive materials away from the primed surface.
Cross-hatched area: Apply primer here
17. Remove the windshield.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
22
19. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to the original adhesive remaining 21. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery.
around the windshield opening flange. Let the body primer dry for at least 10 minutes: Put the cartridge in a caulking gun and run a bead of adhesive (A) around the edge
● Do not apply glass primer to the body and be careful not to mix up glass and of the windshield (B) between the dams (C) and moulding (D) as shown. Apply the
body primer sponges. adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a slightly thicker
● Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. bead at each corner.
● Mask off the dashboard before painting the flange.
Cross-hatched area: Apply body primer here
20. Before filling a cartridge, cut a ''V'' in the end of the nozzle (A) as shown.
22. Use suction cups to hold the windshield over the opening, align it with the
alignment marks made in step 16 and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push on
the windshield until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. Do
not open or close the doors until the adhesive is dry.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
23
23. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove 27. On both sides of the windshield, set the bottom edge of the side moulding (A) under
adhesive from a painted surface or the windshield, wipe with a soft shop towel the cowl cover (B), then align the clips (C and D) with the retainers (E) and push on
dampened with alcohol. the clip portions of the moulding until the moulding is fully seated on the windshield.
24. Let the adhesive dry for at least 1 hour, then spray water over the windshield and
check for leaks. Mark leaking areas and let the windshield dry, then seal with sealant:
● Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after windshield installation. If the vehicle
has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly.

● Keep the windshield dry for the first hour after installation.
25. Reinstall the cowl covers.

26. Install the clip (A) on both side mouldings (B). If the clip portions (C) of the
moulding are damaged, replace the moulding.
28. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. Advise the customer not to do the following
things for 2 to 3 days:
● Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up.
● Twist the body excessively (such as when going in and out of driveways at an
angle or driving over rough, uneven roads).
1. Top of moulding
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
Rear Window Replacement
24
NOTE: 4. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner (A) by detaching the clips (B). Take care
● Put on gloves to protect your hands. not to bend the headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it.
● Wear eye protection when removing the glass with piano wire. Fastener Locations
● Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surfaces.
B : Clip, 2
● Do not damage the rear window defogger grid lines, window antenna grid lines and
terminals.
● Trunk lid
● Rear shelf (see page 20-35)
2. Disconnect the window antenna connector (A) and rear window defogger connectors
(B).
5. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside edges of the body. Using an awl,
make a hole through the adhesive from inside the vehicle at the corner portion of the
rear window. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole and wrap each end around
a piece of wood.
3. If the old rear window is to be reinstalled, make alignment marks across the glass
and body with a grease pencil.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)
25
6. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) back and forth in a sawing 8. With a putty knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm
motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the rear window (B) as possible to prevent (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire rear window opening flange:
damage to the body and carefully cut through the adhesive (C) around the entire ● Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will
rear window: interfere with proper bonding.

● If the rear window is to be reinstalled, take care not to damage the moulding (D). ● Remove the clips and fasteners from the body.
● If the moulding is damaged, replace the rear window and moulding as an 9. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After cleaning,
assembly. keep oil, grease and water from getting on the surface.
10. If the old rear window is to be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off all of the
old adhesive, the clips and the fasteners from the rear window. Clean the inside face
and the edge of the rear window with alcohol where new adhesive is to be applied.
Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil and grease.
Cutting positions:
7. Carefully remove the rear window.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
26
11. Glue the clips (A) and fasteners (B) to the inside face of the rear window (C) as 12. Install the clips (A) to the rear window opening flange (B) and glue the fasteners (C)
shown: to the offset area of the rear shelf (D).
● Be sure the clips and fasteners line up with the alignment marks (D). Fastener Locations
● Be careful not to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied.
A : Clip, 2B : Fastener, 2
13. Set the rear window in the opening and centre it. Make alignment marks (A) across
the rear window and body with a grease pencil at the 4 points shown. Be careful not
to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied.
14. Remove the rear window.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
27
15. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer along the edge of the rear window 16. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to the original adhesive remaining
(A) and moulding (B) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth: around the rear window opening flange. Let the body primer dry for at least 10
● Do not apply body primer to the rear window and do not get body and glass minutes:
primer sponges mixed up. ● Do not apply glass primer to the body and be careful not to mix up glass and
● Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may body primer sponges.
not bond to the rear window properly, causing a leak after the rear window is ● Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.
installed. Cross-hatched area: Apply body primer here

● Keep water, dust and abrasive materials away from the primed surface.
Cross-hatched area: Apply glass primer here
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
28
18. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. 19. Use suction cups to hold the rear window over the opening, align it with the
Put the cartridge in a caulking gun and run a bead of adhesive (A) around the edge alignment marks you made in step 13 and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push
of the rear window (B) and mouldings (C) as shown. on the rear window until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way
Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a slightly around. Do not open or close the doors until the adhesive is dry.
thicker bead at each corner. 20. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove
adhesive from a painted surface or the rear window, use a soft shop towel
dampened with alcohol.
21. Let the adhesive dry for at least 1 hour, then spray water over the rear window and
check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the rear window dry, then seal with
sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after rear window installation. If the
vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
Quarter Glass Replacement
29
NOTE: Cutting positions:
● Put on gloves to protect your hands.
● Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surface.

● Rear pillar trim and side trim panel (see page 20-35).
● Centre pillar upper trim (see page 20-34).
2. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside edges of the body and along the
edge of the headliner. Using an awl, make a hole through the adhesive from inside
the vehicle. Push a piece of piece of piano wire through the hole and wrap each end
around a piece of wood.
3. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) back and forth in a sawing
motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the quarter glass (B) as possible to prevent
damage to the body and carefully cut through the adhesive (C) around the entire
quarter glass:
● If the quarter glass is to be reinstalled, take care not to damage the moulding (D).
4. Carefully remove the quarter glass.
● If the moulding is damaged, replace the quarter glass, moulding fastener (E) and
5. With a putty knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm
clips (F) as an assembly. (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire quarter glass opening flange:
● If any of the clips and fastener are broken, the quarter glass can be reinstalled
● Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body, damaged paint will
using butyl tape (refer to step 8). interfere with proper bonding.
● Remove the clips and fastener from the body.
6. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge damaged in alcohol. After cleaning,
keep oil, grease and water from getting on the surface.
7. If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled, use a putty knife to scrape off all of the old
adhesive, any broken clips and the fastener from the glass. Clean the inside face
and the edge of the glass with alcohol where new adhesive is to be applied. Make
sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil and grease.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
Quarter Glass Replacement (cont'd)
30
8. If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled (and either clip is broken off the moulding), 10. If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled (and either clip is broken off the
apply a light coat of primer (C-100, or equivalent), then apply butyl tapes (A) and (B) moulding), seal the body holes with pieces of urethane tape (A). Then set the quarter
to the moulding (C) as shown: glass upright in the opening and make alignment marks (B) across the quarter glass
● Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied. and body with a grease pencil at the stet points shown. Be careful not to touch the
● Do not peel the separator off the butyl tapes. quarter glass where adhesive will be applied.
9. If the new quarter glass is to be installed, glue the fastener (A) to the body:
● Be sure the fastener lines up with the alignment marks (B).
11. Remove the quarter glass.
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
31
12. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer to the inside face of the quarter 13. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to the original adhesive remaining
glass (A) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth: around the quarter glass opening flange. Let the body primer dry for at least 10
● Do not apply body primer to the quarter glass and do not get body and glass minutes:
primer sponges mixed up. ● Do not apply glass primer to the body and be careful not to mix up glass and
● Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do the adhesive may not body primer sponges.
bond to the quarter glass properly, causing a leak after the quarter glass is ● Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.
installed. ● Mask off the dashboard before painting the flange.
● Keep water, dust and abrasive materials away from the primed surface. Cross-hatched area: Apply body primer here
Cross-hatched area: Apply glass primer here
Body - Glass
Glass 20-
32
15. Park adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. 16. Use suction cups (A) to hold the quarter glass (B) over the opening, align the clips
Put the cartridge in a caulking gun and run a bead of adhesive (A) around the edge or the alignment marks (C) made in step 10 and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly
of the quarter glass (B) as shown: push on the quarter glass until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way
● After applying the adhesive, peel the separator off the butyl tape. around. Do not open or close the doors until the adhesive is dry.
● Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make
slightly thicker bead at each corner.
17. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove
adhesive from a painted surface or the quarter glass, wipe with a soft shop towel
damaged with alcohol.
18. Let the adhesive dry for at least 1 hour, then spray water over the quarter glass and
check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas and let the quarter glass dry, then seal with
sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after quarter glass installation. If
the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly.
Body - Interior Trim
Interior Trim 20-

33
1. FRONT PILLAR TRIM
page 20-34
2. DOOR OPENING TRIM
page 20-34
3. CENTRE PILLAR UPPER TRIM
page 20-34
4. REAR PILLAR TRIM
page 20-35
5. REAR SHELF
page 20-35
6. TRUNK REAR TRIM PANEL
page 20-36
7. TRUNK SIDE TRIM PANEL
page 20-36
8. TRUNK FLOOR MAT
page 20-36
9. TRUNK FLOOR SIDE SPACER
page 20-36
10. TRUNK CENTRE SPACER
page 20-36
11. SPARE TYRE LID
page 20-36
12. HEADLINER
Removal and Installation, page 20-37
13. SIDE TRIM PANEL
page 20-35
14. DOOR SILL TRIM
page 20-34
15. CARPET
16. KICK PANEL
page 20-34
Interior Trim 20-

Trim Removal/Installation - Door Area
34
NOTE:
●Put on gloves to protect your hands.
●When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage.
● Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels.
● LHD is shown, RHD is symmetrical.
Remove the trim as shown. To remove the door sill trim and centre-pillar upper trim, remove the side trim panel as necessary (see page 20-35).
Install the trim in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the belts.
Fastener Locations
A : Clip, 2B : Clip, 3C : Clip, 7
(Black)(White)
2. To headliner
3. PIN
4. FRONT SEAT BELT UPPER
ANCHOR BOLT
7/16 - 20 UNF
32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft)
5. To headliner
6. FRONT PILLAR TRIM
7. PIN
8. DOOR OPENING TRIM
9. UPPER ANCHOR COVER
10. OPENER LOCK CYLINDER
(For some models)
11. FRONT SIDE CAP
12. KICK PANEL
13. DOOR SILL TRIM
14. FRONT SEAT BELT LOWER
ANCHOR BOLTS
7/16 - 20 UNF
32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft)
15. SIDE TRIM PANEL
Interior Trim 20-

Trim Removal/Installation - Seat Side and Rear
Shelf Area
35
NOTE:
Remove the trim as shown. To remove the side trim panel, remove the rear seat-back, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-95).
Install the trim in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Before installing the rear shelf, remove the clips from the body and install them to the rear shelf.
● When installing the rear shelf, slip the rear seat belts and centre belt through the slits in the rear shelf.
● Make sure the high mount brake light connector is plugged in properly.
Fastener Locations
(White)
1. HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
CONNECTOR
2. HOOK
3. REAR SHELF
4. REAR CENTRE BELT
5. REAR PILLAR TRIM
6. SLIT
7. REAR SEAT BELT
9. CAP
10. DOOR SILL TRIM
11. FRONT SEAT BELT LOWER
ANCHOR BOLTS
7/16 - 20 UNF
32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft)
12. SIDE TRIM PANEL
13. HOOK
14. HOOKS
15. SLIT
16. CLIP
(Three places)
17. HOOK
18. REAR SEAT BELT
19. SLIT
Interior Trim 20-

Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area
36
NOTE:
Remove the trim as shown. To remove the trunk side trim panel, remove the side trim panel as necessary (see page 20-35).
Install the trim in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips.
Fastener Locations
1. LEFT TRUNK SIDE TRIM PANEL
2. SPARE TYRE LID
3. TRUNK FLOOR MAT
4. Without trunk floor spacer:
5. To body
6. HOOKS
7. HOOKS
8. To body.
9. RIGHT TRUNK FLOOR SIDE
SPACER
(For some models)
10. RIGHT TRUNK SIDE TRIM PANEL
11. TRUNK FLOOR CENTRE SPACER
(For some models)
12. TRUNK REAR TRIM PANEL
13. LEFT TRUNK FLOOR SIDE
SPACER
(For some models)
Interior Trim 20-

Headliner Removal/Installation
37
NOTE: 3. On front passenger's side: Lower the grab handle, then remove the caps (A).
● When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent Remove the self-tapping ET screws, then remove the grab handle (B).
damage. Fastener Locations
● Take care not to bend and scratch the headliner.
: Screw, 6
● Be careful not to damage the dashboard and other interior trim.

● Front-pillar trim, both sides (see page 20-34)
● Centre-pillar trim, both sides (see page 20-34)
● Centre-pillar upper trim, one side (see page 20-34)
● Rear view mirror, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD
(see page 20-36).

● Spotlights/ceiling light, with sunroof, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N
62S5A00 on this CD (see page 22-137).

● Spotlights, without sunroof, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on

● Ceiling light, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see
page 22-138).
2. From both sides, remove the caps (A) and remove the self-tapping ET screws, then
remove the sunvisor (B) and holder (C).
Fastener Locations
4. On left rear passenger's side: Remove the screw, then remove the coat hanger (A).
: Screw, 4 Fastener Locations
: Screw, 1
Interior Trim 20-

Headliner Removal/Installation (cont'd)
38
5. Remove the headliner. 6. Remove the headliner.
With sunroof: Without sunroof:
1. Remove the socket plug (A). 1. Remove the upper portion of the centre-pillar upper trim (A) from one side (see
2. Remove the upper portion of the centre-pillar upper trim (B) from one side (see page 20-34).
page 20-34). 2. Remove the remaining door opening trim (B) from each roof portion.
3. Remove the remaining door opening trim (C) from each roof portion. 3. With the help of an assistant, release the headliner (C) from the clips (D) by
4. Detach the clips (D) and release the fasteners (E) by pulling the front portion of sliding the headliner forward and lowering the headliner.
the headliner (F) down. 4. Remove the cushion tape (E), then remove the roof harness (F) from the
5. With the help of an assistant, release the clips (G) of the headliner from the headliner. LHD is shown, RHD is symmetrical.
sunroof frame (H) and release the headliner from the clips (I) by sliding the 5. Remove the headliner through the passenger's door opening.
headliner forward and lowering the headliner. Fastener Locations
6. Remove the headliner through the passenger's door opening.
D : Clip, 2E : Cushion tape, 5 or 3
Fastener Locations
D : Clip, 3G : Clip, 2I : Clip, 2
Interior Trim 20-

Headliner Removal/Installation (cont'd)
39
7. If necessary, remove the bolts, then remove the grab handle bracket (A).
Fastener Locations
: Bolt, 2
8. Install the headliner in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● When reinstalling the headliner through the door opening, be careful not to fold or
bend it. Also, be careful not to scratch the body.

● If the threads on a visor and grab handle screws are worn out, use an oversized
self-tapping ET screw made specifically for this application.

● Check that both sides of the headliner are securely attached to the trim.
Body - Seats
Seats 20-
Front Seat Disassembly/Reassembly -
Passenger's
40
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions and procedures in the SRS section before performing repairs or service. Refer to the '01
CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD.
NOTE:
● Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers.
● When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage.
Disassemble the seat as shown.

Reassemble the seat in the reverse order of disassembly and note these items:
● Apply multipurpose grease to the moving portion of the seat track.
● To prevent wrinkles in the seat cushion cover, stretch the material evenly over the pad.
● Make sure the rear seat access cable is connected properly on each side.
● Replace any damaged clips and replace the wire ties with new ones.
1. SEAT-BACK
2. HEADREST
3. SIDE AIRBAG HARNESS
4. HANGER SPRING
5. HOOKS
6. Release the seat cushion cover from the
cushion frame spring
7. HOOKS
8. HOOKS
(Five places)
9. OPDS HARNESS
10. CENTRE COVER
11. CLIP
12. SEAT CUSHION FRAME/SEAT TRACKS
13. SLIDE LEVER
14. HOOK
15. CLIP
16. CLIP
17. RECLINE COVER
18. HOOK
19. RECLINE KNOB
20. REAR SEAT ACCESS KNOB
21. SCREW
22. REAR SEAT ACCESS CABLE
23. WIRE TIE
Body - Seats
Seats 20- Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement
Rear Seat-back Lock Cylinder Replacement

41
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the interior trim. NOTE:
1. Remove the rear shelf (see page 20-35). ●Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers.
2. Disconnect the cylinder rods from both seat-back latches. ●Put on gloves to protect your hands.
3. Remove the screws, then remove the seat-back lock cylinder (A) and cylinder rods 1. Remove the seat back, refer to the '01 M CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N. 625A00 on this
(B). CD (see page 20-95).
Fastener Locations 2. On the left seat-back: Remove the screw, then remove the centre belt guide (A).
: Screw, 2 Fastener Location
: Screw, 1
3. Release the hook (A) and unzip the seat-back cover (B). The left seat-back is
shown, the right seat-back is similar.
4. Install the lock cylinder in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Make sure the cylinder rod is connected securely.
● Make sure the seat-back opens properly.
Body - Seats
Seats 20-
Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement (cont'd)
42
4. Pull back the seat-back cover (A) and remove the clips (B) and release the hooks 6. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover (A) all the way around and remove the
(C). clips (B), then remove the seat-back cover.
Fastener Locations Left seat back:
B : ClipLeft, 6
Right, 3
Left seat back:
Right seat back:
Right seat back:
7. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is
stretched evenly over the pad before securing the hooks and clips.
● Replace any clips you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially
available upholstery ring pliers.
5. Remove the seat-back cover and pad (D) from the seat-back frame (E).
Bumpers
Bumpers 20-
Rear Bumper Removal/Installation
43
NOTE:
●Have an assistant help you when removing and installing the rear bumper.
●Take care not to scratch the rear bumper and body.
● When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage.
Remove the rear bumper as shown. LHD with rear fog light is shown, RHD with fog light is symmetrical.
Install the bumper in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
If equipped, make sure the rear fog light connector is plugged in properly.
● Make sure the rear bumper engages the hooks of the side spacers, upper spacers and upper brackets on both sides securely.
Fastener Locations
A : Bolt, 2B : Screw, 2C : Screw, 2D : Clip, 2
1. CAP
2. ABSORBER
3. REAR FOG LIGHT CONNECTOR
(For some models)
4. UPPER BRACKET
5. HOOKS
6. HOOKS
7. UPPER SPACER
8. HOOKS
9. SIDE SPACER
10. HOOKS
(Six places)
11. REAR BUMPER
12. CAP
Body - Exterior Trim
Exterior Trim 20- Rear License Trim Replacement
Front Grille Replacement

44
1. Remove the front bumper. 1. On the inside of the trunk lid, remove the nuts (A) and release the clips (B), then
2. Remove the screws (A) and clips (B) and remove the front grille (C) from the front remove the rear license trim (C). Take care not to scratch the trunk lid.
bumper (D) by pulling it out. Take care not to scratch the front bumper. Fastener Locations
Fastener Locations
A : Nut, 3B : Clip, 2
A : Screw, 2B : Clip, 4
3. Remove the screws, then remove the front grille cover (A) from the front grille (B).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 9
2. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips.
4. Install the grille in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips.
Body - Exterior Trim
Exterior Trim 20-

Emblem Replacement
45
NOTE: When removing the emblems, take care not to scratch the body.
1. Clean the body surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on the surface.
2. Apply the emblem where shown.
1. HONDA EMBLEM (KG, KB, KR models)/VTEC
EMBLEM (KY model)
2. VERSION EMBLEM (KB, KK, KX, KY models)/
VTEC EMBLEM (KE, KG, KR model)
3. CIVIC EMBLEM
Unit: mm (in.)
Body - Openers
Openers 20-
Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable
Replacement
46
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures in the SRS section before performing repairs or service. Refer to
the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD.
NOTE:
● Take care not to scratch the body and related parts.
● Front door sill trim (see page 20-34)
● Side trim panel, left side (see page 20-35)
● RHD: Side trim panel, right side as necessary (see page 20-35)
● Trunk side trim panel, left side (see page 20-36)
2. Pull the carpet back as necessary, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD (see page 20-70).
3. Disconnect the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable (A) from the opener (B), refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD (see step 3 on page 20-129).
Fastener Location
C : ClipD : Cushion Tape
LHD, 1LHD, 2
RHD, 4
4. Release the opener cable from the clip (LHD) (C). Remove the cushion tape (D).
Body - Openers
Openers 20-
Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable
Replacement (cont'd)
47
5. Remove the cushion tape (A) and detach the clip (B) with a clip remover. Remove the fuel fill door latch (C) by turning it 90° and detach the opener cable junction box (D) from the
body.
Fastener Locations
A : Cushion tape, 1B and G : Clip, 2H : Clip, 3
6. Disconnect the trunk lid opener cable (E) from the trunk lid latch (F), refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-130).
7. Using a clip remover, detach the clip (G) from the body and detach the clips (H) from the trunk lid hinge.
8. Remove the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable from the vehicle. Take care not to bend the cable.
9. Install the opener cable in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Align the mark on the cable with the clip on the bottom portion of the trunk lid hinge.
Body - Frame
Frame 20-
Frame Repair Chart
48
Top View
Unit : mm (in) a For sub-frame Ø15 (0.59) i For sub-frame Ø11 (0.43)
Ø: Inner diameter b For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) j For damper mount Ø11.5 (0.45)
c For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) k For damper mount Ø11.5 (0.45)
d For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) l Damper centre Ø78 (3.07)
e For transmission mount Ø13 (0.51) m For sub-frame Ø15 (0.59)
f For transmission mount Ø13 (0.51) n Locating hole Ø25 (0.98)
g For transmission mount Ø13 (0.51) o Locating hole Ø50 (1.97)
h For damper mount Ø11.5 (0.45)
Body - Frame
Frame 20-
Frame Repair Chart (cont'd)
49
p Locating hole Ø25 (0.98) x For upper arm bracket centre Ø15 (0.98)
q For trailing arm Ø13 (0.51) y1, y2 Locating hole Ø13 (0.51)
r Locating hole Ø25 (0.98) z For upper arm Ø13 (0.51)
s Locating hole Ø20 (0.79) a1 For rear lower arm centre
t Trailing arm centre b1 Locating hole Ø50 (1.97)
u Rear damper centre 73 x 68 (Slot) c1 Locating hole Ø20 (0.79)
v For upper arm Ø13 (0.51)
w For trailing arm Ø23 (0.51)
Frame 50
Frame 50 20-
50
Side View
Unit : mm (in) a For sub-frame Ø15 (0.59) i For sub-frame Ø11 (0.43)
Ø: Inner diameter b For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) j For damper mount Ø11.5 (0.45)
c For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) k For damper mount Ø11.5 (0.45)
d For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) l Damper centre Ø78 (3.07)
e For transmission mount Ø13 m For sub-frame Ø15 (0.59)
(0.51)
f For transmission mount Ø13 n Locating hole Ø25 (0.98)
(0.51)
g For transmission mount Ø13 o Locating hole Ø50 (1.97)
(0.51)
h For damper mount Ø11.5 (0.45)
Body - Frame
Frame 20-
51
p Locating hole Ø25 (0.98) x For upper arm bracket centre Ø15 (0.98)
q For trailing arm Ø13 (0.51) y1, y2 Locating hole Ø13 (0.51)
r Locating hole Ø25 (0.98) z For upper arm Ø13 (0.51)
s Locating hole Ø20 (0.79) a1 For rear lower arm centre
t Trailing arm centre b1 Locating hole Ø50 (1.97)
u Rear damper centre 73 x 68 (Slot) c1 Locating hole Ø20 (0.79)
v For upper arm Ø13 (0.51)
w For trailing arm Ø23 (0.51)
Body Electrical - Relay and Control Unit Locations
Body Electrical
Wire Harnesses and Ground Locations 22-2

Power Distribution
Fuse to Components Index 22-6
Circuit Identification 22-8
Ground Distribution
Ground to Identification 22-16
Exterior Lights
Taillights Replacement 22-26
Interior Lights
Circuit Diagram-With Sunroof 22-27
Stereo Sound System

Audio Unit Connector Replacement 22-30
Speaker Replacement 22-31
Window Antenna Test 22-32
Window Antenna Repair 22-32
Power Window
Master Switch Input Test 22-36
Master Switch Test/Replacement 22-40
Passenger's Switch Test/Replacement 22-41
Rear Window Defogger

Antenna Module Test 22-44
Function Test 22-45
Defogger Wire Repair 22-45
Outline of Model Changes

● Coupe model has been added; related information is included.
● The information in which differs from the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual has been included.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If electrical maintenance is required)

This model has an SRS which includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the
front seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles, and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is
included in the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components.
Servicing, disassembling or replacing these items will require special precautions and tools, and should be done only by an authorised Honda dealer.
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal collision, all SRS service work must be performed by
an authorised Honda dealer.
● Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/
or side airbags.

panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

Floor
Relay and Control Unit Locations 22-

Floor
2
Relay and Control Unit Locations 22-4

Door
NOTE: LHD type is shown, RHD type is similar.

KG and KE models:
1. DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS
Except KG and KE models:

1. DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS
Relay and Control Unit Locations 22-5

Door (cont'd)
NOTE: LHD type is shown, RHD type is similar.

KG and KE models:
1. PASSENGER'S DOOR WIRE
HARNESS
Except KG and KE models:

1. PASSENGER'S DOOR WIRE
HARNESS
Body Electrical - Power Distribution
Power Distribution 22-6

Fuse to Components Index
Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box

Fuse Amps Wire Component(s) or Circuit(s) Protected
Number Colour
1 20 A BLU/YEL Condenser fan motor

BLU/RED A/C compressor clutch
2 15 A WHT/GRN Climate control unit, Dash lights, Front parking lights, Front side marker lights, Heater control panel, License plate
lights, Taillights
3 7.5 A WHT/BLU Ceiling light, Spotlights, Trunk light
4 20 A BLU/BLK Radiator fan motor
5 10 A WHT/BLK Turn signal/hazard relay, Turn signal lights
6 15 A WHT/BLK CKP sensor, ECM/PCM, Injectors, IAC valve, Immobiliser control unit-receiver, PGM-FI main relay 1 and 2, TDC
sensor
7 15 A WHT/GRN Horn, Brake lights, Brake signals (to ABS modulator-control unit, Cruise control unit, ECM/PCM, Multiplex control unit)
8 20 A WHT/GRN ABS modulator unit
9 10 A WHT/RED Data link connector (DLC), Gauge assembly, Immobiliser control unit-receiver, Keyless receiver unit, Multiplex control
unit, Security control unit, Audio unit
10 40 A WHT/RED ABS modulator unit
11 30 A BLK/YEL Rear window defogger, Antenna module
12 40 A BLU/WHT Blower motor
13 40 A WHT/BLK No. 7 fuse (in the under-dash fuse/relay box), Power window relay
14 40 A WHT/RED No. 3, and 16 fuses (in the under-dash fuse/relay box)
15 15 A RED/YEL High beam indicator light, Left headlight
16 20 A WHT Multiplex control unit
17 15 A RED Right headlight
18 - - Not used
19 80 A - Battery, Power distribution
20 50 A*1 WHT Ignition switch (BAT)
40 A*2
*1: KG, KE, KR

*2: KB, KK, KX, KY
: Spare Fuse

Fuse to Components Index (cont'd)
Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

Number Colour
1 15 A BLK/WHT Ignition coils
2 - - Not used
3 10 A RED/BLU Multiplex control unit
4 10 A BLK/ORN Alternator, Cruise control unit, Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve, Primary and secondary HO2S,
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS)
5 7.5 A Fuse/relay box Multiplex control unit (KG)
socket
6 7.5 A YEL/GRN Sunroof open and close relays, Power window relay, Headlight adjuster unit
7 20 A GRN Sunroof motor
8 7.5 A YEL/RED Audio unit, Multiplex control unit
9 10 A GRN OPDS unit
10 7.5 A YEL A/T reverse relay, Back-up lights, Gauge assembly, Keyless receiver unit, Multiplex control unit, Security control unit,
Shift lock solenoid
11 7.5 A BLK/ORN ABS modulator-control unit (IG2)
12 7.5 A YEL/RED Multiplex control unit (KG)
13 10 A PNK SRS unit
14 10 A BLK/YEL A/C compressor fan relay, Heater control panel/climate control unit, Condenser fan relay, Blower motor relay, Power
mirror actuators, Radiator fan relay, Recirculation control motor, Rear window defogger relay
15 30 A RED/YEL Headlight washer control unit (KG, KR)
16 20 A RED/BLK Seat heaters
17 15 A BLK/YEL ECM/PCM, SRS unit
18 15 A YEL/GRN Cigarette lighter
19 7.5 A YEL/BLK Turn signal/hazard relay
20 20 A GRN/BLK Multiplex control unit, Windshield washer motor, Windshield wiper motor
21 - - Not used
22 20 A GRN/BLK Passenger's power window motor
23 20 A GRN/WHT Driver's power window motor



Circuit Identification
4 - door:
To get to the pages referenced on the above diagram, click on the following:
22-13
22-14
22-15

Circuit Identification (cont'd)
Power Distribution 22-

10
22-11
22-13
22-15

11
22-9
22-12
22-13

12

13

14

15
Body Electrical - Ground Distribution
Ground Distribution 22-

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25
Exterior Lights
Exterior Lights 22-

Taillight Replacement
26
Taillights:
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Disconnect each connector from the taillight.
Brake/Taillight:21/5 W
Back-up Light18 W
Turn Signal Light:27 W
Side Marker Light
(KK, KX, KY):3.8 W
3. Remove the four nuts and taillight.

4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5. When installing the taillight check the gasket; if it is distorted or stays compressed,
replace it.
6. After installing the taillight run water over the taillight to make sure it does not leak.
Interior Lights
Interior Lights 22-

Circuit Diagram - With Sunroof
27
Body Electrical - Stereo Sound System
Stereo Sound System 22-

28
[ ]: RHD type
1. WINDOW ANTENNA
(AM antenna grid)
Wire Test, page 22-32
Wire Repair, page 22-32
2. LEFT TWEETER (KK, KX)
3. DRIVER'S [PASSENGER'S] DOOR SPEAKER
this CD
4. SUB ANTENNA LEAD
5. RIGHT TWEETER (KK, KX)
6. PASSENGER'S [DRIVER'S] DOOR SPEAKER
this CD
7. AUDIO UNIT
Connector Replacement, page 22-30
8. ANTENNA LEAD
9. ANTENNA MODULE
Input Test, page 22-44
10. REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
(FM antenna, grid)
Antenna Wire Test, page 22-32
Defogger Function, page 22-45
Defogger Wire Repair, page 22-45
11. REAR SPEAKERS

Circuit Diagram
29

Audio Unit Connector Replacement
30
Cavity Wire Connects to
1 YEL/GRN Antenna module
2 YEL/RED ACC (Main stereo power supply)
3 - Not used
4 - Not used
5 PNK Right rear speaker (+)
6 BLU/WHT Left rear speaker (+)
7 GRN/YEL Passenger's door speaker (+), Right tweeter (+)
8 GRN/BLK Driver's door speaker (+), Left tweeter (+)
9 RED/BLK Lights-on signal
10 WHT/RED Constant power
11 - Not used
12 - Not used
13 - Not used
14 - Not used
15 BLU/YEL Right rear speaker (-)
16 BLU/BLK Left rear speaker (-)
17 GRY/RED Passenger's door speaker (-), Right tweeter (-)
18 LT GRN Driver's door speaker (-), Left tweeter (-)
19 RED Dash lights brightness controller
20 BLK Ground (G503)
AUDIO UNIT 20P CONNECTOR



Speaker Replacement
31
Tweeter: Rear Speaker:
1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-4). 1. Remove the rear shelf (see page 20-35).
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the tweeter (B). 2. Remove the four screws, and disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the speaker (B).
3. Remove the mirror garnish (C).

4. Remove the screw and tweeter from the mirror garnish.
Stereo Sound System 22- Window Antenna Repair
Window Antenna Test

32
1. Wrap Aluminium foil (A) around the tip of the tester probe (B) as shown. NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section must be no longer than 1 inch.
1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A) with fine steel wool, then clean it
with alcohol.
2. Touch one tester probe to the window antenna terminal (A) and move the other
tester probe along the antenna wires to check that continuity exists.
2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion of the window antenna wire (B)
with transparent tape (C).
3. Using a small brush, apply a heavy coat of silver conductive paint (A) extending
about 1/8" on both sides of the break. Allow 25 minutes to dry. Thoroughly mix the
paint before use.
4. Check for continuity in the repaired wire.

5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it dry 3 hours before removing the
tape
Body Electrical - Power Windows
Power Windows 22-

33
2. POWER WINDOW RELAY
Test, page 22-80 in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this
CD
3. PASSENGER'S WINDOW MOTOR
CD
4. PASSENGER'S WINDOW SWITCH
Test, page 22-41
5. POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH
Test, page 22-40
6. DRIVER'S WINDOW MOTOR
CD
Power Windows 22-

Circuit Diagram
34
Power Windows 22-

Circuit Diagram (cont'd)
35
Power Windows 22-

Master Switch Input Test
36
KY model
NOTE: The power window control unit is built into the power window master switch, and it only controls the driver's window operations.
1. Remove the power window master switch (A) (see page 22-40)
2. Disconnect the 14P connector (B) from the master switch.
3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
● If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.
● If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector.
● If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
● If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 4.
Power Windows 22-

Master Switch Input Test (cont'd)
37
4. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
● If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not
obtained
10 BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: ● Poor ground (G501)
14 There should be continuity. ● An open in the wire
11 GRN/WHT Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: ● Blown No. 23 (20A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
There should be battery voltage. relay box
● An open in the wire
12 YEL/GRN Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: ● Blown No. 6 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
● Blown No. 22 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
2 GRN/BLK relay box
● Faulty power window relay
7 RED/YEL Connect the No. 11 and No. 7 Check for driver's window motor operation: ● Faulty driver's window motor
terminals, and the No. 4 and It should run (the driver's window moves ● An open in the wire
4 RED/BLK No. 14 terminals, and turn the down).
ignition switch ON (II).
3 BLU/RED Connect the No. 2 and No. 1 Check for front passenger's window motor ● Faulty passenger's window motor
terminals, and the No. 3 and operation: ● Faulty passenger's window switch
No. 10 terminals, and turn the It should run (the front passenger's window An open in the wire.
1 BLU/WHT ●
ignition switch ON (II). moves down).
5. Reconnect the 14P connector to the switch, and perform the following input tests.
● If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace the power window master switch.
obtained
5 RED/WHT Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: ● Faulty power window master switch
There should be battery voltage. ● An open in the wire
6 LT GRN Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: ● An open in the wire
There should be battery voltage.
13 BLU Ignition switch ON (II), and the Check for voltage between the No. 13 and ● Blown No. 6 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
driver's window switch AUTO No. 6 terminals: relay box
DOWN There should be 0 V - about 5 V - 0 V - ● Blown No. 23 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
about 5 V repeatedly. relay box
8 ORN Ignition switch ON (II), and the Check for voltage between the No. 8 and
driver's window switch AUTO No. 6 terminals: ● Faulty power window master switch
DOWN An open in the wire
There should be 0 V - about 5 V - 0 V -
●
about 5 V repeatedly.
Power Windows 22-

38
Except KY
NOTE: The power window control unit is built into the power window master switch, and it only controls the driver's window operations.
1. Remove the power window master switch (A) (see page 22-40).
2. Disconnect the 14P connector (B) from the master switch.
3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
● If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.
● If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector.
● If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
Power Windows 22-

39
4. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
obtained
10 BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: ● Poor ground (G501)
14 There should be continuity. ● An open in the wire
11 GRN/WHT Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: ● Blown No. 6 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
● Blown No. 22 or 23 (20 A) fuse in the under-
2 GRN/BLK dash fuse/relay box
4 [1] RED/BLK Connect the No. 11 and No. 7 Check for driver's window motor operation: ● Faulty driver's window motor
[No. 3] terminals, and the No. 4 It should run (the driver's window moves ● An open in the wire
[No. 1] and No. 14 terminals, down).
7 [3] RED/YEL and turn the ignition switch ON
(II).
3 [4] BLU/RED Connect the No. 2 and No. 1 Check for passenger's window motor ● Faulty passenger's window motor
[No. 7] terminals, and the No. 3 operation: ● Faulty passenger's window switch
[No. 4] and No. 10 terminals, It should run (the passenger's window An open in the wire.
1 [7] BLU/WHT
●
and turn the ignition switch ON moves down).
(II).
5. Reconnect the 14P connector to the switch, and perform the following input tests.
● If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace the power window master switch.
obtained
13 BLU Connect the No. 11 and No. 7 Check for voltage between the No. 13 and ● Faulty driver's window motor
[No. 3] terminals, and the No. 4 No. 14 terminals: ● An open in the wire
[No. 1] and No. 14 terminals, About 6 V should be indicated while the
and turn the ignition switch ON driver's window motor running.
(II).
[ ]: RHD type
Power Windows 22-

Master Switch Test/Replacement
40
1. Remove the screw and the power window master switch (A) from the door panel. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the
table.
Driver's Switch:
The driver's switch is combined with the control unit so you cannot isolate the switch
to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures on page 22-36. If the
tests are normal, the driver's switch must be faulty.
4. If the switch is faulty, remove the two screws and replace the switch.
2. Disconnect the 14P connector (B) from the switch.
Power Windows 22-

Passenger's Window Switch Test/Replacement
41
1. Remove the screw and passenger's power window switch (A) from the door panel.
2. Disconnect the 5P connector (B) from the switch.

3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the
table.
4. If the switch is faulty, remove the two screws and replace the switch.
Body Electrical - Rear Window Defogger
Rear Window Defogger 22-

42
*: Rear window defogger switch is built into the heater control panel.
SWITCH*
2. UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY
BOX
RELAY
Test, page 22-80 in the '01 Civic
4. ANTENNA MODULE
Function Test, page 22-45
Defogger Wire Repair, page 22-45

Circuit Diagram
43

Antenna Module Input Test
44
1. Remove the right C-Pillar trim (see page 20-35) 7. Disconnect the rear window defogger (+B OUT) connector (C) from the antenna
2. Make sure the antenna module mounting bolt (A) is torqued to 9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf/m, module.
7.2 lbf/ft). 8. Check for continuity between the rear window defogger negative terminal connector
Wire side of female terminals and body ground.
There should be continuity.
If there is no continuity, check for.
● An open in the BLK wire.
● An open in the rear window defogger wire (see page 22-45).
● Poor ground (G701).
3. Disconnect the 2P connector from the antenna module (B).

4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and turn the rear window defogger switch ON.
5. Check for voltage between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be
battery voltage.
If there is no voltage, check for.
● Faulty rear window defogger relay.
● Blown No. 11 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
● An open in the BLK/YEL wire.
6. Check for continuity between No. 1 terminal and audio unit 20P connector No. 1
terminal. There should be continuity.
If there is no continuity, check for an open in the YEL/GRN wire.
Rear Window Defogger 22- Defogger Wire Repair
Function Test
45
NOTE: NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section must be no longer than one
● Be careful not to scratch or damage the defogger wires with the tester probe. inch.
● Before testing, check the No. 11 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and 1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A) with fine steel wool, then clean it
No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. with alcohol.
1. Check for voltage between the positive terminal (A) and body ground with the
ignition switch and defogger switch ON.
There should be battery voltage.
● If there is no voltage, check for:
● faulty defogger relay.
● faulty antenna module.
● an open in the wire between the defogger relay and positive terminal.
● faulty defogger switch.
2. Check for continuity between the negative terminal (B) and body ground.
If there is no continuity, check for:
● an open in the BLK wire.
● Poor body ground at the window antenna coil mounting bolt.
● Poor ground (G701)
3. Touch the voltmeter positive probe to the halfway point of each defogger wire, and
2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion of the defogger wire (B) with
the negative probe to the negative terminal.
transparent tape (C).
There should be about 6 V with the ignition switch and the defogger switch ON.
3. Using a small brush, apply a heavy coat of silver conductive paint extending about
● If the voltage is as specified, the defogger wire is OK. 1/8" on both sides of the break. Allow 25 minutes to dry. Thoroughly mix the paint
● If the voltage is not as specified, repair the defogger wire. before use.
● If it is more than 6 V, there is a break in the negative half of the wire.
● If it is less than 6 V, there is a break in the positive half of the wire.
4. Check for continuity in the repaired wire.

5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it dry 3 hours before removing the
tape.
Restraints - Restraints
Restraints
Seat Belts
Front Seat Belt Replacement 23-2
Inspection 23-4
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

Side Impact Sensor Replacement 23-5
NOTE: Refer to the 'CIVIC 4/5 D MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION 01'the other part of this CD for the items not shown in this section.
Restraints - Seat Belts
Seat Belts 23-2

Front Seat Belt Replacement
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component location, 6. Remove the upper anchor cap (A) and remove the upper anchor bolt (B).
precautions and procedures in the SRS section before performing repairs or service.
Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD NOTE:
NOTE: Check the front seat belts for damage, and replace them if necessary. Be
careful not to damage them during removal and installation.
Front Seat Belt
1. If equipped, make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down
the frequencies for the preset buttons.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning
work.
3. Slide the front seat forward fully.
4. Remove the lower anchor bolts, then remove the slide bar (A).
7. Disconnect the seat belt tensioner connector (A). Remove the retractor mounting
self-tapping ET screw (B) and the retractor bolt (C), then remove the front seat belt
(D) and retractor (E).
5. Remove the slide trim panel refer to '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 20-
35).
Seat Belts 23-3

Front Seat Belt Replacement (cont'd)
Install the belt in the reverse order of removal and note these items: Lower anchor bolt construction:
● If the threads on the retractor mounting self-tapping ET screw are worn out, use
an oversized self-tapping ET screw made specifically for this application.
● Check that the retractor locking mechanism functions (see page 23-4).
● Assemble the washers, collars and bushing on the upper and lower anchor bolts
as shown.
● Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the
front seat belt.

● Make sure the seat belt tensioner connector is plugged in properly.
● Reconnect the negative cable to the battery.
● If equipped, enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the customer's radio
station presets.
Upper anchor bolt construction:
1. LOWER ANCHOR BOLT
2. TOOTHED LOCK WASHER
3. COLLAR
4. LOWER ANCHOR
Retractor bolt:
1. BUSHING
2. UPPER ANCHOR
3. WASHERS
5. COLLARS
6. SPRING WASHER
7. UPPER ANCHOR BOLT
1. RETRACTOR BOLT
2. COLLAR
3. SPRING WASHER
5. RETRACTOR
Seat Belts 23-4

Inspection
For front seat belt retractor with seat belt tensioner, review the SRS component
locations, precautions and procedures in the SRS section before performing repairs or
service. Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD.
Retractor
1. Before installing the retractor, check that the seat belt can be pulled out freely.
2. Make sure that the seat belt does not lock when the retractor (A) is leaned slowly up
to 15° from the mounted position. The seat belt should lock when the retractor is
leaned over 40°. Do not attempt to disassemble the retractor.
Front:
3. Replace the seat belt with a new assembly if there is any abnormality. Do not
disassemble any part of the seat belt for any reason.
SRS
SRS 23-5
Side Impact Sensor Replacement
Removal Installation
CAUTION CAUTION
● Removal of the airbag must be performed according ● Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are
to the precautions/procedures described before. not pinched or interfering with other parts.
● Before disconnecting the side impact sensor 2P ● Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II) and do not
connector(s), disconnect the side airbag 2P connector connect the battery cable while replacing the side
(s). impact sensor.
● Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II) and do not
connect the battery cable while replacing the side Install the side impact sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:
impact sensor.
● Replace the Torx bolt with a new one.
● After installing the side impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning ignition switch ON (II): the SRS indicator light should come on for about 6 seconds
work. and then go off.
2. Slide the front seat forward.
● Rear seat-backs
● Rear seat cushion
4. Remove the front seat belt lower anchor slide bar (see page 23-2).
5. Remove the side trim panel refer to '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 20-
35).
6. Remove the middle cross-member gusset.
7. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from the side impact sensor.
8. Remove the Torx bolt (A) using a Torx T30 bit, then remove the side impact sensor
(B).

This supplement contains information for the 2001 HONDA CIVIC 5-door. Refer to General Info
following shop manuals in this CD for service procedures and data not included in Specifications
this supplement. Maintenance
Description Code. No.
Engine Electrical
HONDA CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR
and CONSTRUCTION 2001 Engine
VOLUME 1 62S5A00A Cooling

VOLUME 2 62S5A00B Fuel and Emissions
*Transaxle
Safety Messages * Body
Your safety and the safety of others, is very important. To help you make informed * Body Electrical
decisions, we have provided safety messages and other safety information
throughout this manual. Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about
all the hazards associated with servicing this vehicle. You must use your own
good judgement.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of

three signal words, DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION.
DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you do
not follow instructions.
WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you do not
follow instructions.
CAUTION
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest product information
available at the time of printing. We reserve the right to make changes at any time
without notice. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in retrieval
system, or transmitted, in any form by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the
publisher. This includes text, figures and tables.
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a
symbol. The purpose of this message is to help prevent damage to
your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
First Edition 11/2000 364 pages
All Rights Reserved
HONDA MOTOR CO.,LTD.
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/...0Honda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CLHtml/0-1.htm7/7/2011 8:47:57 PM
Introduction
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
This model has an SRS which includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub and a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above the glove box and seat belt tensioners in
the front seat belt retractors and some models include side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this Shop Manual, P/N
62S5A00. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include, or are located near, SRS components. Servicing, disassembling or replacing these items will require
special precautions and tools and should therefore be done by an authorised Honda dealer.
WARNING
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe
frontal collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an authorised Honda dealer.
● Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags.
● Do not bump the SRS unit. Otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or airbags may deploy when the ignition
switch is ON (ll).
● SRS electrical wiring harnesses are identified by yellow colour coding. Related components are located in the
steering column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel and in the dashboard above the glove box. Do
not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.
IMPORTANT
A Few Words about Safety SAFETY
Service Information PRECAUTIONS
The service and repair information contained in this manual ● Make sure you have a clear understanding of all basic
is intended for use by qualified, professional technicians. shop safety practices and that you are wearing
Attempting service or repairs without the proper training, appropriate clothing and using safety equipment. When
tools and equipment could cause injury to you or others. It performing any service task, be especially careful of the
could also damage the vehicle or create an unsafe condition. following:
● Read all of the instructions before you begin and make
This manual describes the proper methods and procedures
for performing service, maintenance and repairs. Some sure you have the tools, the replacement or repair parts
procedures require the use of specially designed tools and and the skills required to perform the tasks safely and
dedicated equipment. Any person who intends to use a completely.
● Protect your eyes by using proper safety glasses,
replacement part, service procedure or a tool that is not
recommended by Honda, must determine the risks to their goggles or face shields any time you hammer, drill,
personal safety and the safe operation of the vehicle. grind, or work around pressurised air or liquids and
springs or other stored-energy components. If there is
If you need to replace a part, use genuine Honda parts with any doubt, put on eye protection.
the correct part number or an equivalent part. We strongly ● Use other protective wear when necessary, for example
recommend that you do not use replacement parts of inferior gloves or safety shoes. Handling hot or sharp parts can
quality. cause severe burns or cuts. Before you grab something
FOR YOUR CUSTOMER'S SAFETY that looks like it can hurt you, stop and put on gloves.
● Protect yourself and others whenever you have the
Proper service and maintenance are essential to the
customer's safety and the reliability of the vehicle. Any error vehicle up in the air. Any time you lift the vehicle, either
or oversight while servicing a vehicle can result in faulty with a hoist or a jack, make sure that it is always
operation, damage to the vehicle, or injury to others. securely supported. Use jack stands.
● Make sure the engine is off before you begin any
WARNING servicing procedures, unless the instruction tells you to do
Improper service or repairs can create otherwise. This will help eliminate several potential
an unsafe condition that can cause hazards:
● Carbon monoxide poisoning from engine exhaust. Be
your customer or others to be
seriously hurt or killed. sure there is adequate ventilation whenever you run the
engine.
Follow the procedures and ● Burns from hot parts or coolant. Let the engine and
precautions in this manual and other exhaust system cool before working in those areas.
service materials carefully. ● Injury from moving parts. If the instruction tells you to
run the engine, be sure your hands, fingers and clothing

FOR YOUR SAFETY are out of the way.
Because this manual is intended for the professional service ● Gasoline vapours and hydrogen gases from batteries are
technician, we do not provide warnings about many basic explosive. To reduce the possibility of a fire or explosion,
shop safety practices (e.g., Hot parts - wear gloves). If you be careful when working around gasoline or batteries.
have not received shop safety training or do not feel ● Use only a non-flammable solvent, not gasoline to clean
confident about your knowledge of safe servicing practices, parts.

we recommend that you do not attempt to perform the ● Never drain or store gasoline in an open container.
procedures described in this manual. ● Keep all cigarettes, sparks and flames away from the
battery and all fuel-related parts.
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...da%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CLHtml/0-3.htm (1 of 2)7/7/2011 8:47:53 PM

WARNING
Failure to properly follow instructions
and precautions can cause you to be
seriously hurt or killed.
Follow the procedures and
precautions in this manual carefully.
Some of the most important general service safety

precautions are given below. However, we cannot warn you
of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing
service and repair procedures. Only you can decide whether
or not you should perform a given task.

Introduction
Outline of Model Changes
ITEM DESCRIPTION 2001 2-door 2001 5-door REFERENCE

(Made-in- SECTION
England)
General ● Coupe model added O -
● D17A8, D17A9 engines added
5-door LHD model added O 1, 2, 3
Engine Electrical D17A8, D17A9 engines added O -
D17Z6, D16V1 and D16V3 engines added to suit 5-door LHD model O 4
Engine D17A8, D17A9 engines added O -
D17Z6, D16V1 and D16V3 engines added to suit 5-door LHD model O 5-10
Fuel and Emission Coupe model added O -
KG, KS, KY models added O 11
Automatic Transmission Shift schedule added O -
5-door LHD model added, equipped with 7-position transmission O 14
Driveline/Axle 5-door LHD model added O 16
Body Coupe model added O -
5-door LHD model added O 20
Body Electrical Coupe model added O -
5-door LHD model added O 22
Restraints Coupe model added O -
General Information
Chassis and 1-2

Engine
Numbers
Identification 1-4
Number
Locations
Warning/ 1-5
Caution Label
Locations
Abbreviations 1-7

Chassis and Engine Numbers

Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd)

NUMBER
CIVIC KE 1.4S 5MT SHHEU77201U000101- D14Z6-1000001- HMW-1000001-
5-door01 1.4SE 5MT SHHEU77401U000101- D14Z6-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU78401U000101- D14Z6-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
1.4SE Executive 5MT SHHEU77601O000101- D14Z6-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU78601U000101- D14Z6-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
1.6S 5MT SHHEU87201U000101- D16V1-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88201U000101- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88401U000101- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
1.6SE Executive 5MT SHHEU87701U000101- D16V1-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88701U000101- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
KG 1.4S 5MT SHHEU77201U000001- D14Z6-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU78401U000001- D14Z6-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
1.6S 5MT SHHEU87201U000001- D16V1-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88201U000001- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88401U000001- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88701U000001- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
KR 1.4S 5MT SHHEU77201U000001- D14Z6-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU78401U000001- D14Z6-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
1.6S 5MT SHHEU87201U000001- D16V1-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88201U000001- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88401U000001- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88701U000001- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
KS 1.4S 5MT SHHEU77201U000001- D14Z6-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU78401U000001- D14Z6-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
4AT SHHEU88401U000001- D16V1-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
KY VTi 5MT SHHEU876*1U000001- D16V3-1000001- HMW-1000001-
SHHEU877*1U000001- D16V3-1000001- HMW-1000001-
4AT SHHEU886-1U000001- D16V3-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
SHHEU887*1U000001- D16V3-1000001- SLXA-1000001-
General Information 1-
Identification Number Locations
4
1. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
2. Built Data and Vehicle Type
(Except KY model)
3. Engine Number
(KY model)
(Automatic)
(Manual)
Warning/Caution Lables Locations
5
1. PASSENGER AIRBAG CHILD SEAT CAUTION
(KE model)
2. SRS INFORMATION
(Except KE model)
3. SRS INFORMATION
(KE model)
(KG model)
5. FRONT PASSENGER MODULE DANGER
6. FRONT SEATBELT TENSIONER WARNING
7. SIDE AIRBAG INFORMATION
NOTE: Located on driver's and passenger's door
jamb (not shown)
NOTE: LHD model is shown, RHD model is
symmetrical
9. DRIVE MODULE DANGER
10. CABLE REEL CAUTION
11. MONITOR NOTICE
12. STEERING COLUMN NOTICE
Warning/Caution Lable Locations (Cont'd)
6
1. SRS WARNING
2. COOLANT INFORMATION
3. AIR CONDITIONING INFORMATION
4. RHD model:
5. TYRE INFORMATION
6. LHD model:
7. RADIATOR CAP CAUTION
8. BATTERY CAUTION

Abbreviations
A/F Air Fuel Ratio
ALR Automatic Locking Retractor F Front
ALT Alternator FIA Fuel Injection Air
AMP Ampere(s) FL Front Left
ANT Antenna FP Fuel Pump
API American Petroleum Institute FR Front Right
APPROX. Approximately FSR Fail Safe Relay
ASSY Assembly FWD Front Wheel Drive
A/T Automatic Transmission
ATDC After Top Dead Centre GAL Gallon
ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid GND Ground
ATT Attachment GPS Global Positioning System
ATTS Active Torque Transfer System
AUTO Automatic H/B Hatchback
AUX Auxiliary HC Hydrocarbons
HID High Intensity Discharge
BARO Barometric HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor
BAT Battery
BDC Bottom Dead Centre IAB Intake Air Bypass
BTDC Before Top Dead Centre IAC Idle Air Control
IACV Idle Air Control Valve
CARB Carburettor IAR Intake Air Resonator
CAT Catalytic Converter IAT Intake Air Temperature
or CATA ICM Ignition Control Module
CHG Charge ID Identification
CKF Crankshaft Speed Fluctuation ID or I.D. Inside Diameter
CKP Crankshaft Position IG or IGN Ignition
CO Carbon Monoxide IMA Idle Mixture Adjustment
COMP Complete Integrated Motor Assist
CPB Clutch Pressure Back up IMMOBI. Immobilizer (Immobiliser)
CPC Clutch Pressure Control IN Intake
CPU Central Processing Unit INJ Injection
CVT Continuously Variable Transmission INT Intermittent
CYL Cylinder
CYP Cylinder Position KS Knock Sensor
DI Distributor Ignition L Left

DIFF Differential L/C Lock-up Clutch
DLC Data Link Connector LCD Liquid Crystal Display
DOHC Double Overhead Camshaft LED Light Emitting Diode
DPI Dual Point Injection LEV Low Emission Vehicle
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code LF Left Front
LH Left Handle
EBD Electronic Brake Distribution LHD Left Handle Drive
ECM Engine Control Module LR Left Rear

ECT Engine Coolant Temperature LSD Limited Slip Differential

EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation L-4 In-line Four Cylinder (engine)


Abbreviations (cont'd)
MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure STD Standard

MAX. Maximum SW Switch
MBS Mainshaft Brake System
MCK Motor Check T Torque
MCU Moment Control Unit TB Throttle Body
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp T/B Timing Belt
MIN. Minimum TC Torque Converter
MPI Multi Point Injection TCM Transmission Control Module
M/S Manual Steering TCS Traction Control System
M/T Manual Transmission TDC Top Dead Centre
TFT Thin Film Transistor
N Neutral T/N Tool Number
NOx Oxides of Nitrogen TP Throttle Position
TWC Three Way Catalytic Converter
OBD On-board Diagnostic
O2S Oxygen Sensor VC Viscous Coupling
OD or O.D. Outside Diameter VDP Variable Displacement Pump
VFV Variable Force Control Valve
P Park VGR Variable Gear Ratio
PAIR Pulsed Secondary Air Injection VIN Vehicle Identification Number
PCM Powertrain Control Module VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
PCV Positive Crankcase Ventilation VTEC Variable Valve Timing & Lift Valve Electronic Control
Proportioning Control Valve VVIS Variable Volume Intake System
PDU Power Drive Unit V-6 V-type Six Cylinder (engine)
PGM-FI Programmed-fuel Injection
PMR Pump Motor Relay
P/N Part Number 2WD Two Wheel Drive
PRI Primary 4WD Four Wheel Drive
P/S Power Steering 2WS Two Wheel Steering
PSF Power Steering Fluid 4WS Four Wheel Steering
PSP Power Steering Pressure 4AT 4-speed Automatic Transmission
6MT 6-speed Manual Transmission
Qty Quantity Park
Reverse
R Right Neutral
REF Reference Drive (1st through 4th gear)
RGB Red, Green, Black
Drive (1st through 3rd gear)
RH Right Hand
Second
RHD Right Hand Drive
RL Rear Left First
RON Research Octane Number Drive
RR Rear Right Second
Low
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers O/D Over Drive
SCS Service Check Signal 1ST Low (gear)

SEC Second 2ND Second (gear)

Secondary 3RD Third (gear)
SOHC Single Overhead Camshaft 4TH Fourth (gear)
SOL Solenoid 5TH Fifth (gear)
SPEC Specification 6TH Sixth (gear)
S/R Sun Roof
SRS Supplemental Restraint System

Specifications - Specifications
Specifications
Standards and Service Limits

Engine Electrical 2-2
Engine Assembly 2-3
Cylinder Head 2-4
Engine Block 2-5
Cooling 2-6
Fuel and Emissions 2-7
Clutch 2-7
Manual Transmission and Differential 2-8
Automatic Transmission and Differential 2-10
Steering 2-16
Suspension 2-16
Brakes 2-17
Design Specifications
Dimensions 2-18
Weight 2-18
Engine 2-18
Starter 2-19
Clutch 2-19
Manual Transmission 2-19
Steering 2-19
Suspension 2-19
Wheel Alignment 2-20
Brakes 2-20
Tyres 2-20
Electrical Ratings 2-21
Body Specifications
Illustration 2-22

Engine Electrical
Ignition coil Rated voltage 12 V
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Spark plug Type D14Z6, D16V1 engines NGK: ZFR5J-11, ZFR6J-11
DENSO: KJ16CR-L11, KJ20CR-L11
D16V3 engine NGK: BKR5E-N-11, BKR6E- N-11
DENSO: K16PR-U11, K20PR-U11
Gap 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 in.) -
Ignition timing At idle (check the red mark) M/T (in neutral): 8+2° BTDC at 700+50 rpm (min-1)
A/T (in or ): 8+2° BTDC at 700+50 rpm (min-1)
Alternator belt Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbs) applied Without A/C (with A/C, see Used belt: 8.5-11.0 mm (0.33-0.43 in.)
NOTE: Adjust a new belt midway between pulleys "Compressor belt" in the A/C table)
New belt: 6.5-8.5 mm (0.26-0.33 in.)
to the new belt spec., run
the engine for 5 minutes, Tension (measured with belt tension gauge) Without A/C (with A/C, see Used belt: 340-490 N (35-55 kgf, 77-110 lbs)
then readjust it to the "Compressor belt" in the A/C table)
used belt spec. New belt: 540-740 N (55-75 kgf, 120-170 lbs)
Alternator Output At 13.5 V and normal engine 70 A

temperature
Coil (rotor) resistance at 68°F (20°C) 1.84-2.10 ohms
Slip ring O.D. 22.7 mm (0.89 in.) 21.7 mm (0.85 in.)
Brush length 19.0 mm (0.75 in.) 5 mm (0.20 in.)
Brush spring tension 3.3-4.1 N (1.6-1.8 kgf, 3.5-4.0 lbs)
Starter for D14Z6, D16V1 Output 0.8 kW
(KE model), D16V3
Commutator mica depth 0.50-0.75 mm (0.020-0.030 in.) 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
engines (DENSO)
Commutator runout 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) max. 0.04 mm (0.002 in)
Brush length 9.7-10.3 mm (0.38-0.41 in.) 6.0 mm (0.24 in)
Starter for D16V1 (KG, KR, Output 1.0 kW
KS models) engine with A/
Commutator mica depth 0.50-0.75 MM (0.020-0.030 IN.) 0.2 MM (0.008 in.)
T (DENSO)
Commutator runout 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Brush length 14.0-14.5 mm (0.55-0.57 in.) 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
Brush spring tension 13.7-17.7 N (1.40-1.80 kgf, 3.09-3.97 lbf)

Engine Electrical (cont'd)
Starter for D16V1 (KG, KR, Output 1.0kW
KS models) engine with M/
Commutator mica depth 0.50-0.90 mm (0.020-0.035 in.) 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)
T (VALEO)
Commutator runout 0.01 mm (0.004 in.) max 0.15 mm (0.0006 in).
Brush length 18 mm (0.7 in.) 5 mm (0.2 in)
Brush spring tension 15.3-19.2 N (1.56-1.96 kgf, 3.44-4.32 lbf)
Engine Assembly
Compression Pressure check at 250 rpm (min-1) with wide Minimum 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi) -
open throttle. (See Design Specs for ratio.)
Maximum variation 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) -

Cylinder Head
Head Warpage - 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Height 92.95-93.05 mm -
(3.659-3.663 in.)
Camshaft End Play 0.05-0.15 mm 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)

(0.002-0.006 in.)
Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance 0.050-0.089 mm 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

(0.0020-0.0035 in.)
Total runout 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.04 mm (0.002 in.)

Cam lobe height for D14Z6 engine Intake 34.158 mm (1.3448 in.) -
Exhaust 36.488 mm (1.4365 in.) -
Cam lobe height for D16V1, D16V3 engines VTEC intake, primary 38.427 mm (1.5129 in.) -
VTEC intake, secondary 32.848 mm (1.2932 in.) -
Valve Clearance (cold) Intake 0.18-0.22 mm (0.007-0.009 in.) -
Exhaust 0.23-0.27 mm (0.009-0.011 in.) -
Stem O.D. Intake 5.48-5.49 mm 5.45 mm (0.215 in.)
(0.2157-0.2161 in.)
Exhaust 5.45-5.46 mm 5.42 mm (0.213 in.)

(0.2146-0.2150 in.)
Stem-to-guide clearance Intake 0.02-0.05 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)

(0.0008-0.0020 in.)
Exhaust 0.05-0.08mm 0.11 mm (0.004 in.)

(0.0020-0.0031 in.)
Valve seats Width Intake 0.85-1.15 mm 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)

(0.033-0.045 in.)
Exhaust 1.25-1.55 mm 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)

(0.049-0.061 in.)
Stem installed height Intake 53.17-53.64 mm 53.89 mm (2.112 in.)

(2.093-2.112 in.)
Exhaust 53.17-53.64 mm 53.89 mm (2.112 in.)

(2.093-2.112 in.)
Valve Springs Free length for D14Z6 engine Intake 58.70 mm (2.311 in.) -
Exhaust 58.70 mm (2.311 in.) -
Free length for D16V1, D16V3 engines VTEC intake 56.49 mm (2.224 in.) -
Valve guides I.D. Intake 5.51-5.53 mm 5.55 mm (0.219 in.)
(0.217-0.218 in.)
Exhaust 5.51-5.53 mm 5.55 mm (0.219 in.)

(0.217-0.218 in.)
Installed height Intake 17.85-18.35 mm -

(0.703-0.722 in.)
Exhaust 18.65-19.15 mm -
(0.734-0.754 in.)
Rocker arms Arm-to-shaft clearance Intake 0.017-0.050 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)

(0.0007-0.0020 in.)
Exhaust 0.018-0.054 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)

(0.0007-0.0021 in.)

Engine Block
Block Warpage of deck 0.07 mm (0.003 in.) max. 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Bore diameter 75.00-75.02 mm 75.07 mm (2.9555 in.)
(2.9528-2.9535 in.)
Bore taper - 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

Reboring limit - 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
Piston Skirt O.D. at 13 mm (0.5 in.) from bottom of skirt 74.98-74.99 mm 74.97 mm (2.9516 in.)
(2.9520-2.9524 in.)
Clearance in cylinder 0.010-0.040 mm (0.0004-0.0016 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

Ring groove width for D14Z6, D16V1 engines Top 1.020-1.030 mm (0.0402-0.0406 in.) 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
Second 1.220-1.230 mm (0.0481-0.0484 in.) 1.25 mm (0.049 in.)
Oil 2.005-2.020 mm (0.0789-0.0795 in.) 2.05 mm (0.08 in.)
Ring groove width for D16V1 engine Top 1.020-1.030 mm (0.0402-0.0406 in.) 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
Second 1.220-1.230 mm (0.0481-0.0484 in.) 1.25 mm (0.049 in.)
Oil 2.805-2.820 mm (0.1104-0.1110 in.) 2.85 mm (0.112in.)
Piston rings Ring-to-groove clearance for D14Z6, D16V1 Top 0.035-0.060 mm (0.0014-0.0024 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
engines
Second 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Ring-to-groove clearance for D16V3 engine Top 0.035-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Second 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Ring end gap for D14X6, D16V1 engines Top 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Second 0.30-0.45 mm (0.012-0.018 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.70 mm (0.008-0.028 in.) 0.80 mm (0.031 in.)
Ring end gap for D16V3 engine Top 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Second 0.30-0.45 mm (0.012-0.018 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.80 mm (0.008-0.031 in.) 0.90 mm (0.035 in.)
Piston pin O.D. 18.996-19.000 mm (0.7479-0.7480 in.) -
Pin-to-piston clearance 0.010-0.020 mm (0.0004-0.0008 in.) -
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod interference 0.016-0.036 mm (0.0006-0.0014 in.) -
Small-end bore diameter 18.96-18.98 mm (0.746-0.747 in.) -
Large-end bore diameter (Nominal) D14Z6 engine 43.0 mm (1.69 in.) -
D16V1, D16V3 engines 48.0 mm (1.89 in.) -
End play installed on crankshaft 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.40 mm (0.016 in.)
Crankshaft Main journal diameter D14Z6 engine 44.976-45.000 mm (1.7707-1.7717 in.) -
D16V1, D16V3 engines 54.976-55.000 mm (2.1644-2.1654 in.) -
Rod journal diameter D14Z6 engine 39.976-40.000 mm (1.5739-1.5748 in.) -
D16V1, D16V3 engines 44.976-45.000 mm (1.7707-1.7717 in.) -
Rod/main journal taper 0.0025 mm (0.0001 in.) 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.)
Rod/main journal out-of-round 0.0025 mm (0.0001 in.) 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.)
End play 0.10-0.35 mm (0.004-0.014 in.) 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)
Runout 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.04 mm (0.002 in.)
Crankshaft bearings Main bearing-to-journal oil clearance for D14Z6 No. 1 journal 0.018-0.036 mm (0.0007-0.0014 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
engine No. 5 journal
No. 2 journal 0.020-0.038 mm (0.0008-0.0015 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
No. 3 journal
No. 4 journal
Main bearing-to-journal oil clearance for D16V1, No. 1 journal 0.018-0.036 mm (0.0007-0.0014 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
D16V3 engines No. 5 journal
No. 2 journal 0.024-0.042 mm (0.0009-0.0017 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
No. 3 journal
No. 4 journal
Rod bearing clearance 0.024-0.042 mm (0.0009-0.0017 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

Engine Lubrication
Engine oil Capacity D14Z6, D16V1 engines 4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) for engine overhaul
D16V3 engine 4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) for engine overhaul
Oil pump Inner-to-outer rotor clearance 0.06-0.18 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Pump housing-to-outer rotor clearance 0.10-0.18 mm (0.004-0.007 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Pump housing-to-rotor axial clearance 0.02-0.07 mm (0.001-0.003 in.) 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
Oil pressure with oil temperature at 80°C (176° At idle 70 kPa (0.7kgf/cm2, 10 psi) min.
F)
at 3,000 rpm (min-1) 340 kPa (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi) min.
Cooling
Radiator Coolant capacity (Includes engine, heater, hoses M/T: engine overhaul 5.1 l (5.4 US qt, 4.5 Imp qt)
and reservoir)
M/T: coolant change 4.0 l (4.2 US qt, 3.5 Imp qt)
A/T: engine overhaul 5.0 l (5.3 US qt, 4.4 Imp qt)
A/T: coolant change 3.9 l (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)
Reservoir Coolant capacity 0.4 l (0.4 US qt, 0.4 Imp qt)
Radiator cap Opening pressure 93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm2, 14-18 psi)
Thermostat Opening temperature Begin to open 76-80°C (169-176°F)

Fully open 90°C (194°F)
Valve lift at fully open 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) min.
Radiator fan switch Thermoswitch "ON" temperature 91-95°C (196-203°F)
Thermoswitch "OFF" temperature Subtract 3-8°C (5-15°F) from actual "ON" temperature

Fuel and Emissions
Fuel pressure Pressure with fuel pressure gauge connected 270-320 kPa (2.8-3.3 kgf/cm2, 40-47 psi)
Fuel tank Capacity 45 l (11.9 US gal, 9.9 Imp gal)
Engine idle Idle speed with headlights and radiator fan off M/T in neutral 700+50 rpm
A/T in or 700+50 rpm
Fast idle M/T in neutral 1,250+50 rpm

A/T in or 1,250+50 rpm
Idle CO% Except D16V3 engine 0.1 max.

D16V3 engine 1.0 max.
Clutch
Clutch pedal Height from the floor 198 mm (7.8 in.) -
Stroke 130-140 mm (5.1-5.5 in.) -
Play 8-18 mm (0.3-0.7 in.) -
Disengagement height from the floor 113 mm (4.4 in.) min. -

Flywheel Runout on clutch mating surface 0.06 mm (0.002 in.) max. 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
Clutch disc Rivet head depth 1.2-1.7 mm (0.047-0.067 in.) 0.2 mm (0.01 in.)
Pressure plate Warpage 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
Height of diaphragm spring fingers Measure with feeler gauge and 0.6 mm (0.02 in.) max. 1.0 mm (0.04 in.)
special tool

Manual Transmission and Differential
Transmission oil Capacity For fluid change: 1.5 l
(1.6 US qt, 1.3 Imp qt)
For overhaul: 1.6 l (1.7 US qt, 1.4 Imp qt)

Mainshaft End play 0.11-0.18 mm Adjust
(0.004-0.007 in.)
Diameter of ball bearing contact area (clutch 25.977-25.990 mm 25.92 mm

housing side) (1.0227-1.0232 in.) (1.021 in.)
Diameter of spacer collar contact area 28.980-28.993 mm 28.930 mm

(1.1409-1.1415 in.) (1.1390 in.)
Diameter of needle bearing contact area 34.984-35.000 mm 34.93 mm

(1.3773-1.3780 in.) (1.375 in.)
Diameter of ball bearing contact area 25.987-26.000 mm 25.93 mm

(transmission housing side) (1.0231-1.0236 in.) (1.020 in.)
Run out 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.05 mm

(0.002 in.)
Mainshaft 3rd and 4th gears I.D. 39.009-39.025 mm 39.070 mm

(1.5358-1.5364 in.) (1.5382 in.)
End play 3rd gear 0.06-0.21 mm 0.33 mm

(0.002-0.008 in.) (0.013 in.)
4th gear 0.06-0.19 mm 0.31 mm

(0.002-0.007 in.) (0.012 in.)
Thickness 3rd gear 27.92-27.97 mm 27.85 mm

(1.099-1.101 in.) (1.096 in.)
4th gear 27.02-27.07 mm 26.95 mm

(1.064-1.066 in.) (1.061 in.)
Mainshaft 5th gear I.D. 39.009-39.025 mm 39.070 mm

(1.5358-1.5364 in.) (1.5382 in.)
End play 0.06-0.19 mm 0.31 mm

(0.002-0.007 in.) (0.012 in.)
Thickness 28.92-28.97 mm 28.85 mm

(1.139-1.141 in.) (1.136 in.)
Countershaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area (clutch 34.000-34.015 mm 33.95 mm

housing side) (1.3386-1.3392 in.) (1.337 in.)
Diameter of ball bearing contact area 24.980-24.993 mm 24.93 mm

(transmission housing side) (0.9835-0.9840 in.) (0.981 in.)
Diameter of 1st gear contact area 37.984-38.000 mm 37.934 mm

(1.4954-1.4961 in.) (1.493 in.)
Run out 0.02 mm 0.05 mm

(0.001 in.) max. (0.002 in.)
Countershaft 1st gear I.D. 43.009-43.025 mm 43.070 mm

(1.6932-1.6939 in.) (1.6957 in.)
Endplay 0.03-0.10 mm 0.22 mm

(0.001-0.039 in.) (0.009 in.)
Thickness 26.91-26.94 mm (1.059-1.061 in.) -
Countershaft 2nd gear I.D. 45.009-45.025 mm 45.070 mm

(1.7720-1.7726 in.) (1.7744 in.)
End play 0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.) 0.24 mm

(0.009 in.)
Countershaft 2nd gear I.D. 34.000-34.010 mm 34.040 mm

spacer collar (1.3386-1.3390 in.) (1.3402 in.)

O.D. 39.989-40.000 mm 39.930 mm

(1.5744-1.5748 in.) (1.5720 in.)
Length 27.53-27.56 mm 27.51 mm

(1.084-1.085 in.) (1.083 in.)


Manual Transmission and Differential (cont'd)
Mainshaft 4th and 5th I.D. 29.002-29.012 mm 29.060 mm
gears spacer collar (1.1418-1.1422 in.) (1.1441 in.)
O.D. 34.989-35.000 mm 34.930 mm

(1.3775-1.3780 in.) (1.3752 in.)
Length A 51.97-52.03 mm -
(2.046-2.048 in.)
B 24.03-24.06 mm -
(0.946-0.947 in.)
Reverse idler gear I.D. 15.016-15.043 mm 15.080 mm

(0.5912-0.5922 in.) (0.5937 in.)
Gear-to-reverse gear shaft clearance 0.032-0.077 mm 0.140 mm

(0.0012-0.0030 in.) (0.0055 in.)
Synchro ring Ring-to-gear clearance Ring pushed against gear 0.85-1.10 mm 0.4 mm
(0.033-0.043 in.) (0.016 in.)
Dual cone synchro Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone clearance Ring pushed against gear 0.5-1.0 mm 0.3 mm
(0.02-0.04 in.) (0.01 in.)
Synchro cone-to-gear clearance Ring pushed against gear 0.5-1.0 mm 0.3 mm

(0.02-0.04 in.) (0.01 in.)
Outer synchro ring-to-gear cone clearance Ring pushed against gear 0.95-1.68 mm 0.6 mm
(0.037-0.066 in.) (0.02 in.)
Shift fork Finger thickness 1st-2nd and 3rd-4th forks 7.4-7.6 mm -

(0.29-0.30 in.)
5th fork 6.7-6.9 mm -

(0.26-0.27 in.)
Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance 0.35-0.65 mm 1.00 mm

(0.014-0.026 in.) (0.039 in.)
Reverse shift fork Pawl groove width 13.8-14.1 mm 15.5 mm

(0.543-0.555 in.) (0.610 in.)
Fork-to-reverse idler gear clearance 1.6-2.2 mm 2.8 mm

(0.06-0.09 in.) (0.11 in.)
Shift arm I.D. 13.973-14.000 mm (0.5501-0.5512 in.) -
Shift fork diameter at contact area 12.9-13.0 mm (0.508-0.512 in.) -
Shift arm-to-shift lever clearance 0.2-0.5 mm 0.62 mm

(0.008-0.020 in.) (0.024 in.)
Select lever Finger width 14.75-14.95 mm (0.581-0.589 in.) -
Shift lever Shaft-to-select lever clearance 0.05-0.40 mm 0.6 mm

(0.002-0.016 in.) (0.024 in.)
Groove (to select lever) 15.00-15.15 mm -

(0.591-0.596 in.)
Shaft-to-shift arm clearance 0.013-0.07 mm 0.1 mm

(0.0005-0.003 in.) (0.004 in.)
M/T differential carrier Pinion shaft contact area I.D. 18.010-18.028 mm -

(0.7091-0.7098 in.)
Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.027-0.057 mm 0.100 mm

(0.0011-0.0022 in.) (0.0039 in.)


(1.0246-1.0254 in.)
M/T differential pinion Backlash 0.05-0.15 mm -

gear (0.002-0.006 in.)
I.D. 18.042-18.066 mm -
(0.7103-0.7113 in.)
Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.059-0.095 mm 0.150 mm

(0.0023-0.0037 in.) (0.0059 in.)


10
ATF (Automatic Capacity Use genuine Honda ATF-Z1 For fluid change: 2.7 l (2.9 US qt, 2.4 Imp qt)
Transmission Fluid)
For overhaul: 6.0 l (6.3 US qt, 5.3 Imp qt)
ATF pressure Line pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in or 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
position (9.0-9.5 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.5 kgf/cm2, 120 psi)
4th clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
3rd clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
2nd clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
position (8.7-9.2 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.2 kgf/cm2 120 psi)
1st clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
1st-hold clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
Torque converter Stall speed Check with vehicle on level ground D14Z6 engine 2,550 rpm (min-1) 2,400-2,700 rpm (min-1)
D16V1, D16V3 engines 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
Valve body Stator shaft needle bearing contact I.D. Torque converter side 27.000-27.021 mm (1.063-1.064 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF pump side 29.000-29.013 mm (1.1417-1.1422 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF pump gear thrust clearance 0.03-0.06 mm (0.001-0.002 in.) 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
ATF pump gear-to-body clearance Drive gear 0.105-0.1325 mm (0.004-0.005 in.) -
Driven gear 0.0350-0.0625 mm (0.001-0.002 in.) -
ATF pump driven gear I.D. 14.016-14.034 mm (0.5518-0.5525 in.) When worn or damaged
Reverse shift fork Fork finger thickness 5.90-6.00 mm (0.232-0.236 in.) 5.4 mm (0.213 in.)
Park gear and pawl When worn or damaged
Servo body Shift fork shaft bore I.D. 14.000-14.010 mm (0.5512-0.5516 in.) -
Shift fork shaft valve bore I.D. 37.000-37.039 mm (1.4567-1.4582 in.) 37.045 mm (1.4585 in.)
Regulator valve body Sealing ring contact I.D. 35.000-35.025 mm (1.3780-1.3782 in.) 35.050 mm (1.3799 in.)
Stator shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area ATF pump side 29.000-29.013 mm (1.1417-1.1422 in.) When worn or damaged
Torque converter side 27.000-27.021 mm (1.0630-1.0638 in.) When worn or damaged
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/...Honda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CLHtml/2-10.htm7/7/2011 8:47:44 PM

11
Clutch Clutch end plate-to-top disc clearance 1st and 2nd 0.65-0.85 mm
(0.026-0.033 in.)
3rd and 4th 0.4-0.6 mm

(0.016-0.024 in.)
1st-hold 0.5-0.8 mm
(0.020-0.031 in.)
Clutch return spring free length 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th 30.5 mm (1.20 in.) 28.5 mm (1.12 in.)
1st-hold 34.6 mm (1.36 in.) 32.6 mm (1.28 in.)
Clutch disc thickness 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) -
Clutch plate thickness 1st, 1st-hold 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) When discoloured
2nd, 3rd and 4th 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) When discoloured
1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th clutches end plate Mark 1 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) When discoloured
thickness
1st-hold clutch end plate thickness Mark 1 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) When discoloured
No Mark 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) When discoloured

12
Mainshaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area at stator shaft 22.980-22.993 mm (0.9047-0.9052 in.) When worn or damaged
at 2nd gear 35.975-35.991 mm (1.4163-1.4169 in.) When worn or damaged
at 4th gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm (1.2589-1.2595 in.) When worn or damaged
at 1st gear collar 30.975-30.991 mm (1.2195-1.2201 in.) When worn or damaged
I.D. of gears 1st gear 35.000-35.016 mm (1.3780-1.3786 in.) When worn or damaged
2nd gear 41.000-41.016 mm (1.6142-1.6148 in.) When worn or damaged
4th gear 38.000-38.016 mm (1.4961-1.4967 in.) When worn or damaged
2nd gear 0.05-0.13 mm (0.002-0.005 in.) -
4th gear 0.075-0.185 mm (0.003-0.007 in.) -
4th gear collar length 49.50-49.55 mm (1.9488-1.9508 in.) -
4th gear collar flange thickness 4.435-4.525 mm (0.1746-0.1781 in.) -
36.5 x 55 mm thrust washer thickness No. 1 4.00 mm (0.157 in.) When worn or damaged
No. 2 4.05 mm (0.159 in.) When worn or damaged
Thrust washer thickness 26 x 45 x 3 mm 2.95-3.05 mm (0.116-0.120 in.) When worn or damaged
1st gear, 26 mm 2.43-2.50 mm (0.096-0.098 in.) When worn or damaged
Clutch feed pipe O.D. 1st clutch feed pipe at 15 mm (0.6 8.97-8.98 mm (0.535-0.354 in.) 8.95 mm (0.352 in.)
in.) from end
4th clutch feed pipe at 30 mm (1.2 5.97-5.98 mm (0.2350-0.2354 in.) 5.95 mm (0.234 in.)
in.) from end
Sealing ring thickness 35 mm sealing ring 1.87-1.97 mm (0.074-0.078 in.) 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
29 mm sealing ring 1.87-1.97 mm (0.074-0.078 in.) 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
Clutch feed pipe bushing I.D. 1st clutch 9.000-9.015 mm (0.3543-0.3549 in.) 9.03 mm (0.356 in.)
4th clutch 6.018-6.030 mm (0.2369-0.2374 in.) 6.045 mm (0.2380 in.)
Width of sealing ring groove 2.025-2.075 mm (0.0797-0.0811 in.) 2.095 mm (0.082 in.)

13
Countershaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area at left end 36.004-36.017 mm When worn or damaged
(1.4175-1.4180 in.)
at 3rd gear 35.980-35.996 mm When worn or damaged

(1.4165-1.4172 in.)
at 4th gear 27.980-27.993 mm When worn or damaged

(1.1016-1.1021 in.)
at reverse gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm When worn or damaged

(1.2589-1.2595 in.)
at 1st gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm When worn or damaged

(1.2589-1.2595 in.)
I.D. of gears 1st gear 38.000-38.016 mm When worn or damaged

(1.4961-1.4967 in.)
3rd gear 41.000-41.016 mm When worn or damaged

(1.6142-1.6148 in.)
4th gear 33.000-33.016 mm When worn or damaged

(1.2992-1.2998 in.)
Reverse gear 38.000-38.016 mm When worn or damaged

(1.4961-1.4967 in.)

3rd gear 0.05-0.17 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) -
4th gear 0.10-0.18 mm (0.004-0.007 in.) -
Reverse gear 0.10-0.25 mm (0.004-0.010 in.) -
28 mm distance collar length No. 1 39.00 mm (1.535 in.) -
No. 2 39.10 mm (1.539 in.) -
No. 3 39.20 mm (1.543 in.) -
No. 4 39.30 mm (1.547 in.) -
No. 5 39.05 mm (1.537 in.) -
No. 6 39.15 mm (1.541 in.) -
No. 7 39.25 mm (1.545 in.) -
No. 8 38.90 mm (1.531 in.) -
No. 9 38.95 mm (1.533 in.) -
3rd gear collar length 20.65-20.70 mm (0.8130-0.8150 in.) -
Reverse gear collar length 14.5-14.6 mm (0.571-0.575 in.) -
Reverse gear collar flange thickness 2.4-2.6 mm (0.094-0.102 in.) When worn or damaged
1st gear collar flange thickness 2.4-2.6 mm (0.094-0.102 in.) When worn or damaged
3rd gear splined washer thickness 4.95-5.00 mm (0.195-0.197 in.) When worn or damaged
3rd clutch feed pipe O.D. At 15 mm (0.6 in.) from end 7.97-7.98 mm (0.3138-0.3142 in.) 7.95 mm (0.313 in.)
3rd clutch feed pipe bushing I.D. 8.000-8.022 mm (0.3150-0.3158 in.) 8.03 mm (0.316 in.)
Reverse selector hub O.D. 51.87-51.90 mm (2.042-2.043 in.) When worn or damaged
1st gear I.D. of one-way clutch contact area 83.339-83.365 mm (3.2810-3.2821 in.) When worn or damaged
Park gear diameter of one-way clutch area 66.685-66.698 mm (2.6254-2.6259 in.) When worn or damaged

14
Reverse idler gear Reverse idler gear shaft diameter at needle 13.990-14.000 mm When worn or damaged
bearing contact area (0.5508-0.5512 in.)
I.D. 18.007-18.020 mm When worn or damaged

(0.7089-0.7094 in.)
End play 0.05-0.18 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) -

I.D. of reverse idler gear shaft holder 14.416-14.434 mm When worn or damaged
(0.5676-0.5683 in.)
Sub-shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area at transmission housing 25.991-26.000 mm When worn or damaged
(1.023-1.024 in.)
at 4th gear collar 23.9935-23.0065 mm When worn or damaged

(0.9446-0.9058 in.)
4th gear I.D. 32.000-32.016 mm When worn or damaged

(1.2600-1.2605 in.)
4th gear end play 0.05-0.17 mm -

(0.002-0.007 in.)
4th gear collar length 24.0-24.1 mm -

(0.945-0.949 in.)
4th gear collar flange thickness 2.95-3.10 mm When worn or damaged

(0.116-0.122 in.)
4th gear thrust washer thickness 2.93-3.00 mm When worn or damaged

(0.115-0.118 in.)
1st-clutch feed pipe O.D. at 15 mm (0.6 in.) from end 7.97-7.98 mm 7.95 mm (0.313 in.)
(0.3138-0.3142 in.)

Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coil
Main valve body springs, Relief valve spring 1.1 mm 8.6 mm 37.1 mm 13.4
refer to the '01 Civic (0.043 in.) (0.339 in.) (1.4161 in.)
(see page 14-183) Modulator valve spring 1.4 mm 9.4 mm 33.8 mm 10.9
(0.055 in) (0.370 in.) (1.331 in.)
CPB valve spring 1.0 mm 8.1 mm 40.9 mm 16.2

(0.039 in.) (0.319 in.) (1.610 in.)

(0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (1.626 in.)
2nd orifice control valve spring 0.7 mm 6.6 mm 34.8 mm 22.0

(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.370 in.)
Servo control valve spring 1.0 mm 8.1 mm 52.1 mm 20.8

(0.039 in.) (0.319 in.) (2.051 in.)
Regulator valve body Stator reaction spring 4.5 mm 35.4 mm 30.3 mm 1.9
springs, refer to the '01 (0.177 in.) (1.394 in.) (1.193 in.)
Civic Shop Manual on
this CD (see page 14- Regulator valve spring A 1.9 mm 14.7 mm 77.4 mm 15.2
186) (0.075 in.) (0.579 in.) (3.047 in.)
Regulator valve spring B 1.8 mm 9.6 mm 44.0 mm 12.6

(0.071 in.) (0.378 in.) (1.732 in.)
Cooler relief valve spring 1.0 mm 8.4 mm 33.8 mm 8.2

(0.039 in.) (0.331 in.) (1.331 in.)
Torque converter check valve spring 1.0 mm 8.4 mm 33.8 mm 8.2

(0.039 in.) (0.331 in.) (1.331 in.)
Lock-up control valve spring 0.8 mm 6.0 mm 38.4 mm 30.3

(0.031 in.) (0.236 in.) (1.512 in.)
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...a%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CLHtml/2-14.htm (1 of 2)7/7/2011 8:47:43 PM



15
Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coil
Secondary valve body 3-4 shift valve spring 0.9 mm 7.6 mm 57.0 mm 26.8
springs, refer to the '01 (0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.244 in.)
Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 14-187) 2-3 shift valve spring 0.9 mm 7.6 mm 57.0 mm 26.8
(0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.244 in.)
4th exhaust valve spring 0.9 mm 6.1 mm 36.4 mm 19.5

(0.035 in.) (0.240 in.) (1.433 in.)
3-4 orifice control valve spring 0.7 mm 6.6 mm 37.5 mm 24.6

(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.476 in.)
Servo body springs (see 1st accumulator spring 2.1 mm 16.0 mm 89.1 mm 16.2
page 14-94) (0.083 in.) (0.630 in.) (3.508 in.)
4th accumulator spring A 2.6 mm 17.0 mm 88.4 mm 14.2

(0.102 in.) (0.669 in.) (3.480 in.)
4th accumulator spring B 2.3 mm 10.2 mm 51.6 mm 13.8

(0.091 in.) (0.402 in.) (2.031 in.)
3rd accumulator spring A 2.8 mm 17.5 mm 94.3 mm 15.6

(0.110 in.) (0.689 in.) (3.713 in.)
3rd accumulator spring B 2.1 mm 31.0 mm 38.2 mm 2.4

(0.083 in.) (1.220 in.) (1.504 in.)
2nd accumulator spring C 2.2 mm 14.5 mm 68.0 mm 13.9

(0.087 in.) (0.571 in.) (2.677 in.)
2nd accumulator spring A 2.4 mm 29.0 mm 39.0 mm 2.9

(0.094 in.) (1.142 in.) (1.535 in.)
Lock-up valve body Lock-up shift valve spring 0.9 mm 7.6 mm 73.7 mm 32.0
springs, refer to the Civic (0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.902 in.)
(see page 14-189) Lock-up timing valve spring 0.9 mm 8.1 mm 80.7 mm 54.2
(0.035 in.) (0.319 in.) (3.177 in.)

A/T differential carrier Pinion shaft contact area I.D. 18-010-18.028 mm -
(0.709-0.710 in.)

(0.001-0.002 in.)

(1.0246-1.0254 in.)

(0.002-0.003 in.) (0.005 in.)

(0-0.006 in.)
A/T differential pinion Backlash 0.05-0.15 mm -

gear (0.002-0.006 in.)
I.D. 18.042-18.066 mm -
(0.7103-0.7113 in.)

(0.0022-0.0037 in.)

Steering
16
Steering wheel Rotational play measure at outside edge With engine running 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in.) -
Starting load measured at outside edge With engine running 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 lbs) -
Gearbox Angle of rack guide screw loosened from locked 20° Max.
position
Pump Output pressure with shut-off valve closed Engine speed at 3,000 rpm (min-1) 7,600-8,300 kPa (78-85 kgf/cm2, 1,110-1,210 psi)
290-1,100 kPa (3-11 kgf/cm2, 43-156 psi)
Power steering fluid Capacity Use Genuine Honda power For reservoir capacity: 0.3 l (0.32 US qt, 0.26 Imp qt)
steering fluid
Power steering pump belt Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbs) applied mid- Used belt: 13.0-16.5 mm (0.51-0.65 in.)
NOTE: Adjust a new belt way between pulleys
to the new belt spec, run New belt: 9.0-11.0 mm (0.35-0.43 in.)
the engine for 5 minutes, Tension (measured with belt tension gauge) Used belt: 390-540 N (40-55 kgf, 88-121 lbs)
then readjust it to the used
belt spec. New belt: 740-880 N (75-90 kgf, 165-198 lbs)
Suspension
Rear -0°45'+45'
Rear Adjust: IN 2+2-1 mm (0.08+0.08-0.04 in.)
Inspect: IN 2+3 mm (0.08+0.12 in.)
Front wheel turning angle Inside wheel 40°00'+2°
Radial 0-0.7 mm (0-0.03 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Radial 0-1.0 mm (0-0.04 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Rear 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)

Brakes
17
Parking brake lever Distance travelled when pulled with 196 N (20 8-9 clicks
kgf, 44 lbs) of force
Brake pedal Pedal height (Carpet removed) M/T 180 mm (7.09 in.)
A/T 184 mm (7.24 in.)
Free play 0.4-3.0 mm (0.016-0.118 in.)
Rear 8.9-9.1 mm (0.350-0.358 in.) 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
Runout - 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Brake pads Thickness Front 9.0-10.0 mm (0.35-0.39 in.) 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
Brake drum I.D. 219.9-220.0 mm (8.657-8.661 in.) 221 mm (8.701 in.)
Brake shoes Lining thickness 4.5 mm (0.18 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Brake booster Vehicle with Characteristics at 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) pedal Vacuum N (kgf, lbf) kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)
ABS force
kPa (mmHg, inHg)
0 (0, 0) 98 (10, 22) 0 (0, 0)
294 (30, 66) 1700 (17, 240)
66.7 (500, 19.7) 98 (10, 22) 4600 (47, 670)
294 (30, 66) 10500 (107, 1500)
Brake booster Vehicle Characteristics at 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) pedal Vacuum N (kgf, lbf) kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)
without ABS force
kPa (mmHg, inHg)
0 (0, 0) 98 (10, 22) 0 (0, 0)
294 (30, 66) 1700 (17, 240)
66.7 (500, 19.7) 98 (10, 22) 4400 (17, 640)
294 (30, 66) 10500 (107, 1500)
Air Conditioning
Refrigerant Oil Type SANDEN: SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003 or38899-P13-A01)

Compressor Starter coil resistance at 68°F (20°C) 3.05-3.35 ohms
Compressor belt NOTE: Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbs) applied mid- Used belt: 8.5-11.0 mm (0.33-0.43 in.)
Adjust a new belt to the way between pulleys
new belt spec., run the New belt: 5.0-6.5 mm (0.20-0.26 in.)
engine for 5 minutes, Tension (measured with belt tension gauge) Used belt: 440-590 N (45-60 kgf, 100-130 lbs)
then readjust it to the
used belt spec. New belt: 930-1,125 N (95-115 kgf, 210-255 lbs)
18
DIMENSIONS Overall length 4,285 mm (168.7 in.)
Overall width 1,695 mm (66.7 in.)
Overall height without roof antenna 1,495 mm (58.9 in.)
with roof antenna 1,585 mm (62.2 in.)
Wheelbase KE, KG, KR, KS models (MPW 2,685 mm (105.7 in.)
condition)
KY model 2,680 mm (105.5 in.)
Track Front KE, KG, KR, KS models 1,472 mm (58.0 in.)
(MPW condition)
Front KY model 1,470 mm (57.9 in.)
Rear KE, KG, KR, KS models 1,489 mm (58.6 in.)
(MPW condition)
Rear KY model 1,470 mm (57.9 in.)
Seating capacity Five (5)
WEIGHT Curb Weight (M/T) 1,130-1,195 kg (2,491-2,634 lbs)
(A/T) 1,164-1,1221 kg (2,566-2,692 lbs)
Max. permissible Weight European models 1,620-1,660 kg (3,570-3,660 lbs)
ENGINE Type D14Z6 engine Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC engine
D16V1, D16V3 engines Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC VTEC engine
Bore and stroke D14Z6 engine 75 x 79 mm (2.95 x 3.11 in.)
D16V1, D16V3 engines 75 x 90 mm (2.95 x 3.54 in.)
Displacement D14Z6 engine 1,396 cm3 (85 cu in.)
D16V1, D16V3 engines 1,590 cm3 (97 cu in.)
Compression ratio D14Z6 engine 10.4
D16V1 engine 9.4
D16V3 engine 10.4
Valve train D14Z6 engine Belt driven, SOHC 4 valves per cylinder
D16V1, D16V3 engines Belt driven, SOHC VTEC 4 valves per cylinder
Lubrication system Forced, wet sump, with trochoid pump
Oil pump displacement at 6,000 engine rpm (min-1) 36.4 l (38.5 US qt, 32.0 imp qt) per minute
Water pump displacement at 6,000 engine rpm (min-1) 130 l (137 US qt, 114 imp qt)/minute
Fuel required KE, KG, KR, KS models UNLEADED gasoline with 95 research octane number or higher
KY model LEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher (RON of 91 UNLEADED gasoline may also
be used)
Design Specification
Design Specification 2-
(cont'd)
19
Normal output 0.8 kW, 1.0 kW
MANUAL TRANSMISSION Type Synchronised, 5-speed forward, 1 reverse
2nd 1.869
3rd 1.241
4th 0.969
5th 0.805
Reverse 3.230
Gear ratio 4.411
TRANSMISSION
2nd 1.468
3rd 0.975
4th 0.673
Reverse 1.954
Gear ratio 4.357
STEERING Type 4-door Rack and pinion, with electrical power assistance
Overall ratio 14.49
Turns, lock-to-lock 2.83
Steering wheel diameter 380 mm (15.0 in.)
SUSPENSION Type Strut
Rear Double wishbone
Shock absorber Front and rear Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled
(cont'd)
20
WHEEL ALIGNMENT Camber Front 0°
Rear -0°45'
Caster Front 1°33'
Total toe Front 0 mm (0 in.)
Rear In 2 mm (1/16 in.)
BRAKE Type of service brake Front Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Rear Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc or drum
Type of parking brake Mechanical actuating, rear wheels
Pad friction surface area Front 35 cm2 x 2 (5.4 sq in. x 2)
Rear 67 cm2 x 2 (10.3 sq in. x 2)
Shoe friction surface area Rear 24 cm2 x 2 (4.2 sq in. x2)
TYRES Size of front, rear and Spare for KE model 1.4S, 1.4SE 185/70R14 88H
1.4SE Executive, 1.6S, 1.6SE, 195/60R15 88H
1.6SE Executive
Size of front and rear for KG, KR, KS model 1.4S, 1.4LS 185/70R 14 88H
1.6S, 1.6LS, 1.6ES 195/60R 15 88H
Size of spare for KG, KR, KS models T125/70D15 95M
Size of front, rear and spare for KY model 195/60R15 88H
AIR CONDITIONING Cooling capacity 3,870 kcal/h (15,400 BTU/h)
Temperature clutch Air-mix type
Electrical power consumption at 42 W maximum at 12 V
20°C (68°F)
Quantity 500-550 g (17.5-19.5 oz)
(cont'd)
21
ELECTRICAL RATINGS Battery 12 V-36 AH/5 hours
12 V - 45 AH/20 hours
Starter 12 V - 0.8 kW, 1.0 kW
Alternator 12 V - 70 A
Fuses Under-hood fuse/relay box 80 A, 40 A, 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 7.5 A
Under-dash fuse/relay box 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
Light bulbs Headlight high beam 12 V - 60 W
Headlight low beam 12 V - 55 W
Front turn signal/Front side marker 12 V - 21 W/5 W
lights
Front position lights 12 V - 5 W/3 CP (candlepower)
Side turn signal lights 12 V - 5 W
Rear turn signal lights 12 V - 21 W
Brake/Taillights/Rear side marker 12 V - 21W/5 W
light
Rear for light 12 V - 21 W
Taillights 12 V - 5 W
High mount brake light 12 V - 21 W
Back-up light 12 V - 21 W
License plate light 12 V -3 CP
Ceiling light 12 V - 8 W, 5 W
Luggage area light (5-door) 12 V - 5 W
Individual map light 12 V - 8 W
Spotlights 14 V - 8 W
Gauge light 14 V - 1.4 W
Indicator light 12 V - 1.12 W
Body Specifications
Body Specifications 2-
22
Unit: mm (in.)
*1: With Roof Antenna

*2: European model (MPW condition)
*3: Except European model
Maintenance - Maintenance
Maintenance
Lubricants 3-2
and Fluids
Maintenance 3-4
Schedule for
Normal
Conditions
(KE, KG, KR,
KS Models)
Maintenance 3-6
Schedule for
Severe
Conditions
(KE, KG, KR,
KS Models)
Maintenance 3-8
Schedule for
Normal
Conditions
(KY Model)
Maintenance 3-10
Schedule for
Severe
Conditions
(KY Model)

For the details of lubrication points and type of lubricants to be applied, refer to the illustrated index and various work procedures (such as Assembly/Reassembly, Replacement,
Overhaul, Installation, etc.) contained in each section.
NO. LUBRICATION POINTS LUBRICANT
1 Engine Always use fuel-efficient that says "API service SG, SH or SJ"
SAE Viscosity See chart below.
2 Transmission Manual Genuine Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) *1

Automatic Genuine Honda ATF-Z1 (ATF) *2
3 Brake system (includes ABS line) Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 *3
4 Clutch line Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 *3
5 Power steering gearbox Steering grease P/N 08733-B070E
6 Release fork (manual transmission) Super High Temp Urea Grease (P/N 08798-9002)
7 Shift and select cable ends (Manual transmission)
8 Throttle cable end (dashboard lower panel hole) Silicon grease

9 Throttle cable end (throttle link) Multi-purpose grease
10 Brake master cylinder pushrod
11 Clutch master cylinder pushrod
12 Shift lever
13 Pedal linkage
14 Battery terminals
15 Fuel fill lid
16 Rear brake shoe linkage Honda White Lithium Grease

17 Hood hinges and latch
18 Tailgate hinges and latch
19 Door hinges, upper and lower
20 Door opening detent
21 Calliper piston boot, calliper pins and boots Silicone grease

22 Brake line joints (front and rear wheelhouse) Rust preventatives
23 Air conditioning compressor Compressor oil: SANDEN: SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003 or 38899-P13-A01)
For refrigerant: HFC-134a (R-134a)
CAUTION
Used engine oil may cause skin cancer if repeatedly left in contact with the skin for prolonged
periods. Although this is unlikely unless you handle used oil on a daily basis, it is still advisable to
thoroughly wash your hands with soap and water as soon as possible after handling used oil.
*1: Always use genuine Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF). Using motor oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives.
*2: Always use genuine Honda ATF-Z1 (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality.
*3: We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system.



(cont'd)

Conditions
(KE, KG, KR, KS Models)
km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace engine oil l l l l l l l l l l
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump Every 120,000 km (72,000 miles) or 96 months
200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months, thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles) or
60 months
months
Inspect front and rear brakes l l l l l l l l l l
Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots l l l l l l l l l l
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system
Tyre condition
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/Service%20Manual%20Honda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CLHtml/3-4.htm7/7/2011 8:49:21 PM

Conditions
(KR, KG, KR, KS Models) (cont'd)

(see page 8-3)
(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1
(see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-22)
Check water pump for signs of seal leakage. (see page 6-18)*1 (see page 6-22)*1 (see page 10-7)*1

(see page 11-560)*1
Check specific gravity for freezing point. (see page 10-8)*1
● Check the callipers for damage, leaks and tightness.
Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check that Brake fluid level is between the (see page 19-7)*1
upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
-
Check rack grease and steering linkage. Check the boot for damage and leaking grease. (see page 17-5)*1

● Check all the dust covers for deterioration and damage.
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter heat shield, exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and tightness. (see page 9-3)
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose connections and replace any damaged parts (see page 11-132)*1 (see page 11-290)*1 (see page 11-432)*1
(see page 11-565)*1
*1: Refer to the Shop manual on this CD: '01 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62S5A00
Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions

Conditions
(KE, KG, KR, KS Models)
Service at the indicated distance or time whichever comes first. km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace air cleaner element l l l l l l l l l l
Replace spark plugs Every 40, 000 km (24, 000 miles)
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump l
Replace engine coolant 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months, thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months
Replace transmission fluid Manual Transmission Every 60,000 km (36,000 miles) or 48 months
Automatic Transmission 60,000 km (36,000 miles) or 48 months, thereafter every 40,000 km (24,000 miles) or 24 months
Check parking brake adjustment l l l l l l l l l l
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system
Tyre condition
Follow the Severe Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the customer's vehicle MAINLY under one or more of the following conditions:
● Driving less than 8 km (5 miles) per trip or in freezing temperatures, driving less hen 16 km (10 miles) per trip.
● Trailer towing, driving with a car-top carrier or driving in mountainous conditions.
● Driving on muddy, dusty or de-iced roads.

Conditions
(KR, KG, KR, KS Models) (cont'd)

(see page 8-3)
(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1
(see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-22)

(see page 11-560)*1
-

Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter heat shield, exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and tightness. (see page 9-3)
(see page 11-565)*1

Conditions
(KY Model)
miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Clean or replace cleaner element Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)
Inspect idle speed l l l
or 60 months
Replace transmission fluid Manual Transmission l l
Automatic Transmission l l
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system

Conditions
(KY Model) (cont'd)

(see page 8-3)
(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1
(see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-22)

(see page 11-560)*1
● Check the calipers for damage, leaks and tightness
The suggested rotation method is shown in the diagram of the Owner's Manual -

Check for leaks. -
Check the exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and tightness. (see page 9-3)
(see page 11-565)*1

Conditions 10
(KY Model)
miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Inspect idle speed l l l
or 60 months
Replace transmission fluid Manual Transmission l l l
Automatic Transmission l l l l
Driveshaft boots
Exhaust system

Conditions 11
(KY Model) (cont'd)
(see page 8-3)
(see page 8-6)*1
(see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1
(see page 11-571)*1
(see page 4-22)

(see page 11-560)*1
The suggested rotation method is shown in the diagram of the Owner's Manual -

Check for leaks. -
Check the exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and tightness. (see page 9-3)
(see page 11-565)*1
*1: Refer to the Shop Manual on this CD: '01 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62S5A00
Engine Electrical
Starting System
Circuit Diagram 4-3
Starter Circuit Troubleshooting 4-4
Starter Solenoid Test 4-6
Starter Performance Test 4-7
Starter Replacement 4-8
Starter Overhaul 4-9
Ignition System
Ignition Timing Inspection 4-21
Spark Plug Inspection 4-22
NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD, for items not included in this section.
D14Z6, D16V1 and D16V3 engines have been added.
Engine Electrical 4-
2
1. UNDER DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
2. STARTER CUT RELAY (A/T)
Test, page 22-32
3. STARTER
Starter Circuit Troubleshooting page 4-4
Solenoid Test, page 4-6
Performance Test, page 4-7
Overhaul, page 4-9
4. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T)
Test 4-door, page 14-160
Starting System 4-3

Circuit Diagram
Starting System 4-4

Starter Circuit Troubleshooting
NOTE: 4. Check the battery condition. Check electrical connections at the battery and the
● Air temperature must be between 15o and 38oF (59o and 100oF) during this starter for looseness and corrosion. Then check the starter again.
Did the starter crank the engine?
procedure.
● After this test, or any subsequent repair, reset the Engine Control Module (ECM)/ YES - The starting system is OK.
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) to clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) NO - Go to step 5.
for except KY model (see page 11-3) or KY model (see page 11-51).
5. Make sure the transmission is in neutral, then disconnect the BLK/WHT wire (A)
Recommended Procedure: from the starter solenoid (B). Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive
● Use a starter system tester. terminal to the solenoid terminal.
● Connect and operate the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's Except D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T
instructions.
Alternate Procedure
1. Hook up the following equipment:
● Ammeter, 0 - 400 A
● Voltmeter, 0 - 20 V (accurate within 0.1 volt)
● Tachometer, 0 - 1200 rpm (min )

-1
D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T
2. Remove the No. 46 (15 A) fuse from the under-dash fuse/relay box.
3. With the shift lever in or (A/T), turn the ignition switch to start (III).
Did the starter crank the engine normally?
YES - The starting system is OK.
NO - If the starter will not crank at all, go to step 4. If it cranks the engine
erratically or too slowly, go to step 7. If it will not disengage from the flywheel or Did the starter crank the engine?
torque converter ring gear when you release the key, check for the following until YES - Go to step 6.
you find the cause.
NO - Remove the starter, and diagnose its internal problems.
● Solenoid plunger and switch malfunction
● Dirty drive gear or damaged overrunning clutch
Starting System 4-5

Starter Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
6. Check the following items in the order listed until you find the open circuit.
● Check the BLK/WHT wire and connectors between the under-dash fuse/relay box
and the ignition switch and between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the starter.
● Check the ignition switch, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
22-83).
● Check the transmission range switch and connector (A/T).
● Check the starter cat-relay (A/T).
7. Check engine speed during cranking.

Is engine speed above 100 rpm (min-1)?
YES - Go to step 8.
find the cause.
● Excessively worn starter brushes
● Open circuit in commutator brushes
● Dirty or damaged helical splines or drive gear
● Faulty drive gear clutch
8. Check the cranking voltage and current draw.

Is cranking voltage no less than 9.0 V and current draw no more
than 150 A for D14Z6, D16V1 (KE model), D16V3 engines, 8.0V
and 200 A for D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with A/T, or 8.0
V and 300 A for D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T?
YES - Remove the starter and inspect its drive gear and the flywheel or torque
converter ring gear for damage. Replace any damaged parts.
find the cause.
● Open circuit in starter armature commutator segments
● Starter armature dragging
● Shorted armature winding
● Excessive drag in engine
Starting System 4-6

Starter Solenoid Test
1. Check the hold-in coil for continuity between the S terminal (A) and the armature
housing (ground).
● If there is continuity, go to step 2.
● If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.
Except D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T
2. Check the pull-in coil for continuity between the S terminal (A) and M terminal (B).
● If there is continuity, the solenoid is OK.
● If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.
Starting System 4-7

Starter Performance Test
1. Disconnect the wires from the S terminal and the M terminal. 5. Disconnect the battery also from the body. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is
working properly. To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the battery
2. Make a connection as described below using as heavy a wire as possible

(preferably equivalent to the wire used for the vehicle).
3. Connect the battery as shown. If the starter pinion pops out, it is working properly. 6. Clamp the starter firmly in a vice.
To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the battery connected for more than 10 7. Connect the starter to the battery as described in the diagram below and confirm
seconds. that the motor starts and keeps rotating.
4. Disconnect the battery from the M terminal. If the pinion does not retract, the hold-
in coil is working properly. To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the battery
8. If the electric current and motor speed meet the specifications when the battery
voltage is at 11.5 V, the starter is working properly.
Specifications:
Maker Electric current Motor speed
DENSO 90 A or less 3,000 rpm (min-1) or more
(1.0 Kw)
DENSO 50 A or less 6,000 rpm (min-1)

(0.8 Kw)
VALEO 70 A or less 2,700 rpm (min-1) or more

(1.0 Kw)
Starting System 4-8

Starter Replacement
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable and wait
at least 3 minutes.
3. Remove the resonator.
4. Disconnect the starter cable (A) from the B terminal on the solenoid, then
disconnect the BLK/WHT wire (B) from the S terminal.
5. Remove the two bolts holding the starter, then remove the starter.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the crimped side of the ring
terminal (A) is facing out.
7. Connect the battery positive cable and negative cable to the battery.
presets.
Starting System 4-9

Starter Overhaul
Disassembly/Reassembly - D14Z6, D16V1 (KE model), D16V3 engines

1. ARMATURE
2. STARTER SOLENOID
4. SOLENOID LEVER
5. GEAR HOUSING
6. FRONT BEARING,
MOLYBDENUM DISULPHIDE
7. OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY
8. END COVER
9. REAR BEARING,
MOLYBDENUM DISULPHIDE
10. BRUSH HOLDER INSULATOR
11. ARMATURE HOUSING
12. BRUSH
13. BRUSH HOLDER
14. BRUSH SPRING
Starting System 4-
10
Disassembly/Reassembly - D16V1 (KY, KR, KS models) engine with A/T
1. STARTER SOLENOID
3. SOLENOID LEVER
4. GEAR HOUSING
ASSEMBLY
6. ARMATURE
7. BRUSH HOLDER
8. END COVER
Starting System 4-
11
Disassembly/Reassembly - D16V1 (KY, KR, KS models) engine with M/T
1. STARTER SOLENOID
ASSEMBLY
4. SOLENOID LEVER
5. FRONT BEARING MOLYBDENUM
DISULPHIDE
6. GEAR HOUSING
7. SPRING CLIP
9. ARMATURE
10. BRUSH
11. INSULATOR
12. BRUSH SPRING
13. END COVER
15. GASKET
16. BRUSH HOLDER
Starting System 4-
12
Armature Inspection and Test 5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is below the service limit, replace
1. Remove the starter (see page 4-8). the armature (Except D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T).
Commutator Diameter
2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure.
3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent magnet. Standard (New):27.9-28.0 mm (1.098-1.102 in.)
If there is wear or damage, replace the armature. Service Limit:27.0 mm (1.063 in.)
4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is dirty or burnt, resurface with
emery cloth or a lathe within the following specifications, or recondition with #500 or
#600 sandpaper (B) (Except D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T).
Starting System 4-
13
6. Measure the commutator (A) runout. 7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), undercut the mica with a
● If the commutator runout is within the service limit, check the commutator for carbon hacksaw blade to the proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between the
dust or brass chips between the segments. commutator segments. The undercut should not be too shallow, too narrow, or V-
● If the commutator runout is not within the service limit, replace the armature. shaped (D).
Commutator Runout Commutator Mica Depth
D14Z6, D16V1 (KE model), D16V3 engines: Except D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T:
Standard (New):0.05 mm (0.002 in.) max. Standard (New):0.50-0.75 mm (0.020-0.030 in.)
Service Limit:0.4 mm (0.02 in.) Service Limit:0.2 mm (0.008 in.)
D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engines with A/T: D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T:
Standard (New):0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. Standard (New):0.50-0.90 mm (0.020-0.035 in.)
Service Limit:0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Service Limit:0.2 mm (0.008 in.)
D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T:
Standard (New):0.01 mm (0.0004 in.) max.
8. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If an open circuit
exists between any segments, replace the armature.
Starting System 4-
14
9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B). Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the Starter Brush Inspection
armature core. If the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while the core is 11. Measure the brush length. If it is not within the service limit, replace the armature
turned, the armature is shorted. Replace the armature. housing assembly.
Brush Length
D16Z6, D16V1 (KE model), D16V3 engines:
D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engines with A/T:
D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T:
Standard (New):18 mm (0.7 in.)
Service Limit:5 mm (0.2 in.)
10. Check with an ohmmeter that no continuity exists between the commutator (A) and
armature coil core (B) and between the commutator and armature shaft (C). If
continuity exists, replace the armature.
Starting System 4-
15
Starter Field Winding Test (Except D16V1 (KG, KR, KS Starter Brush Holder Test (D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models)
models) engine with M/T) engine with A/T):
12. Check for continuity between the brushes (A). If there is no continuity, replace the 14. Check that there is no continuity between the (+) brush holder (A) and (-) brush
armature housing (B). holder (B). If there is continuity, replace the brush holder assembly.
Brush Spring Inspection (D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models)

engine with A/T):
15. Insert the brush (A) into the brush holder and bring the brush into contact with the
commutator, then attach a spring scale (B) to the spring (C). Measure the spring
D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with A/T: tension at the moment the spring lifts off the brush.
Spring Tension:13.7 - 17.7 N (1.40 - 1.80 kgf, 3.09 - 3.97
lbf)
13. Check for continuity between each brush (A) and the armature housing (B). If
there is continuity, replace the armature housing.
Starting System 4-
16
Overrunning Clutch Inspection D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with M/T:
16. Slide the overrunning clutch along the shaft.
Replace it, if it does not slide smoothly.
17. Rotate the overrunning clutch (A) both ways.
Does it lock in one direction and rotate smoothly in reverse ? If it does not lock in
either direction or it locks in both directions, replace it.
18. If the starter drive gear (B) is worn or damaged, replace the overrunning clutch
assembly; the gear is not available separately.
Check the condition of the flywheel or torque converter ring gear if the starter drive
gear teeth are damaged.
D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine with A/T:
Starting System 4-
17
Starter Reassembly (D14Z6, D16V1 (KE model), D16V3 Starter Reassembly (D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine
engines) with A/T)
19. Install the armature in the housing and install the brush holder. Then install the 22. Pry back each brush spring with a screwdriver, then position the brush about
each brush in the holder. halfway out of its holder and release the spring to hold it there.
side up, between the commutator and each brush and smoothly rotate will be
sanded to the same contour as the commutator.
20. Compress the spring and install it in the brush holder.
23. Install the armature in the housing and install the brush holder. Next, pry back
each brush spring again and push the brush down until it seats against the
commutator, then release the spring against the end of the brush.
21. Install the brush holder insulator (A) and end cover (B).
Starting System 4-
18
24. Install the starter end cover (A) to retain the brush holder (B). Starter Reassembly (D16V1 (KG, KR, KS models) engine
with M/T)
25. Install the armature in the housing and install the brush holder.
26. Pry back each brush spring with a screwdriver. Install the brush (A) and insulator
(B) in the holder, then release the spring against the insulator.
27. Install the end cover.
Ignition System 4-
19
1. SPARK PLUG
2. IGNITION COIL
Ignition System 4-
Circuit Diagram
20
Ignition System 4-
Ignition Timing Inspection
21
1. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm (min-1) with no load Shift lever in 5. Point the light toward the pointers (A) on the timing belt cover. Check the ignition
Park or Neutral, until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. timing under a no load conditions: headlights, blower fan, rear window defogger and
2. Check the idle speed and adjust it if necessary: air conditioner are not operating. If the ignition timing differs from the specification
● 5-door(KE model), refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11- below, replace the ECM/PCM (see page 11-3).
425). Ignition Timing:
● 5-door(except KE model), refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see M/T:8o + 2o BTDC (RED mark (B)) during idling in neutral
page 11-560).
A/T:8o + 2o BTDC (RED mark (B)) during idling in or
3. Short the SCS terminal to ground:
● Using the SCS short connector (Except KY model), refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see step 1on page 19-57).

● Using the DLC terminal box (KY model), refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD (see step 1 on page 19-58).

● Using the Honda PGM Tester (KY model), refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD (see step 1 on page 19-58).

4. Connect the timing light to the No. 1 ignition coil wire.
6. Disconnect the SCS short connector.
Ignition System 4-
Spark Plug Inspection
22
1. Inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator. 3. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the centre electrode is rounded (A).
Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Use only the spark plugs listed below.
● Advanced ignition timing Spark Plugs:
● Loose spark plug Engine Type Spark Plug Type
● Plug heat range too hot
● Insufficient cooling
D14Z6, D16V1 ZFR5J-11 (NGK)
Fouled plug may be caused by: ZFR6J-11 (NGK)
● Retarded ignition timing KJ16CR-L11 (DENSO)

● Oil in combustion chamber KJ20CR-L11 (DENSO)
● Incorrect spark plug gap
● Plug heat range too cold D16V3 BKR5E-11 (NGK)
● Excessive idling/low speed running BKR6E-11 (NGK)
● Clogged air cleaner element K16PR-U11 (DENSO)
● Deteriorated ignition coils K20PR-U11 (DENSO)
4. Apply a small quantity of anti-seize compound to the plug threads and screw the
plugs into the cylinder head finger-tight. Then torque them to 18 Nm (1.8 kgf/m, 13
lbf/ft).
1. Cracked insulator
2. Damaged gasket
3. Worn or deformed electrodes
❍ Improper gap
❍ Oil-fouling
❍ Carbon deposits
❍ Cracked centre electrode insulator
2. Do not adjust the gap of platinum tip plugs (A); replace the spark plug if the gap is
out of specification.
Electrode Gap:
Standard (New):1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 in.)
Engine Mechanical
Engine Assembly
Special Tools 5-2
Engine Removal 5-3
Engine Installation 5-12
Cylinder Head 6-1
Engine Block 7-1
Intake Manifold/Exhaust System 9-1
Engine Cooling 10-1
D14X6, D16V1 and D16V3 engines have been added.
Engine Assembly 5-2

Special Tools

1 07KAK-SJ40101 Engine Tilt Hanger Set 1
Engine Assembly 5-3

Engine Removal
Special Tool Required 5. Remove the battery and battery base.

Engine tilt hanger set 07KAK-SJ40101 6. Remove the battery cables (A) from the fuse box and remove the harness clamps
(B).
NOTE:
● Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
● To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the
connector portion.
● Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
Also, be sure that they do not contact other wiring or hoses, or interfere with other
parts.
● Secure the hood in the wide open position (support rod in the lower hole).
● Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the
● Disconnect the battery negative terminal first, then the positive terminal.
● Remove the intake resonator.
7. Remove the intake air duct (A) and ground cable (B).
Engine Assembly 5-4

8. Remove the clutch slave cylinder (A) and clutch line bracket mounting bolt (B) (M/ 10. Relieve fuel pressure (see page 11-48).
T). 11. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose.
9. Remove the shift cable (A) and select cable (B) (M/T).
Engine Assembly 5-5

12. Remove the brake booster vacuum hose. 13. Remove the passenger's dashboard lower cover (A), refer to the '01 Civic Shop
RHD models: Manual on this CD (see page 20-220).
14. Disconnect the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM)
connectors (B) and main wire harness connector (C).
RHD models:
LHD models:
LHD models:
Engine Assembly 5-6

15. Remove the harness clamps (A) and grommet (B), then pull the engine wire 16. Remove the throttle cable (A) by loosening the locknut (B), then slipping the cable
harness through the bulkhead. end out of the accelerator linkage. Take care not to bend the cable when removing
RHD models: it. Always replace any kinked cable with a new one.
17. Remove the alternator, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-
31).
LHD models:
18. Remove the air conditioning (A/C) hose bracket.
Engine Assembly 5-7

19. Remove the alternator lower bracket (A), then remove the A/C compressor (B) 24. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator, drain the engine coolant, refer to the '01
without disconnecting the A/C hose. Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 10-8).
25. Drain the transmission fluid:
● Manual transmission, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
13-3).
● Automatic transmission, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 14-122).
26. Drain the engine oil (see page 8-3).
27. Disconnect the primary heated oxygen sensor (primary HO2S) connector (A) and
the secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary HO2S) connector (B) (Except
D16V3 engine).
20. Remove the radiator cap.

22. Remove the front tyres/wheels.
23. Remove the splash shield.
28. Remove exhaust pipe A (C).
Engine Assembly 5-8

29. Remove the shift cable covers (A), then remove the shift control cable (B) (A/T). 32. Lower the hoist.
33. Remove the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose (B), lower radiator hose (C)
and heater hose (D).
30. Disconnect the suspension lower arm joints and stabiliser, refer to the '01 Civic
31. Remove the drivehafts, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
16-3). Coat all precision finished surface with clean engine oil. Tie plastic bags
over the driveshaft ends.
Engine Assembly 5-9

34. Remove the heater hose. 35. Remove the ATF cooler hoses, then plug the ATF cooler hoses and lines (A/T).
RHD models:
LHD models:
36. Attach the engine tilt hanger set (commercially available tool for EU models) to
the engine as shown.
Engine Assembly 5-
10
37. Remove the front mount mounting bolt. 39. Remove the transmission mount bracket mounting bolt/nuts.
M/T:
A/T:
38. Remove the side engine mount bracket mounting nuts.
Engine Assembly 5-
11
40. Make sure the hoist brackets are positioned properly. Raise the hoist to full height. 42. Use a marker to make alignment marks on the reference lines (A) that align with
41. Remove the rear mount mounting bolts. the centres of the rear sub-frame mounting bolts (B).
43. Remove the front sub-frame.

44. Check that the engine/transmission is completely free of vacuum hoses, fuel and
coolant hoses and electrical wiring.
45. Slowly lower the engine approximately 150 mm (6 in.). Check once again that all
hoses and wires are disconnected from the engine/transmission.
46. Lower the engine all the way. Remove the chain hoist from the engine.
47. Remove the engine from under the vehicle.
Engine Assembly 5-
Engine Installation
12
1. Install the accessory brackets and tighten their bolts and nuts to the specified torques.
1. REAR STIFFENER
(D14Z6, D16V1 engines M/T)
2. REAR STIFFENER
(D14Z6, D16V1 engines A/T)
3. ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET
4. A/C COMPRESSOR BRACKET
5. STIFFENER
(D16V3 engine)
6. FRONT STIFFENER
(Except D16V3 engine)
Engine Assembly 5-
13
2. Position the engine under the vehicle. Attach the chain hoist to the engine, then lift 4. Tighten the rear mount mounting bolts.
the engine into position in the vehicle.
Reinstall the mounting bolts/support nuts in the sequence given. Failure to follow
this sequence may cause excessive noise and vibration and reduce bushing life.
3. Install the sub-frame (A). Align the reference lines (B) on the sub-frame with the bolt
head centre, then tighten the bolts.
5. Lower the hoist.

6. Tighten the side engine mount bracket mounting nuts.
Engine Assembly 5-
14
7. Tighten the transmission mount bracket mounting bolt/nuts. 8. Tighten the front mount mounting bolt.
M/T:
9. Remove the chain hoist from the engine.

11. Install a new spring clip on the end of each driveshaft, then install the driveshafts.
A/T: Make sure each clip ''clicks'' into place in the differential and intermediate shaft.
12. Connect the suspension lower arm ball joints and stabiliser links, refer to the '01
13. Install the shift control cable (A), then install the shift cable covers (B) (A/T).
Engine Assembly 5-
15
14. Install exhaust pipe A (A); use new gaskets (B) and new self-locking nuts (C). 17. Install the font tyres/wheels.
18. Lower the hoist.
19. Install the ATF cooler hoses (A/T).
15. Connect the primary HO2S connector (D) and the secondary HO2S connector (E)
(Except D16V3 engine).
16. Install the splash shield.
Engine Assembly 5-
16
20. Install the heater hose. 21. Install the upper radiator hose (A), lower radiator hose (B), heater hose (C) and
RHD models: ground cable (D).
LHD models:
Engine Assembly 5-
17
22. Install the A/C compressor (A), then install the alternator lower bracket (B). 24. Loosely install the alternator.
25. Adjust the alternator belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
4-38).
26. Push the ECM/PCM connectors through the bulkhead, then install the grommet
(A).
RHD models:
23. Install the A/C hose bracket.
LHD models:
27. Install the harness clamps (B).
Engine Assembly 5-
18
28. Connect the ECM/PCM connectors (A) and main wire harness connector (B). 30. Install the throttle cable, then adjust the cable, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual
RHD models: on this CD (see page 11-149).
31. Install the brake booster vacuum hose.
RHD models:
LHD models: LHD models:
29. Install the passenger's dashboard lower cover (C), refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (se page 20-220).
Engine Assembly 5-
19
32. Install the EVAP canister hose. 34. Install the clutch slave cylinder (A) and clutch line bracket mounting bolt (B) (M/T).
33. Install the shift cable (A) and shift cable (B) using the plastic washer (C), washer
(D) and new cotter pins (E) (M/T).
35. Install the Battery base.

36. Install the intake air duct (A) and ground cable (B).
Engine Assembly 5-
20
37. Install the battery cable (A) on the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the 39. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, then assemble them
harness clamps (B). and apply grease to prevent corrosion.
40. Move the shift lever to each gear and verify that the A/T gear position indicator,
follows the transmission range switch (A/T).
41. Check that the transmission shifts into gear smoothly (M/T).
line. Repeat this operation two or three times, then check for fuel leakage at any
point in the fuel line.
43. Refill the engine with engine oil (see page 8-3).
44. Refill the transmission with fluid:
● Manual transmission, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
13-3).
● Automatic transmission, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
14-122).
38. Install the intake resonator. 8).
46. Check the wheel alignment, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 18-4).
presets.
Engine Mechanical
Cylinder Head
Special Tools 6-2
VTEC Rocker Arm Test 6-7
Cylinder Head Removal 6-8
Rocker Arms and Shafts Disassembly/Reassembly 6-13
Rocker Arms and Shafts Inspection 6-15
Camshaft Inspection 6-16
Valve Inspection 6-18
Cylinder Head Installation 6-18
NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD, for the items not included in this section.
Cylinder Head 6-2

Special Tools
Ref. No Tool Number Description Qty

1 07LAJ-PR30101 Valve Inspection Set 1
2 07LAJ-PR30201 Air Stopper 1
Cylinder Head 6-
3
1. HEAD COVER GASKET
2. CYLINDER HEAD COVER
3. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
4. TDC SENSOR
5. RUBBER SEAL
6. UPPER COVER
7. LOWER COVER
8. CRANKSHAFT PULLEY BOLT
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual in the CD
9. CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
10. TIMING BELT
Removal, page 6-18
11. AUTO-TENSIONER
12. TIMING BELT DRIVE PULLEY
13. Install with concave surface facing in.
14. CKP SENSOR
15. SIDE ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET
Cylinder Head 6-
4
1. GASKET
2. WATER PASSAGE
3. CYLINDER HEAD BOLT
4. DOWEL PIN
5. O-RING
6. CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
Cylinder Head 6-5

D14Z6 engine:
Overhaul, page 6-13
Inspection, 6-15
2. DOWEL PIN
3. CAMSHAFT
4. VALVE SPRING
5. SEAL
6. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual in
the CD
8. VALVE GUIDE
the CD
9. BACK COVER
10. RUBBER SEAL
11. EXHAUST VALVE
Removal, page 6-42
the CD
the CD
12. INTAKE VALVE
13. CYLINDER HEAD
Removal, page 6-8
the CD
14. VALVE GUIDE
17. VALVE SPRING
18. SPRING RETAINER
19. VALVE KEEPERS
21. O-RING
Cylinder Head 6-6

D16V1, D16V3 engines:

1. ROCKER ARM
ASSEMBLY
Overhaul, page 6-14
2. DOWEL PIN
3. CAMSHAFT
4. INTAKE VALVE SPRING
5. SEAL
6. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual in the CD
8. VALVE GUIDE
Manual in the CD
9. BACK COVER
10. RUBBER SEAL
11. EXHAUST VALVE
Removal, page 6-42
Manual in the CD
Manual in the CD
12. INTAKE VALVE
13. CYLINDER HEAD
Removal, page 6-8
Manual in the CD
14. VALVE GUIDE
17. EXHAUST VALVE SPRING
18. SPRING RETAINER
19. VALVE KEEPERS
FILTER
23. O-RING
25. O-RING
Cylinder Head 6-7

VTEC Rocker Arm Test
Special Tools Required 8. Check that the air pressure on the shop air compressor gauge
● Air Stopper, 07LAJ-PR30201 indicates over 400 kPa (4 kgf/cm2, 57 psi).
● Valve Inspection Set, 07LAJ-PR30101 9. Inspect the valve clearance, refer to the '01 Civic Shop manual on this
D16V1, D16V3 engines: CD (see page 6-14).
1. Remove the resonator (see step 5 on page 6-9). 10. Cover the timing belt with a shop towel to protect the belt.
11. Plug the relief hole with the air stopper.
2. Remove the ignition coil cover, then remove the four ignition coils,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop manual on this CD (see page 4-24).
3. Remove the throttle cable clamps and harness holder from the cylinder
head cover (see step 21 on page 6-11).
5. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC, refer to the '01 Civic Shop manual on this
CD (see step 3 on page 6-18).
6. Verify that the intake secondary rocker arm (A) moves independently
of the intake primary rocker arm (B).
● If the intake secondary rocker arm does not move, remove the
primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly and check that

the pistons in the secondary and primary rocker arms move
smoothly. If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the primary
and secondary rocker arms as an assembly and retest. 12. Remove the sealing bolt (A) from the inspection hole (B) and connect
● If the intake secondary rocker arm moves freely, go to step 7. the valve inspection set.
7. Repeat step 6 on the remaining intake secondary rocker arms with

each piston at TDC. When all the secondary rocker arms pass the test,
go to step 8.


Cylinder Head 6-8 Cylinder Head Removal
VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont'd)
13. Loosen the valve on the regulator and apply the specified air pressure: NOTE:
Specified Air Pressure: ● Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm2, 36 psi) ● To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the
NOTE: If the synchronising piston does not move after applying air pressure, move connector portion.
the primary or secondary rocker arm up and down manually by rotating the ● To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the engine coolant temperature
crankshaft counter-clockwise. drops below 38oC (100oF) before loosening the cylinder head bolts.
14. Move the intake secondary rocker arm (A) for the No. 1 cylinder. The primary ● Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. Also, be sure that they do not
rocker arm (B) and secondary rocker arm should move together. contact other wiring or hoses, or interfere with other parts.
● If the intake primary rocker arm does not move, remove the primary and
secondary rocker arms as an assembly and check that the piston in the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons.
secondary and primary rocker arms move smoothly. If any rocker arm needs 2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
replacing, replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly and 3. Drain the engine coolant, refer to the '01 Civic Shop manual on this CD (see page
retest. 10-8).
4. Remove the throttle cable (A) by loosening the locknut (B), then slipping the cable
end out of the accelerator linkage. Take care not to bend the cable when removing
it. Always replace any kinked cable with a new one.
15. Remove the special tools.

16. After inspection, check that the MIL does not come on.
Cylinder Head 6-9

5. Remove the intake resonator. 7. Remove the brake booster vacuum hose (A) and positive crankcase ventilation
(PCV) hose (B).
6. Disconnect the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector (A) and remove the
breather hose, then remove the air cleaner housing (B).
8. Relieve fuel pressure (see page 11-48).
9. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose.
Cylinder Head 6-
10
10. Remove the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose (B), lower radiator hose (C), 13. Remove the alternator, refer to the '01 Civic Shop manual on this CD (see page 4-
heater hose (D) and water bypass hose (E). 31).
14. Remove the air conditioning (A/C) hose bracket (A) and P/S hose bracket (B).
11. Remove the two bolts securing the connecting pipe, then remove the connecting 15. Remove the engine wire harness connectors and wire harness clamps from the
pipe (B) from the water passage. intake manifold.
● Idle air control (IAC) valve connector
● Throttle position sensor connector
● Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor connector
● Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve connector (D14Z6, D16V1
engines)
● Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor connector
● Radiator fan switch connector
● CKP sensor connector
● TDC sensor connector
● Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) connector (D14Z6, D16V1 engines)
● VTEC solenoid valve connector (D16V1, D16V3 engines)
● VTEC oil pressure switch connector (D16V1 engine)
● Oil pressure sensor connector
12. Remove the water bypass hose (B).
Cylinder Head 6-
11
16. Support the engine with a jack and wood block under the oil pan. 19. Remove the intake manifold.
17. Remove the upper bracket.
20. Remove the four ignition coils.

21. Remove the throttle cable clamps (A) and harness holder (B) from the cylinder
cover.
18. Remove the cover (A), then remove the exhaust manifold (B).
Cylinder Head 6-
12
22. Remove the cylinder head cover. 25. Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent warpage, unscrew the bolts in
sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened.
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS LOOSENING SEQUENCE:
26. Remove the cylinder head.
23. Remove the timing belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop manual on this CD (see page 6-
18).
24. Remove the camshaft pulley (A) and back cover (B).
Cylinder Head 6-
Reassembly
13
NOTE:
● Identify parts as they are removed to ensure reinstallation in original location.
● Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms (see page 6-15).
D14Z6 engine:
1. COLLAR
arm.
3. INTAKE ROCKER ARM B
5. INTAKE ROCKER ARM A
arm.
7. SPRING
8. No.1 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
arm.
12. Letter "B" in stamped on the rocker
arm
13. SPRING
Cylinder Head 6-
Reassembly (cont'd)
14
NOTE:
● Identify parts as they are removed to ensure reinstallation in original location.
● Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms (see page 6-15).

1. RUBBER BAND
3. COLLAR B
4. INTAKE ROCKER ARM
ASSEMBLY
5. COLLAR A
arm.
arm.
11. SPRING
Cylinder Head 6-
Rocker Arms and Shafts Inspection
15
1. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 3. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm and check it for an out-of-round
condition.
Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance:
Standard (New):
Intake:0.017 - 0.050 mm
(0.0007 - 0.0020 in.)
Exhaust:0.018 - 0.054 mm
(0.0007 - 0.0021 in.)
2. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter.
4. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts. If the clearance is over the limit, replace the
rocker shaft and all overtolerance rocker arms. If any VTEC intake rocker arm
needs replacement, replace rocker arms (primary and secondary as a set set).
5. Inspect the synchronising piston (A). Push it manually. If it does not move smoothly,
replace the rocker arm assembly(D16V1, D16V3 engines).
NOTE:
● When reassembling the primary rocker arm (B), carefully apply air pressure to its
oil passage.
● Apply oil to the pistons when reassembling.
Cylinder Head 6-
Camshaft Inspection
16
NOTE: 4. Unscrew the camshaft holder bolts 2 turns at a time, in a criss-cross pattern. Then
● Do not rotate the camshaft during inspection. remove the camshaft holders from the cylinder head.
● Remove the rocker arms and rocker shafts. 5. Lift the camshaft out of the cylinder head, wipe them clean, then inspect the lift
1. Put the camshaft and the camshaft holders on the cylinder head, then tighten the ramps. Replace the camshaft if any lobes are pitted, scored, or excessively worn.
bolts to the specified torque. 6. Clean the camshaft journal surfaces in the cylinder head, then set the camshaft
Specified torque: back in place. Place a plastigage strip across each journal.
7. Install the camshaft holders, then tighten the bolts to the specified torque as shown
8 mm bolts:20 Nm (2.0 kgf/m, 14 lbf/ft)
in step 1.
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. 8. Remove the camshaft holders. Measure the widest portion of plastigage on each
6 mm bolts:12 Nm (1.2 kgf/m, 8.7 lbf/ft) journal.
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. ● If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within limits, go to step 10.
6 mm bolts:(11), (12), (13), (14)
has been replaced, replace the cylinder head.
has not been replaced, go to step 9.

Camshaft-to-Holder Oil Clearance:
(0.0020 - 0.0035 in.)
2. Seat the camshaft by pushing it away from the camshaft pulley end of the cylinder
head.
3. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the camshaft, then push the camshaft
back and forth and read the end play.
Camshaft End Play:
(0.002 - 0.006 in.)
Cylinder Head 6-
Camshaft Inspection (cont'd)
17
9. Check the total runout with the camshaft supported on V-blocks. 10. Measure cam lobe height.
● If the total runout of the camshaft is within the service limit, replace the cylinder Cam Lobe Height Standard (New):
head.
INTAKE EXHAUST
● If the total runout is beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft and recheck
the camshaft-to-holder oil clearance. If the oil clearance is still out of tolerance, D14Z6 engine 34.158 mm 36.488 mm
replace the cylinder head. (1.3448 in.) (1.4365 in.)
Camshaft Total Runout: D16V1, D16V3 engines PRI 38.427 mm 38.784 mm
Standard (New):0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. (1.5129 in.) (1.5269 in.)
Service Limit:0.04 mm (0.002 in.) SEC 32.848 mm
(1.2932 in.)
PRI: PrimarySEC: Secondary
IN: IntakeEX: ExhaustT/B: Timing Belt
Cylinder Head 6-18 Cylinder Head

Installation
Valve Inspection
Measure the valve in these areas. Install the cylinder head in the reverse order of removal:
D14Z6, D16V1 engines: 1. Clean the cylinder head and block surface.
Intake Valve Dimensions 2. Install the cylinder head gasket (A) and dowel pins (B) on
the cylinder block. Always use a new cylinder head gasket.
A Standard (New):29.90 - 30.10 mm
(1.177 - 1.185 in.)
B Standard (New):118.17 - 118.97 mm
(4.652 - 4.684 in.)
C Standard (New):5.480 - 5.490 mm
(0.2157 - 0.2161 in.)
Exhaust Valve Dimensions
(1.020 - 1.028 in.)
(4.549 - 4.581 in.)
(0.2146 - 0.2150 in.)
D16V3 engine:
3. Set the crankshaft to TDC. Align the TDC mark (A) on the
Intake Valve Dimensions timing belt drive pulley with the pointer (B) on the oil pump.
(1.177 - 1.185 in.)
(4.656 - 4.680 in.)
(0.2157 - 0.2161 in.)
Exhaust Valve Dimensions
(1.020 - 1.028 in.)
(4.553 - 4.577 in.)
(0.2146 - 0.2150 in.)


Cylinder Head 6-
19
4. Clean the camshaft pulley and set it to TDC. 6. Apply engine oil to the bolt threads and under the bolt heads of all the cylinder head
1. The ''UP'' mark (A) on the camshaft pulley should be at the top. bolts.
2. Align the TDC marks (B) on the camshaft pulley with the top edge of the head. 7. Tighten the cylinder head bolts sequentially in 3 steps.
1st step torque:20 Nm (2.0 kgf/m, 14 lbf/ft)
2nd step torque:49 Nm (5.0 kgf/m, 36 lbf/ft)
3rd step torque:67 Nm (6.8 kgf/m, 49 lbf/ft)
Use a beam-type torque wrench. When using a preset-type torque wrench, be sure
to tighten slowly and do not overtighten. If a bolt makes any noise while you are
torquing it, loosen the bolt and retighten it from the 1st step.
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS TORQUE SEQUENCE:
5. Install the cylinder head on the block.
Cylinder Head 6-
20
8. Install the timing belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6-22). 13. Install the new exhaust manifold gasket (A) and exhaust manifold (B). Loosely
9. Adjust the valve clearance, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page install the new nuts, then install the cover (C) and loosely install the new bolts.
6-14).
10. Install the cylinder head cover, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 6-55).
11. Install the intake manifold (A) and tighten the bolts/nuts in a crisscross pattern in 2
or 3 steps, beginning with the inner nut. Always use a new intake manifold gasket
(B).
14. Tighten the bolts/nuts in a crisscross pattern in 2 or 3 steps.

15. Install the exhaust pipe with a new gasket (D).
16. Install the A/C hose bracket.
12. Tighten the three bolts (C) securing the intake manifold and brackets.
Cylinder Head 6-
21
17. Loosely install the alternator. 21. Install the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose (B), lower radiator hose (C),
18. Adjust the alternator belt tension, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD heater hose (D) and water bypass hose (E).
(see page 4-38) or the alternator-compressor belt tension, refer to the '01 Civic
19. Install the connecting pipe (A) with new O-ring (B).
22. Install the EVAP canister hose.
20. Install the water bypass hose (C).
Cylinder Head 6-
22
23. Install the brake booster vacuum hose (A) and PCV hose (B). 25. Install the intake resonator.
24. Install the air cleaner housing (A), then connect the IAT sensor connector (B) and
breather hose. 26. Install the cruise control cable, then adjust the cable, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
27. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses and connectors are installed correctly.
28. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, then assemble them
and apply grease to prevent corrosion.
the fuel line.
8).
presets.
Engine Mechanical
Engine Block
Special Tools 7-2
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement 7-5
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement 7-7
Piston Ring Replacement 7-9
Crankshaft Installation 7-11
Engine Block 7-2

Special Tools

(1) 749-0010000 Handle Driver 1
(2) 07948-SB00101 Driver Attachment, 96 mm 1
Engine Block 7-
3
1. DRAIN BOLT
2. WASHER
3. OIL PAN
Installation for Aluminium Oil Pan Type, page 7-24 in
the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
4. FLYWHEEL (M/T)
5. THRUST WASHERS
6. CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL, TRANSMISSION END
7. ENGINE BLOCK END COVER
8. DOWEL PIN
9. CRANKSHAFT
End play, page 7-6 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
Runout, page 7-13 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD
Out-of-Round, page 7-13 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
this CD
Installation, page7-11
10. DOWEL PIN
11. O-RING
12. OIL PUMP
Overhaul, page 8-9 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
13. CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL, PULLEY END
Installation, page 8-9 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
14. KNOCK SENSOR
Replacement, page 7-26 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
15. MAIN BEARINGS
Oil clearance, page 7-5
Selection, page 7-6
16. GASKET
17. OIL SCREEN
18. MAIN BEARING CAP BRIDGE
19. OIL PAN
Installation for Steel Oil Pan Type, page 7-25 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Engine Block 7-
4
1. PISTON RINGS
2. PISTON
Manual on this CD
Measurement, page 7-14 in the '01 Civic
3. PISTON PIN
Manual on this CD
Inspection, page 7-17 in the '01 Civic
4. ENGINE BLOCK
Cylinder bore inspection, page 7-14 in
Warpage inspection, page 7-14 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Cylinder bore honing, page 7-16 in the
'01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Ridge removal, page 7-11 in the '01 Civic
5. CONNECTING ROD BEARINGS
Oil Clearance, page 7-7
Selection, page 7-7
6. CONNECTING ROD BEARING CAP
7. CONNECTING ROD
End play, page 7-6 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Small end measurement, page 7-17 in
Engine Block 7-5

Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement
Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 5. Remove the cap and bearing half, and measure the widest part of the plastigage.
1. To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the main caps and bearing Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance:
halves. D14Z6 engine
2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. Standard (New):
3. Place one strip of plastigauge across each main journal. No. 1, 5:0.018-0.036 mm
NOTE: If the engine is still in the car when you bolt the main cap down to check the
(0.0007-0.0014 in.)
clearance, the weight of the crankshaft and drive plate will flatten the plastigauge
further than just the torque on the cap bolt and give you an incorrect reading. For No. 2, 3, 4:0.020-0.038 mm
an accurate reading, support the crank with a jack under the counterweights, and (0.0009-0.0017 in.)
check only one bearing at a time. Service Limit:0.05 mm
4. Reinstall the bearings and caps, then torque the bolts. Do not rotate the crankshaft. (0.002 in.)
Tightening torque: D16V1, D16V3 engines
D14Z6 engine:44Nm (4.5 kgf/m, 33 lbf/ft) Standard (New):
D16V1, D16V3 engines:51 Nm (5.2 kgf/m, 38 lbf/ft) No. 1, 5:0.018-0.036 mm
(0.0007-0.0014 in.)
No. 2, 3, 4:0.024-0.042 mm
(0.0009-0.0017 in.)
Service Limit:0.05mm
(0.002 in.)
6. If the plastigauge measures too wide or too narrow, (remove the engine if it is still
in the car), remove the crankshaft, and remove the upper half of the bearing. Install
a new, complete bearing with the same colour code and recheck the clearance. Do
not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
7. If the plastigauge shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or
smaller bearing (the colour listed above or below that one) and check again. If the
proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller
bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over.
Engine Block 7-6

Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Main Bearing Selection

Crankshaft Bore Code Location
Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a code for the size of each of
the five main journal bores.
Use them, and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft (codes for main journal size),
to choose the correct bearings. If the codes are indecipherable because of an
accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean
them only with solvent or detergent.
1. No. 1 BORE (PULLEY END)

2. No. 4 BORE (DRIVE PLATE END)
Engine Block 7-7

Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement
Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection 6. If the plastigauge measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the
bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the same colour code and recheck
1. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half.
the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust
2. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel.
clearance.
3. Place a strip of plastigauge across the rod journal.
7. If the plastigauge shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or
4. Reinstall the bearing half and cap, and torque the bolts to 32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/
smaller bearing (the colour listed above or below that one) and check clearance
ft). Do not rotate the crankshaft.
again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or
5. Remove the rod cap and bearing half and measure the widest part of the
smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over.
plastigauge.
Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance:
(0.0009 - 0.0017 in.)
Engine Block 7-8

Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Rod Bearing Selection

Each rod falls into one of four tolerance ranges (from 0 to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in
0.006 mm (0.0002 in.) increments) depending on the size of its big end bore.
It is then stamped with a number (1, 2, 3, or 4), indicating the range.
You may find any combination of 1, 2, 3, or 4 in any engine.
Normal Bore Size:
D14Z6 engine: 43.0 mm (1.69 in.)
D16V1, D16V3 engines: 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)
Inspect the connecting rod for cracks and heat damage.
Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations
Numbers have been stamped on the side of each connecting rod as a code for the
size of the big end. Use them, and the letters stamped on the crank (codes for rod
journal size), to choose the correct bearings. If the codes are indecipherable because
of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper.
Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
1. Half of number is stamped on bearing cap and the other half is stamped on rod.
Engine Block 7-9

Piston Ring Replacement
1. Using a ring expander (A), remove the old piston rings (B). 3. Using a piston, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder bore 15 - 20 mm (0.6 - 0.8 in.)
from the bottom.
2. Clean all ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off broken ring or ring groove
cleaner with a blade to fit the piston grooves.
The top ring groove is 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) wide. The second ring groove is 1.2 mm
(0.05 in.) wide. The oil ring groove is 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) wide (D14Z6, D16V1 4. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler gauge:
engines), 2.8 mm (0.11 in.) wide (D16V1 engine). ● If the gap is too small, check to see if you have the proper rings for your engine.
● If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore diameter against the wear
File down a blade if necessary.
limits, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 7-14).
Do not use a wire brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring grooves deeper If the bore is over the service limit, the cylinder block must be rebored.
with cleaning tools.
Piston Ring End-Gap:
NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the connecting rod, do not install new
Top Ring
rings yet.
(0.006 - 0.012 in.)
Second Ring
(0.012 - 0.018 in.)
Oil Ring
D14Z6, D16V1 engines:
(0.008 - 0.031 in.)
D16V3 engine:
(0.008 - 0.031 in.)
Engine Block 7-
Piston Ring Replacement (cont'd)
10
5. Install the top ring (A) and second ring (B) as shown. The manufacturing marks (C) 6. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they do not bind.
must be facing upward. 7. Position the ring end gaps as shown:
8. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-to-groove clearances:

Top Ring Clearance
(0.0014 - 0.0024 in.)
D16V3 engine:
(0.0012 - 0.0022 in.)
Second Ring Clearance
(0.0012 - 0.0022 in.)
Engine Block 7-
Crankshaft Installation
11
Special Tools Required 10. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigauge (see page 7-5).
● Handle Driver, 07749-0010000 11. Install the bearing cap bridge. Coat the bolt threads with engine oil.
● Driver Attachment, 96 mm, 07948-SB00101 12. Torque the cylinder head bolts sequentially in 2 steps.
1. Apply engine oil to the main bearings and rod bearings. 1st step torque:25 Nm (2.5 kgf/m, 18 lbf/ft)
2. Install the bearing halves in the cylinder block and connecting rods. 2nd step torque:
3. Hold the crankshaft so rod journal No. 2 and rod journal No. 3 are straight up and D14Z6 engine:44 Nm (4.5 kgf/m, 33 lbf/ft)
lower the crankshaft into the block.
4. Install the thrust washers (A) on both edges of the No. 4 main bearing recess.
51 Nm (5.2 kgf/m, 38 lbf/ft)
NOTE: Whenever any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is replaced, it is
necessary after reassembly to run the engine at idling speed until it reaches normal
operating temperature, then continue to run it for approximately 15 minutes.
BEARING CAP BOLTS TIGHTENING SEQUENCE:
5. Apply engine oil to the threads of the connecting rod bolts.

6. Seat the rod journals into connecting rod No. 1 and connecting rod No. 4. Install the
caps and nuts finger tight. Install the cap so the bearing recess is on the same side
as the recess in the rod.
7. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise and seat the journals into connecting rod No. 2 and
connecting rod No. 3. Install the connecting rod cap and bolts finger tight.
8. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigauge (see page 7-7).
9. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft).
Engine Block 7-
12
13. The seal mating surface on the engine block end cover should be dry. Apply a light 16. Clean and dry the engine block end cover mating surfaces.
coat of grease to the crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. 17. Apply liquid gasket, part No. 08C70-K0234M, 08C70-K0334M or 08C70-X0331S,
14. Drive the crankshaft oil seal squarely into the engine block end cover. evenly to the block mating surface of the engine block end cover and to the inner
threads of the bolt holes. Install the dowel pins (A), and the engine block end cover
(B) on the cylinder block.
NOTE: Do not install the parts if 5 minutes or more have elapsed since applying the
liquid gasket. Instead, reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue.
15. Confirm that the clearance is equal all the way around with a feeler gauge.
Clearance: 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.02 - 0.03 in.)
18. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil.
Engine Block 7-
13
19. Clean and dry the oil pump mating surfaces.
20. Install the oil pump (A).
1. Install a new crankshaft oil seal in the oil pump, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see step 12 on page 8-11).
2. Apply liquid gasket, part No. 08C70-K0234M, 08C70-K0334M or 08C70-
X0331S, evenly to the block mating surface of the oil pump and to the inner
threads of the bolt holes.
3. Grease the lip of the oil seal and apply oil to the new O-ring (B).
4. Install the dowel pins (C), then align the inner rotor with the crankshaft and install
the oil pump.
5. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft and check the seal for distortion.
21. Install the oil screen (D) with a new gasket (E).
22. Install the oil pan, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 7-24).
Engine Mechanical
Engine Lubrication
Engine Oil Replacement 8-3
Engine Lubrication 8-
2
1. DOWEL PIN
2. O-RING
3. OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Circuit Diagram, page 22-88
Switch Test, page 8-4
Oil Pressure Test, page 8-4
4. OIL FILTER
5. OIL/AIR SEPARATOR
6. BREATHING PORT COVER
7. WASHER
8. DRAIN BOLT
Engine Oil Replacement, page 8-3
9. OIL PAN
10. OIL PAN
Installation, for Steel Type, page 7-25
11. BAFFLE PLATE
12. OIL SCREEN
13. GASKET
14. OIL PUMP
Overhaul, page 8-9

Engine Oil Replacement
1. Warm up the engine. 4. Refill with the recommended oil (see page 3-2).
2. Remove the drain bolt (A) and drain the engine oil. Capacity
D14Z6, D16V1 engines: D14Z6, D16V1 engines:
3.3 l (3.5 US qt, 2.9 Imp qt) at oil change.
including filter
D16V3 engine:
including filter
5. Run the engine for more than 3 minutes then check for oil leakage.
D16V3 engine:
3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B).
Engine Mechanical
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

Exhaust Manifold Removal and Installation 9-2
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement 9-3
NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD for, items not shown in this section.
D14Z6, D16V1 and D16V3 engines have been added

Exhaust Manifold Removal and Installation
NOTE: Use a new gasket when reassembling.

1. COVER
2. GASKET
Replace.
3. EXHAUST MANIFOLD
4. 8 x 1.25 mm
31 Nm (3.2 kgf/m, 23 lbf/ft)
Replace.
5. 8 x 1.25 mm
24 Nm (2.4 kgf/m, 17 lbf/ft)
6. 8 x 1.25 mm
31 Nm (3.2 kgf/m, 23 lbf/ft)
Replace.

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement

1. GASKET
Replace.
2. MUFFLER
3. 8 x 1.25 mm
22 Nm (2.2 kgf/m, 16 lbf/ft)
Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps, alternating side-to-
side.
4. HEAT SHIELD
5. 6 x 1.0 mm
98 Nm (1.0 kgf/m, 7.2 lbf/ft)
6. EXHAUST PIPE B
7. GASKET
Replace.
8. THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER
9. PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(PRIMARY HO2S)
44 Nm (4.5 kgf/m, 33 lbf/ft)
7. 8 x 1.25 mm
22 Nm (2.2 kgf/m, 16 lbf/ft)
Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps, alternating side-to-
side
8. EXHAUST PIPE A
9. GASKET
Replace.
(SECONDARY HO2S)
44 Nm (4.5 kgf/m, 33 lbf/ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
33 Nm (3.4 kgf/m, 25 lbf/ft)
Replace.


P1108 - 13-2 (13) - Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-393)
P1259*1 - 22-4 (22)*1 - VTEC System Malfunction*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-394)
P1324 - 23-2 (23) - Knock Sensor Power Source Circuit Low Voltage Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-387)
P1361 - 8-2 (8) - Top Dead Centre (TDC) Sensor Intermittent Interruption Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-398)
P1362 - 8-1 (8) - Top Dead Centre (TDC) Sensor No Signal Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-398)
P1491 P1491 12-3 T12-3 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Insufficient Lift Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-454)
P1498 - 12-2 (12) - Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Position Sensor Circuit High Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-458)
P1519 - 14-3 (14) - Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Circuit Malfunction Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
11-417)
P1607 - 0-2 - Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Internal Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Circuit Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-399)
Transmission DTC
*: These DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the MIL when SCS short connector is connected.
**: The D indicator light and the MIL may come on simultaneously.
*1: D16W7, D16V1 engines
*2: A/T

System Descriptions


10
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_/...onda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CLHtml/11-10.htm7/7/2011 8:53:29 PM

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18
1. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS
2. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS
*1: A/T
*2: D16V1, D16W7 engines

19
NOTE ● Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side

20

21

22
HARNESS

23

24
HARNESS

25

26
NOTE ● Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal
side
side
PGM-FI System 11-

27
Troubleshooting, page 11-361 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
6. KNOCK SENSOR
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
8. PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY
HO2S) (SENSOR 1)
Manual on this CD
on this CD
(SECONDARY HO2S) (SENSOR 2)
Manual on this CD
on this CD
PGM-FI System 11-

28
1. INJECTORS
on this CD
PGM-FI System 11-

29
General Troubleshooting Information, page 11-2
3. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE/POWERTRAIN
CONTROL MODULE (ECM/PCM)
Troubleshooting, page 11-399 in the '01 Civic
4. INERTIA SWITCH
PGM-FI System 11-

DTC Troubleshooting
30
DTC P0563: ECM/PCM Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage 8. Remove the glove box.
1. Reset the ECM/PCM, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11- 9. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A).
312).
3. Wait 5 seconds.
Is DTC P0563 indicated?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or
loose wires at the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay
box and at the ECM/PCM.
7. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)
Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage? Is there continuity?
YES - Go to step 11. YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E7) and the PGM-FI main
relay 1.
NO - Go to step 8.
NO - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 1.
11. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
PGM-FI System 11-

31
12. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. 15. Remove the glove box.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) 16. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A).

17. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A3 and
YES - Go to step 13. A2 individually.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)
original ECM/PCM.
A2 individually.

YES - Repair short to power in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A2, A3) and the
PGM-FI main relay 1.
NO - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 1.
original ECM/PCM.
PGM-FI System 11-

32
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and watch the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). 6. Disconnect the inertia switch 3P connector.
Does the MIL come on and stay on? 7. Connect the inertia switch 3P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with a jumper
YES - If the MIL always comes on and stays on, go to step 68. But if the MIL wire.
sometimes works normally, first check for these problems. INERTIA SWITCH 3P CONNECTOR
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E29) and the Data Link
Connector (DLC).
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E31) and the gauge
assembly.
NO - If the MIL is always off, go to step 2. But if the MIL sometimes works normally,
first check for these problems.
● A loose No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Wire side of female terminals
Does the MIL come on for 2 seconds after the ignition switch is
● A loose No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
turned ON (II)?
● A poor connection at ECM/PCM terminal E31.
● An intermittent open in the GRN/ORN wire between the ECM/PCM (E31) and the
YES - Replace the inertia switch.
gauge assembly. NO - Go to step 9.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A21) and the manifold 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A20) and the throttle Is the low oil pressure light on?
position sensor.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A8) and the knock
NO - Go to step 11.
sensor. 11. Inspect the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is the fuse OK?
3. Press the inertia switch button. YES - Go to step 12.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NO - Repair short in the wire between No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse and the gauge
Does the MIL come on for 2 seconds after the ignition switch is assembly. Also replace the No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse.
turned ON (II)?
YES - Intermittent failure system is OK at this time.
NO - Go to step 5.
PGM-FI System 11-

33
12. Inspect the No. 20 IG1 (40A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Is the fuse OK? 18. Inspect the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
YES - Repair open in the wire between the No. 20 IG (40A) fuse and the gauge Is the fuse OK?
assembly. If the wires are OK, test the ignition switch, refer to the '01 Civic Shop YES - Go to step 25.
Manual on this CD (see page 22-83). NO - Go to step 19.
NO - Repair short in the wire between No. 20 IG (40A) fuse and the under-dash 19. Remove the blown No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay
fuse/relay box. Also replace the No. 20 IG (40A) fuse. box.
13. Try to start the engine. 20. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (A).
NO - Go to step 17.
15. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal E31 and body ground with a jumper wire.
21. Check for continuity between body ground and the PGM-FI main relay 14P
connector terminals No. 2 and No. 4 individually.

Is the MIL on?
original ECM/PCM.
the gauge assembly.

YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse and
NO - Go to step 22.
PGM-FI System 11-

34
22. Disconnect each of the components or the connectors below, one at a time and 24. Check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 2
check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
and body ground.

(15A) fuse.
Wire side of female terminals 25. Inspect the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is there continuity? Is the fuse OK?
YES - Go to step 23. YES - Go to step 37.
NO - Replace the component that made continuity to body ground go away when NO - Go to step 26.
disconnected. If the item is the ECM/PCM, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and 26. Remove the blown No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-313). If 27. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
Also replace the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15 A) fuse.
23. Disconnect the connectors of all these components.
● Injectors
● Top dead centre (TDC) sensor
PGM-FI System 11-

35
28. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E9 and body ground. 30. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E9 and body ground.

Is there continuity? Is there continuity?
YES - Go to step 29. YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse and the
NO - Replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (E9), or the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PGM-FI main relay
ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11- 2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
313). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Go to step 31.
29. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A). 31. Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 20-237).
32. Remove the access panel from the floor.
33. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector.
PGM-FI System 11-

36
34. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body 36. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body
ground. ground.
FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR

YES - Repair short in the wire between the fuel pump and the PGM-FI main relay YES - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP
2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse. (15A) fuse.
NO - Go to step 35. NO - Check the fuel pump and replace it as necessary. Also replace the No. 17
35. Reinstall the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A). FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
39. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals E9 and body ground.

ECM/PCM (E9).
PGM-FI System 11-

37

NO - Go to step 42.


YES - Test the PGM-FI main relay 1, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 22-80). If the relay is OK, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and
recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-313). If
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
(E7).
PGM-FI System 11-

38
45. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 51. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 2
46. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). and body ground.
A3 individually.

NO - Go to step 48.
49. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A). Wire side of female terminals
NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse and

(A2, A3).
PGM-FI System 11-

39
A23 and A24 individually. 57. Disconnect the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor 3P connector.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) 58. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

Is there less than 1.0 V? Is there about 5 V?
YES - Repair open in the wire (s) between that had more than 1.0 V between YES - Replace the MAP sensor.
G101 and the ECM/PCM (A4, A5, A23, A24). NO - Go to step 60.
NO - Go to step 55. 60. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
55. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A21. 61. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P).

Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 56.
PGM-FI System 11-

40
● Knock sensor

original ECM/PCM.
63. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A20. Wire side of female terminals
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) Is there about 5 V?
YES - Replace the sensor that restored about 5 V when disconnected.
NO - Go to step 66.
67. Disconnect the 3P connectors from the following sensors.
● Knock sensor

Is there about 5 V?
YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-313). If symptom/indication goes away,
replace the original ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 64.
PGM-FI System 11-

41
69. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A20 and body ground. 75. Check for continuity between body ground and data link connector (DLC) terminal
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) No. 7.

YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A20) and the EGR valve Terminal side of female terminals
position sensor, knock sensor or TP sensor, or repair short in the wire between the Is there continuity?
ECM/PCM (A8) and the knock sensor. YES - Repair short in the wire between the DLC and the ECM/PCM (E23). After
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop repairing it, check the DTC with the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester and go to the DTC
Manual (see page 11-313). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original Troubleshooting Index.
ECM/PCM. NO - Go to step 76.
70. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 76. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E23 and DLC terminal
71. Connect a scan tool/Honda PGM Tester, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual (see No. 7.
page 11-311). DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
72. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and read the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester.
Does the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester communicate with the ECM/
PCM?
NO - Go to step 73.

NO - Repair open in the wire between the DLC and the ECM/PCM (E23). After
PGM-FI System 11-

42
77. Check the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester for DTCs. 83. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E29 and body ground.
Are any DTCs indicated? ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)
NO - Go to step 78.
80. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E29 and body ground.

YES - Repair short in the wire between the service check connector and the ECM/
PCM (E29).
original ECM/PCM.
Is the MIL on?
Wire side of female terminals (E31). If the wires are OK, replace the gauge assembly.
Is there about 5 V (or battery voltage)? NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
YES - Go to step 84. original ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 81.

Idle Speed Inspection
43
NOTE: 5. Start the engine.Check the idle speed with no-load conditions: headlights, blower
● Leave the Idle Air Control (IAC) valve connected. fan, rear defogger, radiator fan, and air conditioner are not operating.
● Before checking the idle speed, check these items: Idle speed should be (KG model):
● The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) has not been reported on.
M/T 650+50 rpm (min-1)
● Ignition timing
● Spark plugs A/T 650+50 rpm (min-1)

● Air cleaner (in Park or neutral)
● PCV system
NOTE:ECM/PCM might control to raise the idle speed 750 rpm (min-1) in case of the
1. Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge valve 2P connector. battery performance,etc. In this case, idle speed is OK.Go to step 6.
2. Connect a tachometer (A) to the test tachometer connector (B). 6. Idle the engine for 1 minute with heater fan switch on HI and air conditioner on, then
check the idle speed.
Idle speed should be:

M/T 750+50 rpm (min-1)
A/T 750+50 rpm (min-1)
NOTE: If the idle speed in not within specification, see Symptom Chart.
7. Reconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector.
3. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm (min-1) with no load (in Park or
neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle.

44
1. FUEL PUMP
Manual on this CD
FUEL FILTER
Manual on this CD
CD
Manual on this CD
2. FUEL FILL CAP
3. FUEL TANK
Manual on this CD
Precautions, page 11-434 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
this CD
on this CD
7. FUEL VAPOUR PIPE
8. FUEL FEED PIPE
9. FUEL RAIL

Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting
45
If you suspect a problem with the fuel pump, check that the fuel pump actually runs; 5. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 2 4P connector terminal No. 1 and
when it is ON, you will hear some noise if you listen to the fuel fill port with the fuel fill body ground.
cap removed. The fuel pump should run for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is first
turned on. If the fuel pump does not make noise, check as follows:
2. Remove the glove box, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 20-
220), then remove the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A).

4. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 2 4P connector terminal No. 4 and YES - Go to step 6.
body ground. NO - Repair open in the wire between the under dash fuse/relay box and PGM-FI
main relay 2.

YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI main relay 1 and the PGM-FI
main relay 2. Wire side of female terminals
YES - Go to step 9.
(E1).

Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
46
9. Reinstall the PGM-FI main relay 2. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 16. Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
11. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E1 and body ground. page 20-237).
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) 17. Remove the access panel from the floor.
18. Measure voltage between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body
ground within the first 2 seconds after the ignition switch was turned ON (II).

NO - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 2. Is there battery voltage?
14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector NO - Go to step 19.
terminal E1 and body ground within the first 2 seconds after the ignition switch was 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
turned ON (II). 20. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 2.

NO - Go to step 15.

47
21. Connect the PGM-FI main relay 2 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a 25. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 4 and body
jumper wire. ground.

YES - Replace the fuel pump.
Wire side of female terminals NO - Repair open in the wire between the fuel pump 5P connector and G551.

NO - Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI main relay 2 and the fuel pump
5P connector.

Fuel Pressure Relieving
48
Before disconnecting fuel pipes or hoses, relieve pressure from the system by 10. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A).
disconnecting the fuel tube/quick connect fitting in the engine compartment.
220), then remove the PGM-Fl main relay 2 (A).
11. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand and
squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking
pawls (D). Pull the connector off.
NOTE:
● Prevent the remaining fuel in the fuel feed pipe or hose from flowing out with a
rag or shop towel.
● Be careful not to damage the pipe (E) or other parts.
Do not use tools.
4. Start the engine and let it idle until it stalls.
●
If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down and
NOTE: The DTCs or Temporary DTCs P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 may come on
●
alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily.
during this procedure. If any DTCs are stored, ignore them.
● Do not remove the retainer from the pipe; once removed, the retainer must be
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. replaced with a new one.
6. Remove the fuel fill cap and relieve fuel pressure in the fuel tank.
7. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery.
8. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A).
12. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage, refer to the
'01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see step 4 on page 11-435).
9. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt and clean if necessary.
KY model
KY model

General Troubleshooting Information 11-50
DTC Troubleshooting Index 11-53
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting 11-75
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 11-77
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting 11-90
Fuel Pressure Relieving 11-48
Refer to the 2001 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD, for items not shown in this section.
KY model has been added.

General Troubleshooting Information
50
Intermittent Failures 2. If the MIL stays on, jump the SCS line
The term ''intermittent failure'' means a system may have had a failure, but it checks OK 1. Connect the DLC terminal box to the 16P Data Link Connector (DLC) (A) located
now. If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on the dash does not come on, check for under the driver's side of the dashboard.
poor connections or loose wires at all connectors related to the circuit that you are 2. Connect the DLC terminal box terminals No. 4 and No. 9 with a jumper wire (B),
troubleshooting. then push the switch (C).
Opens and Shorts
''Open'' and ''Short'' are common electrical terms. An open is a break in a wire or at a
connection. A short is an accidental connection of a wire to ground or to another wire. In
simple electronics, this usually means something will not work at all. In complex
electronics (like ECM's/PCM's) this can sometimes mean something works, but not the
way it is supposed to.
How to Troubleshoot
Special Tools Required
DLC terminal box 07WAJ-0010100
If the MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) has come on
1. Start the engine and check the MIL.
3. Check the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and note it. Refer to the DTC
Troubleshooting Index and begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
If the MIL did not come on
If the MIL did not come on but there is a driveability problem, refer to the Symptom
Troubleshooting Index in this section.
If you cannot duplicate the DTC
Some of the troubleshooting in this section requires you to reset the Engine Control
Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and try to duplicate the DTC. If the
problem is intermittent and you cannot duplicate the code, do not continue through the
procedure. To do so will only result in confusion and possibly, a needlessly replaced
ECM/PCM.

General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)
51
How to Reset the ECM/PCM How to Remove the ECM/PCM for Testing
Turn the ignition switch OFF and remove the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse (A) If the inspection for a trouble code requires voltage or resistance checks at the ECM/
from the under-hood fuse/relay box (B) for 10 seconds. PCM connectors, remove the ECM/PCM and test it:
1. Remove the passenger's dashboard lower cover, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD (see page 20-220), the passenger's kick panel, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 20-206) and the glove box, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
2. Remove the ECM/PCM mounting bolt (A) and the bracket.
How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required

after any troubleshooting)
1. Reset the ECM/PCM as described above. 3. Remove the ECM/PCM.
3. Disconnect the DLC terminal box from the DLC (16P).
NOTE: The ECM/PCM is part of the immobiliser system (with TWC model). If you
replace the ECM/PCM, it will have a different immobiliser code. In order for the
engine to start, you must rewrite the immobiliser code with the Honda PGM Tester.

General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)
52
How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the ECM/PCM How to Substitute the ECM/PCM (with immobiliser model)
1. Gently slide the sharp tester probe (A) into the connector from wire side until it 1. Remove the ECM/PCM from the vehicle.
touches the end of the wire terminal. 2. Install a known-good ECM/PCM in the vehicle.
3. Rewrite the immobiliser code with the ECM/PCM replacement procedure on the
Honda PGM Tester. It allows you to start the engine.
4. After completing your tests, reinstall the original ECM/PCM and rewrite the
immobiliser code with the ECM/PCM replacement procedure on the Honda PGM
Tester again.
2. If you cannot get to the wire side of the connector or the wire side is sealed (A),
disconnect the connector and probe the terminals (B) from the terminal side. Do not
force the probe into the connector.
Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent
electrical connections.

53
DTC Detection Item Page
(MIL indication)
0 MIL does not come on or does not go off, no DTC stored Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD (see page 11-540)
1 Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary HO2S, Sensor 1)*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
3 Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
4 Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
6 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
7 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
8 Top Dead Centre Position (TDC) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
10 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
11 Idle Mixture Adjuster (IMA)*2 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
12 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Lift Sensor*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
13 Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
14 Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
17 Vehicle Speed Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
21 VTEC System Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
23 Knock Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
34 Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage (see page 11-75)
39 Serial Communication Link Malfunction Refer to the Multiplex Control System
Troubleshooting, refer to the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 22-
273)
41 Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary HO2S) Heater*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
63 Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S)*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
65 Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) Heater*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
70 Automatic Transaxle*3 Refer to the Automatic Transmission
*1: with TWC model

*2: without TWC model
*3: A/T

System Descriptions
54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64
HARNESS
*1: A/T

65

66

67

68
HARNESS

69

70
HARNESS

71
PGM-FI System 11-

72
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
6. KNOCK SENSOR
Manual on this CD
Manual on this CD
PGM-FI System 11-

73
1. INJECTORS
CD
on this CD
PGM-FI System 11-

74
3. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE/POWERTRAIN
CONTROL MODULE (ECM/PCM)
4. IDLE MIXTURE ADJUSTER (IMA)
Troubleshooting, page 11-524 in the '01 Civic
PGM-FI System 11-

DTC Troubleshooting
75
DTC 34: ECM/PCM Power Source Circuit Unexpected 8. Remove the glove box.
Voltage 9. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A).
1. Reset the ECM/PCM, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
468).
3. Wait 5 seconds.
Is the MIL on and does it indicated DTC 34?
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or
loose wires at the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay
box and at the ECM/PCM.
6. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground.
7. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity?
Is there battery voltage? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E7) and the PGM-FI main
YES - Go to step 11. relay 1.
NO - Go to step 8. NO - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 1.
PGM-FI System 11-

76
12. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. 15. Remove the glove box.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) 16. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A).

NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If symptom/indication goes 17. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A3 and
away, replace the original ECM/PCM. A2 individually.
A2 individually.

YES - Repair short to power in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A2, A3) and the
Wire side of female terminals PGM-FI main relay 1.
Is there battery voltage? NO - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 1.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If symptom/indication goes
PGM-FI System 11-

77
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and watch the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Does the MIL come on and stay on? 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
YES - If the MIL always comes on and stays on, go to step 70. But if the MIL Is the low oil pressure light on?
sometimes works normally, first check for these problems. YES - Go to step 6.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E29) and the Data Link NO - Go to step 4.
Connector (DLC). 4. Inspect the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E31) and the gauge Is the fuse OK?
assembly.
YES - Go to step 5.
NO - If the MIL is always off, go to step 2. But if the MIL sometimes works
normally, first check for these problems. NO - Repair short in the wire between No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse and the gauge
assembly. Also replace the No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse.
● A loose No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.

5. Inspect the No. 20 IG1 (40A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
● A loose No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. YES - Repair open in the wire between the No. 20 IG (40A) fuse and the gauge
● A poor connection at ECM/PCM terminal E31. assembly. If the wires are OK, test the ignition switch, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
● An intermittent open in the GRN/ORN wire between the ECM/PCM (E31) and the Manual on this CD (see page 22-83).
gauge assembly. NO - Repair short in the wire between No. 20 IG (40A) fuse and the under-dash
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A21) and the manifold
fuse/relay box. Also replace the No. 20 IG (40A) fuse.
absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.
6. Try to start the engine.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A20) and the throttle
position sensor. YES - Go to step 7.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A8) and the knock NO - Go to step 10.
sensor. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
● An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E5) and the idle mixture
adjuster (IMA) (without TWC).
PGM-FI System 11-

78
8. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal E31 and body ground with a jumper wire. 13. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A).

9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Check for continuity between body ground and the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P
Is the MIL on? connector terminals No. 2 and No. 4 individually.
YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If symptom/indication
goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
the gauge assembly.
11. Inspect the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
NO - Go to step 12.
12. Remove the blown No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay
box.

YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse and
NO - Go to step 15.
PGM-FI System 11-

79
15. Disconnect each of the components or the connectors below, one at a time and 17. Check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 2
check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
and body ground.

Wire side of female terminals (15A) fuse.
Is there continuity? 18. Inspect the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
NO - Replace the item that made continuity to body ground go away when YES - Go to step 30.
disconnected. If the item is the ECM/PCM, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and NO - Go to step 19.
recheck. If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM. 19. Remove the blown No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
Also replace the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15 A) fuse. 20. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
16. Disconnect the connectors of all following items.
● Injectors
● Top dead centre (TDC) sensor
PGM-FI System 11-

80
21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E9 and body ground. 23. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E9 and body ground.

YES - Go to step 22. YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse and
NO - Replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and substitute a known-good the ECM/PCM (E9), or the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PGM-FI main
ECM/PCM and recheck. If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/ relay 2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
PCM. NO - Go to step 24.
22. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A). 24. Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 20-237).
25. Remove the access panel from the floor.
26. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector.
PGM-FI System 11-

81
27. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body 29. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body
ground. ground.
FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR

YES - Repair short in the wire between the fuel pump and the PGM-FI main relay YES - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP
2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse. (15A) fuse.
NO - Go to step 28. NO - Check the fuel pump and replace it as necessary. Also replace the No. 17
28. Reinstall the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A). FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
32. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals E9 and body ground.

ECM/PCM (E9).
PGM-FI System 11-

82

NO - Go to step 35.

YES - Test the PGM-FI main relay 1, refer to the '01 Civic Shop manual on this
CD (see page 22-80). If the relay is OK, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and
recheck. If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
(E7).
PGM-FI System 11-

83
38. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 44. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 2
39. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). and body ground.
A3 individually.

NO - Go to step 41. Wire side of female terminals
41. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is there battery voltage?
42. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A). YES - Go to step 45.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse and

(A2, A3).
PGM-FI System 11-

84
A23 and A24 individually. 50. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector one at a time and measure voltage
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A21 with the ignition switch
ON (II).

Is there about 5 V?
YES - Repair open in the wire (s) that had more than 1.0 V between G101 and
ECM/PCM (A4, A5, A23, A24). YES - Replace the MAP sensor.
NO - Go to step 48. NO - Go to step 51.
48. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A21. 51. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) 52. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector.

Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 49.
PGM-FI System 11-

85
● Knock sensor


55. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A20. Wire side of female terminals
Is there about 5 V?
YES - Replace the sensor that restored about 5 V when disconnected.
NO - Go to step 58.
59. Disconnect the 3P connector from the following sensors.
● Knock sensor

Wire side of female terminals 60. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P).
Is there about 5 V?
NO - Go to step 56.
PGM-FI System 11-

86
61. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A20 and body ground. 62. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals E5.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Is there about 5 V?
Wire side of female terminals YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If the symptom/indication
Is there continuity? goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A20) and the EGR valve NO - Go to step 63.
position sensor, knock sensor or TP sensor, or repair short in the wire between ECM/ 63. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
PCM (A8) and the knock sensor. 64. Disconnect the idle mixture adjuster (IMA) sensor 3P connector.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If symptom/indication goes 65. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
PGM-FI System 11-

87
66. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal E5. 70. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) 71. Jump the SCS line (see step 2 on page 11-50).
72. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and read the MIL.
Are any DTCs indicated?
NO - Go to step 73.
73. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E29 and body ground.
Wire side of female terminals ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)
Is there about 5 V?
YES - Replace the IMA.
NO - Go to step 67.

Is there about 5 V (or battery voltage)?
YES - Repair open in the wire between the DLC and the ECM/PCM (E3, E29).
After repairing it, check the DTC and go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index.
Wire side of female terminals NO - Go to step 74.
Is there continuity? 74. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
75. Disconnect the DLC Terminal Box.
YES - Repair short in the wire between ECM/PCM (E5) and the IMA.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If the symptom/indication
PGM-FI System 11-

88
77. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E29 and body ground. 80. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E29 and body ground.

Is there about 5 V (or battery voltage)? Is there continuity?
YES - Go to step 81. YES - Repair short in the wire between the DLC and the ECM/PCM (E29).
NO - Go to step 78. NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If symptom/indication goes
78. Turn the ignition switch OFF. away, replace the original ECM/PCM.
79. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 81. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Is the MIL on?
(E31). If the wires are OK, replace the gauge assembly.

89
1. FUEL PUMP
Manual on this CD
CD
Manual on this CD
2. FUEL FILL CAP
3. FUEL FILTER
Manual on this CD
4. FUEL TANK
Manual on this CD
Precautions, page 11-567 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
this CD
on this CD
6. FUEL VAPOUR PIPE
7. FUEL FEED PIPE
8. FUEL RAIL

Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting
90
If you suspect a problem with the fuel pump, check that the fuel pump actually runs; 5. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 2 4P connector terminal No. 1 and
when it is ON, you will hear some noise if you listen to the fuel fill port with the fuel fill body ground.
cap removed. The fuel pump should run for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is first
turned on. If the fuel pump does not make noise, check as follows:
NOTE: Information marked with an asterisk (*) applies to with TWC model.
220), then remove the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A).

YES - Go to step 6.
4. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 2 4P connector terminal No. 4 and NO - Repair open in the wire between the under dash fuse/relay box and PGM-FI
body ground. main relay 2.
and ECM/PCM connector terminal E10 (E1)*.

YES - Go to step 5.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI main relay 1 and the PGM-FI
main relay 2. Is there continuity?
YES - Go to step 9.
(E10, E1*).

91
9. Reinstall the PGM-FI main relay 2. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 16. Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
11. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E10 (E1*) and body page 20-237).
ground. 17. Remove the access panel from the floor.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) 18. Measure voltage between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body

NO - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 2. Is there battery voltage?
13. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). NO - Go to step 19.
14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
terminal E10 (E1*) and body ground within the first 2 seconds after the ignition 20. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 2.
switch was turned ON (II).

YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If symptom/indication
NO - Go to step 15.

92
21. Connect the PGM-FI main relay 2 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a 25. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 4 and body
jumper wire. ground.

YES - Replace the fuel pump.
Wire side of female terminals NO - Repair open in the wire between the fuel pump 5P connector and G551.

NO - Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI main relay 2 and the fuel pump
5P connector.
Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions
Transaxle
Automatic 14-1
Transmission
Driveline/Axle 16-1
Symptom Troubleshooting Index 14-2
System Description 14-16
Interlock System
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting 14-66
Reverse Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting 14-72
Road Test 14-75
Stall Speed Test 14-77
D3 Switch Replacement 14-78
Shift Lever Removal 14-79
Shift Lever Installation 14-80
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly 14-82
Shift Cable Replacement 14-83
Shift Cable Adjustment 14-86
A/T Gear Position Indicator

A/T Interlock System

Interlock Control Unit Input Test 14-91
Shift Lock Solenoid Test 14-92
Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement 14-93
Valve Body
Servo Body
Disassembly, Inspection and Reassembly 14-94
Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual (P/N 62S5A00A on this CD) for the 7-position transmission on the 5-door model service procedures and information not included in this
supplement.
Civic 5-door model of made-in-England (Honda of U.K. Manufacturing) has been added; equipped with the 7-position transmission.

Symptom Troubleshooting Index
These symptoms DO NOT trigger Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) or cause the indicator light to blink. If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) was reported ON or the
indicator light has been blinking, check for DTCs. But if the vehicle has one of the symptoms in the following chart, check the probable cause(s) for it, in the sequence listed, until you
find the problem.
Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes
When you turn the ignition switch 1. Communication line between multiplex Check that the MIL indicates code for communication line between the
ON (II), the indicator light control unit and gauge assembly multiplex control unit and the gauge assembly, refer to the'01 Civic Shop
comes on and stays on or never defective Manual on this CD (see page 22-273). If the MIL does not indicate code,
comes on at all 2. Blown indicator light bulb replace the indicator light bulb, refer to the'01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 22-87).
, or indicator
light does not indicate while the
shift lever is in that position
Shift lever cannot be moved from A problem in the shift lock system (interlock system) Check the interlock system-shift lock system circuit:
position while you are KE, KG, KE and KY models, refer to the'01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
pushing on the brake pedal (see page 14-101).
KS model (see page 14-72).
Ignition key cannot be moved A problem in the key interlock system (interlock Check the interlock system-key interlock system circuit, refer to the'01
from ACC (I) position to LOCK system) Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 14-105).
(0) position when you are
pushing it with the shift lever in
position
Shift lever cannot pass through A problem in the reverse lock system of interlock Check the interlock system-reverse lock system circuit
position from system KE, KG, KR and KY models, refer to the'01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
position (see page 14-107).
KS model (see page 14-66).

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
Engine runs, but vehicle does not move in 1. Low ATF level ● Check ATF level and check ATF cooler lines for leakage and loose
any gear 2. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment connections. If necessary, flush ATF cooler lines.
3. Joint in shift cable and transmission or body worn ● Check for a loose shift cable on the shift lever and the transmission control
4. ATF pump worn or binding shaft.
5. Regulator valve stuck or spring worn ● Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter housing may cause
6. ATF strainer clogged ATF pump seizure. The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or
7. Mainshaft worn or damaged a high pitched squeak.
8. Final gears worn or damaged ● Measure line pressure.
9. Transmission-to-engine assembly error ● If the strainer is clogged, find the damaged components that caused debris.
10. Axle disengaged ● Inspect the differential pinion shaft for wear under the pinion gears. If the
differential pinion shaft is worn, overhaul the differential assembly, replace
the ATF strainer, thoroughly clean the transmission and flush the torque
converter, cooler and lines.
● Be careful not to damage the torque converter housing when replacing the
main ball bearing. You may also damage the ATF pump when you torque
down the main valve body. This will result in ATF pump seizure if not
detected. Use the proper tools.
● Install the main seal flush with the torque converter housing. If you push it
into the torque converter housing until it bottoms out, it will block the fluid
return passage and result in damage.
Vehicle moves in and , but 1. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment ● Check for a loose shift cable on the shift lever and the transmission control
not in , or position 2. 1st gear one-way clutch defective shaft.
3. 1st accumulator defective ● Inspect the mainshaft and 1st clutch assembly for wear and damage.
4. 1st gears worn or damaged ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
5. 1st clutch defective spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
6. Foreign material in 1st orifice clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and
plates for wear and damage. If the discs and plates are worn or damaged,
replace them as a set. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end
plate.

Vehicle moves in , , , 1. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment ● Check for a loose shift cable on the shift lever and transmission control shaft.
, but not in position 2. 2nd accumulator defective ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
3. 2nd gears worn or damaged Inspect the O-rings and check the shift solenoid valve for seizure.
4. 2nd clutch defective ● Inspect the mainshaft and 2nd clutch assembly for wear and damage.
● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and
plate.
Vehicle moves in , , , 1. Shift fork shaft stuck ● Measure line pressure and 4th clutch pressure.
, but not in position 2. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment ● Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift fork shaft.
3. 4th clutch defective ● Check for a loose shift cable on the shift lever and transmission control shaft.
4. Reverse gears worn or damaged ● If the ATF strainer is clogged with particles of steel or aluminium, inspect the
ATF pump. If the ATF pump is OK and no cause for the contamination is
found, replace the torque converter.
● Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth chamfers and inspect engagement
teeth chamfers of the countershaft 4th gear and reverse gear. Replace the
reverse gears and the reverse selector if they are worn or damaged. If the
transmission makes clicking, grinding, or whirring noises, also replace the
mainshaft 4th gear, reverse idler gear and countershaft 4th gear.
● If the 4th clutch feed pipe guide in the end cover is scored by the mainshaft,
inspect the ball bearing for excessive movement in the transmission housing.
If the ball bearing is OK, replace the end cover as it is dented. The O-ring
under the guide is probably worn.
● Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 1st and 4th clutch feed pipes are
loose or damaged. If the 4th clutch feed pipe is damaged or out of round,
replace the end cover.
● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
plates for wear and damage. If the discs and plates are worn and damaged,
plate.

Poor acceleration; flares on starting off in 1. Low ATF level ● Check ATF level and check ATF cooler lines for leakage and loose
and positions: 2. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment connections. If necessary, flush ATF cooler lines.
3. ATF pump worn or binding ● Check for a loose shift cable on the shift lever and the transmission control
Stall speed high in , , 4. Regulator valve stuck or spring worn shaft.
and positions 5. ATF strainer clogged ● Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter housing may cause
6. Torque converter check valve defective ATF pump seizure. The symptom are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a
high pitched squeak.
● Be careful not to damage the torque converter housing when replacing the
main ball bearing. You may also damage the ATF pump when you torque
down the main valve body. This will result in ATF pump seizure if not
detected. Use the proper tools.
Poor acceleration; flares on starting off in 1. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment ● Check for a loose shift cable on the shift lever and the transmission control
and positions: 2. 1st gear one-way clutch defective shaft.
3. 1st clutch defective ● Check 1st clutch pressure.
Stall speed high in , and ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
positions spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
plate.
and positions: 2. 2nd clutch defective shaft.
● Check 2nd clutch pressure.
Stall speed high in position ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
plate.
and positions: 2. 4th clutch defective shaft.
● Check 4th clutch pressure.
Stall speed is in specification in , ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
, and positions, but spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
high in position
plate.

Poor acceleration; flares on starting off in 1. Torque converter one-way clutch defective Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
and positions:
●
2. Engine output low Inspect the shift solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valve A for
Stall speed low 3. Lock-up shift valve defective seizure.
4. Lock-up clutch piston defective ● Check ATF cooling system for restriction.
5. Shift solenoid valve A defective
6. Restricted ATF cooler
Engine idle vibration 1. Low ATF level ● Set idle rpm in gear to the specified idle speed. If still no good, adjust the
2. Shift solenoid valve A defective engine mounts as outlined in the engine section of the '01 shop manual on
3. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A this CD.
defective ● Check ATF level and check ATF cooler lines for leakage and loose
4. Drive plate defective or transmission connections. If necessary, flush ATF cooler lines.
misassembled ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
5. Engine output low, low idle speed Inspect the shift solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valve A for
6. Lock-up clutch piston defective seizure.
7. ATF pump worn or binding ● Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
8. Lock-up shift valve defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is stuck,
9. Restricted ATF cooler inspect the CPC valve.
10. Misadjusted engine mounts ● Check ATF cooling system for restriction.
Vehicle moves in position 1. Excessive ATF ● Check ATF level and drain ATF.
2. 1st clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
3. 2nd clutch defective spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
4. 3rd clutch defective clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and
5. 4th clutch defective plates for wear and damage. If the discs and plates are worn or damaged,
6. Foreign material in main orifice replace them as a set. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end
7. Clutch clearance incorrect plate.
8. Needle bearing seized up, worn or damaged ● Check for clutch pressure in neutral.
9. Thrust washer seized up, worn or damaged

Late shift from position to 1. 1st clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
and positions 2. Foreign material in 1st orifice spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
plate.
● Check the 1st clutch pressure.
Late shift from position to 1. Shift fork shaft stuck ● Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift fork shaft.
position 2. 4th clutch defective ● Inspect the servo valve and the O-ring.
3. 1-2 shift valve defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
4. Servo control valve defective spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
plate.
● Check the 4th clutch pressure.
No shift 1. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
2. CPC valve defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is stuck,
3. Modulator valve defective inspect the CPC valve.
5. Shift solenoid valve B defective ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
Inspect the shift solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valves A
and B for seizure.
● If the ATF strainer is clogged with particles of steel or aluminium, inspect the
Erratic shifting gears: 1. 2-3 shift valve defective Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors. Inspect
2. Shift solenoid valve B defective the shift solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valve B for seizure.
Fails to shift in and
positions; shifts from 1st to 3rd gear
Erratic shifting gears: 1. 2-3 shift valve defective Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors. Inspect
2. 3-4 shift valve defective the shift solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valve A for seizure.
Fails to shift in and
positions; shifts from 1st to 4th gear

Erratic upshift: Countershaft speed sensor defective Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors. Check the
1st to 2nd, 2nd to 3rd and 3rd to 4th countershaft speed sensor installation.
gears
Erratic upshift: 1. 1-2 shift valve defective Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors. Inspect the shift
1st to 2nd gear 2. Shift solenoid valve A defective solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valve A for seizure.
2nd to 3rd gear 2. Shift solenoid valve B defective solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valve B for seizure.
3rd to 4th gear 2. Shift solenoid valve A defective solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valve A for seizure.
Harsh upshift: 1. 2nd clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
1st to 2nd gear 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
defective clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and
3. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B plates for wear and damage. If the discs and plates are worn or damaged,
defective replace them as a set. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end
4. CPC valve defective plate.
5. Foreign material in main orifice ● Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
6. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve defective ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
7. Mainshaft speed sensor defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
8. Countershaft speed sensor defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,
inspect the CPC valve.
● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
Inspect the O-rings and check the torque converter clutch solenoid valve for
seizure.
● Check the mainshaft speed sensor installation.
● Check the countershaft speed sensor installation.

Harsh upshift: 1. 3rd clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
2nd to 3rd gear 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
5. 2nd accumulator defective ● Check the 2nd and 3rd clutch pressures.
6. 2nd orifice control valve defective ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
7. Foreign material in main orifice Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
8. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,
9. Mainshaft speed sensor defective inspect the CPC valve.
10. Countershaft speed sensor defective ● Inspect the O-rings and check the torque converter clutch solenoid valve for
seizure.
Harsh upshift: 1. 4th clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
3rd to 4th gear 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
5. 3rd accumulator defective ● Check the 3rd and 4th clutch pressures.
6. 3-4 orifice control valve defective ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
7. Foreign material in main orifice Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
9. Mainshaft speed sensor defective inspect the CPC valve.
10. Countershaft speed sensor defective ● Inspect the O-rings and check the torque converter clutch solenoid valve for
seizure.
Automatic Transmission 14-

10
Harsh downshift: 1. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
2nd to 1st gear defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
2. CPC valve defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,
3. 2nd accumulator defective inspect the CPC valve.
4. CPB valve defective ● Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
5. Foreign material in 2nd exhaust orifice ● Check the mainshaft speed sensor installation.
6. Mainshaft speed sensor defective ● Check the countershaft speed sensor installation.
7. Countershaft speed sensor defective
Harsh downshift: 1. 2nd clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
3rd to 2nd gear 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
3. CPC valve defective plates for wear and damage. If the discs and plates are worn or damaged,
4. 3rd accumulator defective replace them as a set. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch
5. Foreign material in separator plate orifice end plate.
6. CPB valve defective ● Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
7. Foreign material in 3rd exhaust orifice ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
10. 3rd sub accumulator defective inspect the CPC valve.
Harsh downshift: 1. 3rd clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
4th to 3rd gear 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc
3. CPC valve defective plates for wear and damage. If the discs and plates are worn or damaged,
4. 4th accumulator defective replace them as a set. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch
5. Foreign material in separator plate orifice end plate.
6. CPB valve defective ● Check the 3rd clutch pressure.
7. Foreign material in 4th exhaust orifice ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.

11
Flares on upshifting: 1. 3rd clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,
Flares on upshifting: 1. 4th clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,

12
Excessive shock on upshifting: 1. 3rd clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
7. CPB valve defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
9. Countershaft speed sensor defective inspect the CPC valve.
seizure.
Excessive shock on upshifting: 1. 4th clutch defective ● Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve and O-rings. Check the
7. CPB valve defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
9. Countershaft speed sensor defective inspect the CPC valve.
seizure.

13
Noise from transmission in all shift lever 1. ATF pump worn or binding ● Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter housing may cause
positions 2. Torque converter housing and transmission ATF pump seizure. The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or
housing bearings worn or damaged a high pitched squeak.
● Inspect the contact of the mainshaft and countershaft with the bearings.
Check the ATF guide plate for damage and wear. Inspect the 1st clutch feed
pipe for damage and out of round. If the 1st clutch feed pipe is damaged or
out of round, replace it. Replace the mainshaft if the bushing of the 1st clutch
feed pipe is damaged or out of round.
● Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth chamfers and engagement teeth
chamfers of the countershaft 4th gear and reverse gear. If they are worn or
damaged, replace them.
● Inspect the differential pinion shaft for wear under pinion gears. If the
differential pinion shaft is worn, overhaul differential assembly, replace the
ATF strainer, thoroughly clean transmission and flush transmission and
cooler lines.
● Inspect the bottom of the 3rd clutch for swirl marks. If the bottom of the 3rd
clutch is swirled, replace the countershaft and final driven gear.
Vehicle does not accelerate more than 31 Torque converter one-way clutch defective Replace the torque converter.
mph (50 km/h).
Vibration in all shift lever positions 1. Low idle speed ● Set idle rpm in gear to the specified idle speed. If still no good, adjust the
2. Misadjusted engine mounts engine mounts as outlined in the engine section of the '01 Civic shop manual
3. Drive plate defective or transmission on this CD.
misassembled ● Check the stall speed.
● Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate.
Shift lever does not operate smoothly. 1. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment ● Check for loose shift cable on the shift lever and the transmission control
2. Joint in shift cable and transmission or body worn shaft.
Fails to shift: 1. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
stuck in 4th gear defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
2. Shift solenoid valve A defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,
3. Shift solenoid valve B defective inspect the CPC valve.
Inspect the shift solenoid valve filter/gasket and the shift solenoid valves A
and B for seizure.

14
Transmission does not shift into 1. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment ● Check for a loose shift cable on the shift lever and the transmission control
position 2. Joint in shift cable and transmission or body worn shaft.
3. Parking mechanism defective ● Check the park pawl spring installation and the park lever spring installation.
If installation is incorrect, install the spring correctly. Make sure that the park
lever stop is not installed upside down. Check the distance between the park
pawl shaft and park lever roller pin. If the distance is out of tolerance, adjust
the distance with the park lever stop.
Stall speed high, but all clutch pressures Torque converter check valve defective ● Inspect the clutch assemblies for seizure and wear. If the clutch assembly is
are in specification seized or excessively worn, repair it and inspect the CPC valve and A/T
clutch pressure solenoid valves for free movement.
Lock-up clutch does not disengage 1. Lock-up timing valve defective ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
2. Lock-up shift valve defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
3. Lock-up control valve defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,
4. Lock-up clutch piston defective inspect the CPC valve.
5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve defective
6. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
defective Inspect the O-rings and check the torque converter clutch solenoid valve for
7. Countershaft speed sensor defective. seizure.
8. Restricted ATF cooler ● Check the countershaft speed sensor installation.
● Check ATF cooling system for restriction.
No engine braking in position 1st-hold clutch defective ● Check 1st-hold clutch pressure.
● Inspect the clutch piston and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and
damage. Inspect the clutch end plate-to-top disc clearance. If the clearance is
out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If
the discs and plates are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. If they are
OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end plate.

15
Lock-up clutch does not operate smoothly 1. Torque converter check valve defective ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
2. Lock-up timing valve defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
3. Lock-up shift valve defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,
4. Lock-up control valve defective inspect the CPC valve.
5. Lock-up clutch piston defective
7. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B Inspect the O-rings and check the torque converter clutch solenoid valve for
defective seizure.
8. Countershaft speed sensor defective ● Check the countershaft speed sensor installation.
Look-up clutch does not engage 1. Torque converter check valve defective ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
2. Lock-up timing valve defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear
3. Lock-up shift valve defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve is stuck,
4. Lock-up control valve defective inspect the CPC valve.
5. Lock-up clutch piston defective
7. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B Inspect the O-rings and check the torque converter clutch solenoid valve for
defective seizure.
8. Mainshaft speed sensor defective ● Check the mainshaft speed sensor installation.
9. Countershaft speed sensor defective ● Check the countershaft speed sensor installation.
A/T gear position indicator does not 1. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment ● Check for a loose shift cable on the shift lever and the transmission control
indicate shift lever positions 2. Joint in shift cable and transmission or body worn shaft.
3. Transmission range switch defective or out of ● Check the indicator light indication and check for loose connectors.
adjustment Inspect the transmission range switch. If the transmission range switch is
faulty, replace it. If the transmission range switch is out of adjustment, adjust
it and the shift cable.

System Description
16
General Operation
The automatic transmission is a combination of a 3-element torque converter and triple-shaft electronically controlled automatic transmission that provides 4 speeds forward and 1
reverse. The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine.
Torque Converter, Gears and Clutches
The torque converter consists of a pump, turbine and stator assembly in a single unit. They are connected to the engine crankshaft so they turn together as a unit as the engine turns.
Around the outside of the torque converter is a ring gear which meshes with the starter pinion, when the engine is being started. The entire torque converter assembly serves as a
flywheel while transmitting power to the transmission mainshaft.
The transmission has three parallel shafts: the mainshaft and the countershaft and the sub-shaft. The mainshaft is in line with the engine crankshaft. The mainshaft includes the 1st,
2nd and 4th clutches and gears for 3rd, 2nd, 4th, reverse and 1st (3rd gear is integral with the mainshaft, while reverse gear is integral with the 4th gear). The countershaft includes the
3rd clutch and gears for 3rd, 2nd, 4th, reverse, 1st and park. Reverse and 4th gears can be locked to the countershaft at its centre, providing 4th gear or reverse, depending on which
way the selector is moved. The sub-shaft includes the 1st-hold clutch and gears for 1st and 4th. The gears on the mainshaft are in constant mesh with those on the countershaft. When
certain combinations of gears are engaged by the clutches, power is transmitted from the mainshaft to the countershaft to provide , , and positions.
Electronic Control
The electronic control system consists of the Powertrain Control Module (PCM), sensors and solenoid valves. Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving
under all conditions. The PCM is located below the dashboard, behind the glove box.
Hydraulic Control
The valve bodies include the main valve body, the regulator valve body, the secondary valve body, the servo body and the lock-up valve body. They are bolted to the torque converter
housing. The main valve body contains the manual valve, the modulator valve, the 1-2 shift valve, the 2nd orifice control valve, the servo control valve, the Clutch Pressure Back-up
(CPB) valve and the ATF pump gears. The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the lock-up control valve, the torque converter check valve and the cooler relief valve.
The secondary valve body contains the 2-3 shift valve, the 3-4 shift valve, 3-4 orifice control valve, the 4th exhaust valve and the Clutch Pressure Control (CPC) valve. The servo body
contains the servo valve and the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th accumulators. The lock-up valve body contains the lock-up shift valve and the lock-up timing valve. Fluid from the regulator
passed through the manual valve to the various control valves. The 1st, 3rd and 4th clutches receive fluid from their respective feed pipe and the 2nd clutch receives fluid from the
internal hydraulic circuit.
Shift Control Mechanism
The PCM controls to shift gears the shift solenoid valves A and B and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, while receiving input signal from various sensors located throughout
the vehicle. The shift solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves to switch the port leading hydraulic pressure to the clutch. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
controls the CPC valve to regulate the CPC pressure and to shift smoothly between lower gear and higher gear. This pressurises a line to one of the clutches, engaging the clutch and
its corresponding gear.
Lock-up Mechanism
In position (3rd and 4th) and position (3rd), pressurised fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the lock-up piston to be held
against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with hydraulic control, the PCM optimises the
timing of the lock-up mechanism. When the torque converter clutch solenoid valve activates, modulator pressure changes to switch lock-up on and off. The lock-up control valve and
the lock-up timing valve control the range of the lock-up according to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B. The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is mounted on the torque
converter housing and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B is mounted on the transmission housing with solenoid valve A as an assembly. They are all controlled by the PCM.

System Description (cont'd)
17
Gear Selection
The shift lever has 7 positions: PARK, REVERSE, NEUTRAL, DRIVE 1st through 4th gear ranges, DRIVE 1st through 3rd gear ranges, SECOND
and FIRST.
Position Description
PARK Front wheels locked; park pawl engaged with the park gear on the countershaft. All clutches released.
REVERSE Reverse; reverse selector engaged with countershaft reverse gear and 4th clutch engaged.
NEUTRAL All clutches released.
DRIVE General driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, 3rd, then 4th, depending on vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshift
through 3rd, 2nd and 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 3rd and 4th gears.
(1st through 4th)
DRIVE For rapid acceleration at highway speeds and general driving; up-hill and down-hill driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd,
then 3rd, depending on vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshifts through 2nd to 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up
(1st through 3rd) mechanism operates in 3rd gear.
SECOND Driving in 2nd gear; stays in 2nd gear, does not shift up and down. For engine braking or better traction starting off on loose or slippery
surface.
FIRST Driving in 1st gear; stays in 1st gear, does not shift up. For engine braking.
Starting is possible only in and positions through the use of a slide-type, neutral-safety switch.
Automatic Transaxle (A/T) Gear Position Indicator
The A/T gear position indicator in the instrument panel shows what gear has been selected without looking down at the console.

18
Clutches
The 4-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engaged or disengage the transmission gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum,
the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction discs and steel plates together, locking them so they do not slip. Power is then transmitted through the engaged clutch pack to its hub-
mounted gear. Likewise, when the hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releases the friction discs and the steel plates and they are free to slide past each other.
This allows the gear to spin independently on its shaft, transmitting no power.
1st Clutch
The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear and is located at the end of the mainshaft, behind the end cover. The 1st clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within
the mainshaft.
2nd Clutch
The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 2nd clutch is joined back-to-back to the 4th clutch. The 2nd clutch is supplied hydraulic
pressure through the mainshaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
3rd Clutch
The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear and is located at the end of the countershaft, opposite the end cover.
The 3rd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the countershaft.
4th Clutch
The 4th clutch engages/disengages 4th gear, as well as reverse gear and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 4th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 2nd clutch. The 4th
clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the mainshaft.
1st-hold Clutch
The 1st-hold clutch engages/disengages 1st-hold or position and is located at the middle of the sub-shaft. The 1st-hold clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe
within the sub-shaft.
One-way Clutch
The one-way clutch is positioned between the countershaft 1st gear and the park gear. The park gear is splined with the countershaft and rotates with the countershaft. The
countershaft 1st gear provides the outer race surface of the one-way clutch and the park gear provides the inner race surface.
The one-way clutch locks up when power is transmitted from the mainshaft 1st gear to the countershaft 1st gear. The 1st clutch and gear remain engaged in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th
gear ranges in the , , or position. However, the one-way clutch disengages when the 2nd, 3rd and 4th clutches and gears are applied in the , or
position. This is because the increased rotational speed of the gears on the countershaft overrides the locking ''speed range'' of the one-way clutch. The one-way clutch free-wheels
when the 1st clutch is engaged.

19
Transmission Cutaway View
1. LOCK-UP CLUTCH
PISTON
2. TORQUE CONVERTER
3. RING GEAR
4. ATF PUMP DRIVER GEAR
5. MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
6. MAINSHAFT 2ND GEAR
7. 2ND CLUTCH
8. 4TH CLUTCH
9. SUB-SHAFT 4TH GEAR
10. MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR
11. 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
12. MAINSHAFT REVERSE
GEAR
13. SUB-SHAFT 1ST GEAR
14. SUB-SHAFT
15. MAINSHAFT 1ST GEAR
16. 1ST CLUTCH
17. MAINSHAFT
18. REVERSE SELECTOR
HUB
19. COUNTERSHAFT
20. ONE-WAY CLUTCH
21. PARK GEAR
22. COUNTERSHAFT 1ST
GEAR
23. COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR
24. REVERSE SELECTOR
25. COUNTERSHAFT 4TH
GEAR
26. COUNTERSHAFT 2ND
GEAR
27. COUNTERSHAFT 3RD
GEAR
28. 3RD CLUTCH
29. FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
30. DIFFERENTIAL
ASSEMBLY
31. FINAL DRIVE GEAR
32. DRIVE PLATE

20
Power Flow
POSITION PART
TORQUE 1ST-HOLD 1ST GEAR 2ND GEAR 3RD GEAR 4TH REVERSE PARK
CONVERTER CLUTCH 1ST 2ND 3RD GEAR GEAR
CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH GEAR CLUTCH
O X X X X X X X O
O X X X X X O O X
O X X X X X X X X
1st O X O*2 X X X X X X
and 2nd O X O*1 O X X X X X
3rd O X O*1 X O X X X X
4th O X O*1 X X O O X X
O X O*1 O X X X X X
O O O*2 X X X X X X
O : Operates
x : Does not operate
*1: Although the 1st clutch engages, driving power is not transmitted as the one-way clutch slips.
*2: The one-way clutch engages when accelerating and slips when decelerating.
Gear Operation
Gears on the mainshaft
● The 1st gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 1st clutch.
● The 2nd gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 2nd clutch.
● The 3rd gear is integral with the mainshaft.
● The 4th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.
● The reverse gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.
Gears on the countershaft

● The park gear, 1st gear, 2nd gear, 4th gear are splined with the countershaft and rotate with the countershaft.
● The 3rd gear engages/disengages with the countershaft by the 3rd clutch.
● The final drive gear is integral with the countershaft.
● The 4th gear and reverse gear rotate freely from the countershaft. The reverse selector engages the 4th gear or the reverse gear with the reverse selector hub. The reverse
selector hub is splined with the countershaft so that the 4th gear or reverse gear engage with the countershaft.
Gears on the sub-shaft
● The 1st gear is splined with the sub-shaft and rotate with the sub-shaft.
● The 4th gear engages/disengages with the sub-shaft by the 1st-hold clutch.

21
Position
Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The countershaft is locked by the park pawl interlocking the park gear.
Position
Engine power transmitted from the torque converter drives the mainshaft, but hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The
countershaft 4th gear is engaged with the reverse selector hub and the countershaft by the reverse selector when the shift lever is shifted in position from position. The
countershaft reverse gear is engaged when shifted from position.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. 2ND CLUTCH
3. 4TH CLUTCH
4. 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
5. SUB-SHAFT
6. 1ST CLUTCH
7. MAINSHAFT
8. COUNTERSHAFT
9. PARK GEAR
10. ONE-WAY CLUTCH
11. SERVO VALVE
12. 3RD CLUTCH

22
Power Flow (cont'd)
Position
In position, hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch and the 1st-hold clutch.
The power flow when accelerating is as follows:
● Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the mainshaft 1st gear with the mainshaft.
● The mainshaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.
● Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
4. SUB-SHAFT
6. 1ST CLUTCH
7. MAINSHAFT
8. COUNTERSHAFT
9. ONE-WAY CLUTCH
10. PARK GEAR
11. COUNTERSHAFT 1ST GEAR

23
Position
The power flow when decelerating is as follows:
● Rolling resistance from the road surface goes through the front wheels to the final drive gear, then to the sub-shaft 1st gear via the 4th gear and 1st-hold clutch which is applied
during deceleration in position.
● The one-way clutch becomes free at this time because the application of torque is reversed.
● The counterforce conveyed to the countershaft 4th gear turns the sub-shaft 4th gear via the mainshaft 4th gear.
● Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st-hold clutch and 1st clutch, then the 1st-hold clutch engages the sub-shaft 4th gear with the sub-shaft.
● The sub-shaft 1st gear drives the mainshaft 1st gear and the mainshaft and counterforce is transmitted to the mainshaft. Engine braking can be obtained with 1st gear.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. SUB-SHAFT 4TH GEAR
3. 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
5. SUB-SHAFT
7. 1ST CLUTCH
8. MAINSHAFT
9. COUNTERSHAFT
10. ONE-WAY CLUTCH

24
Power Flow (cont'd)
In or position, the optimum gear is automatically selected from the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears, according to conditions such as the balance between the throttle opening
(engine loading) and vehicle speed.
or Position in 1st gear

● Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the mainshaft 1st gear with the mainshaft.
● The mainshaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. SUB-SHAFT
4. 1ST CLUTCH
5. MAINSHAFT
6. COUNTERSHAFT
7. ONE-WAY CLUTCH
8. PARK GEAR

25
or Position in 2nd gear and Position
● Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the mainshaft 2nd gear with the mainshaft.
● The mainshaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft.
NOTE: Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 2nd gear exceeds that of 1st gear, power from 1st gear is cut off at the one-way clutch.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. MAINSHAFT 2ND GEAR
3. 2ND CLUTCH
4. SUB-SHAFT
5. MAINSHAFT
6. COUNTERSHAFT
7. COUNTERSHAFT 2ND GEAR
9. FINAL DRIVE GEAR

26
Power Flow (cont'd)
or Position in 3rd gear
● Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the countershaft 3rd gear with the mainshaft.
● The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the countershaft 3rd gear and the countershaft.
NOTE: Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 3rd gear exceeds that of 1st gear, power from 1st gear is cut off at the one-way clutch.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
3. SUB-SHAFT
4. MAINSHAFT
5. COUNTERSHAFT
6. COUNTERSHAFT 3RD GEAR
7. 3RD CLUTCH
9. FINAL DRIVE GEAR

27
Position in 4th gear
● Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft 4th gear while the shift lever is in the forward range ( , , and
positions).
● Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft 4th gear with the mainshaft.
● The mainshaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear, which drives the reverse selector hub and the countershaft.
NOTE: Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 4th gear exceeds that of 1st gear, power from 1st gear is cut off at the one-way clutch.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. 4TH CLUTCH
3. MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR
4. SUB-SHAFT
5. MAINSHAFT
6. COUNTERSHAFT
7. REVERSE SELECTOR HUB
8. REVERSE SELECTOR
9. COUNTERSHAFT 4TH GEAR

28
Power Flow (cont'd)
Position
● Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft reverse gear while the shift lever is in the position.
● Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft reverse gear with the mainshaft.
● The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear. The countershaft reverse gear drives the reverse selector, reverse selector hub and the
countershaft.
● The rotation direction of the countershaft reverse gear is changed via the reverse idler gear.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. 4TH CLUTCH
3. SUB-SHAFT
4. MAINSHAFT REVERSE GEAR
5. MAINSHAFT
6. COUNTERSHAFT
7. REVERSE SELECTOR
8. COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE GEAR
9. REVERSE SELECTOR HUB
10. SERVO VALVE

29
Electronic Control System
Functional Diagram
The electronic control system consists of the Powertrain Control Module (PCM), sensors, switches and solenoid valves. Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for
comfortable driving under all conditions.
The PCM inputs signals from the sensors, switches and other control units, perform processing data and outputs signals for engine control system and A/T control system. The A/T
control system includes shift control, grade logic control, CPC control and lock-up control is stored in the PCM.
The PCM switches the shift solenoid valves, A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves and torque converter clutch solenoid valve on hydraulic circuit to control shifting transmission
gears and lock-up torque converter clutch.

30
Electronic Control System (cont'd)
Electronic Controls Location:
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT
2. BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
3. KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
4. SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
5. POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
6. D3 SWITCH
7. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (16P)
8. No. 5 CONNECTOR (10P)
9. No. 9 CONNECTOR (12P)
10. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
11. COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
12. TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE
13. MAINSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
14. SHIFT SOLENOID VALVES A and B
15. A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVES A
and B

31
Shift Control
The PCM instantly determines which gear should be selected by various signals sent from sensors and switches and it actuates the shift solenoid valves A and B to control shifting.
Also, a Grade Logic Control System has been adopted to control shifting in and positions. The PCM compares actual driving conditions with memorised driving conditions,
based on the input from the throttle position sensor, the engine coolant temperature sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedal position switch signal, cruise control
signal and the shift lever position signal, to control shifting while vehicle is ascending or descending a slope, or reducing speed.

32
The PCM turns the shift solenoid valves A and B ON and OFF to control shifting transmission gear. The combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A and B are shown in
table below.
Position Gear Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B
and 1st OFF ON
2nd ON ON
3rd ON OFF
4th OFF OFF
2nd ON ON
1st OFF ON
Reverse ON OFF
Reverse inhibit OFF ON
- OFF OFF
- OFF OFF
NOTE: For a description of the reverse inhibit mode, refer to page 14-53.

33
Grade Logic Control System
Ascending Control
When the PCM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in and positions, the system extends the engagement area of 2nd and 3rd gear to prevent the transmission
from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd gears and between 3rd and 4th gears, so the vehicle can run smooth and have more power when needed.
Shift schedules stored in the PCM between 2nd and 3rd gears and between 3rd and 4th gears, enable it to automatically select most suitable gear according to the magnitude of a
gradient.
Descending Control
When the PCM determines that the vehicle is going down a hill in and positions, the shift-up speed from 3rd to 4th gear and from 2nd to 3rd (when the throttle is closed)
becomes faster than the set speed for flat road driving to widen the 3rd gear and 2nd gear driving areas. This, in combination with engine braking from the deceleration lock-up,
achieves smooth driving when the vehicle is descending. There are two descending modes with different 3rd gear driving areas and 2nd gear driving areas to suit the magnitude of the
gradients stored in the PCM. When the vehicle is in 4th gear and you are decelerating when you are applying the brakes on a steep hill, the transmission will downshift to 3rd gear.
When you accelerate, the transmission will then return to higher gear.

34
CPC (Clutch Pressure Control)
The PCM actuates the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to control CPC pressure. When shifting between lower gear and upper gear, CPC pressure regulated by the A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A engages and disengages the clutches smoothly.
The PCM inputs signals from the various sensors, perform processing data and outputs a current to the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.

36
PCM Electrical Connections

37
PCM Inputs and Outputs
The PCM terminal voltage and measuring conditions are shown for the connector terminals that are related to the A/T control system. The other PCM terminal voltage and measuring
conditions are described in section 11.
PCM Connector Terminal Locations
PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)

Terminal Wire Colour Signal Description Measuring Conditions/Terminal Voltage
Number
A2 YEL/BLK IGP2 Power supply circuit from main relay With ignition switch ON (ll): Battery voltage
With ignition switch OFF: 0V
A3 YEL/BLK IGP1 Power supply circuit from main relay With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage
With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
A4 BLK PG2 Ground

A5 BLK PG1 Ground
A23 BRN/YEL LG2 Ground
A24 BRN/YEL LG1 Ground
PCM CONNECTOR B (24P)

Number
B7 RED/BLK LS A+ A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A With ignition switch ON (II): Pulsing signal
power supply positive electrode
B16 BLK/RED LS B+ A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B With ignition switch ON (II): Pulsing signal
power supply positive electrode
B20 PNK D3 SW D3 switch position input In , and positions: 0 V
Other than , and positions: About 5 V

38
PCM Inputs and Outputs
PCM Connector Terminal Locations
PCM CONNECTOR C (22P)

Number
C1 WHT/BLK LS A- A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
power supply negative electrode
C2 YEL/BLU LC Torque converter clutch solenoid valve During lock-up condition: Battery voltage
control During no lock-up condition: 0 V
C4 GRN/WHT SH B Shift solenoid valve B control Battery voltage in these positions:

● and and in 1st and 2nd gears
0 V in these positions:
● and in 3rd gear

● in 4th gear
● , and
C6 BLU/BLK SH A Shift solenoid valve A control Battery voltage in these positions:
● and in 2nd and 3rd gears
0 V in these positions:
● and in 1st gear

● in 4th gear
● and
C7 WHT/RED NM Mainshaft speed sensor input Depending on vehicle speed: Pulsing signal
When engine stopped: About 0 V
C8 BRN/WHT LS B- A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B

power supply negative electrode
C10 WHT ATP R Transmission range switch position In position: 0 V
input
In other than position: Battery voltage

39
PCM CONNECTOR C (22P)
Number
C11 BLU ATP 2 Transmission range switch position In position: 0 V
input
In other than position: 5 V
C12 BLU/WHT ATP NP Transmission range switch and In and positions: 0 V

positions input
In other than and positions: 5 V
C13 RED/BLK ATP N Transmission range switch position In position: 0 V

input
In other than position: Battery voltage
C14 GRN NC SG Countershaft speed sensor ground

C15 BLU NC Countershaft speed sensor input Depending on vehicle speed: Pulsing signal
When vehicle stopped: About 0 V
C19 BRN ATP 1 Transmission range switch position In position: 0 V

input
C20 YEL ATP D4 Transmission range switch position In position: 0 V

input
C21 WHT/GRN NM SG Mainshaft speed sensor ground
PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Number
E7 RED/YEL MRLY Power supply for solenoid valve assemblies With ignition switch ON (II): 0 V
With ignition switch OFF: Battery voltage
E13 WHT/BLU ILU Interlock control With ignition switch ON (II), brake pedal pressed and accelerator
pedal released: Battery voltage
E22 WHT/BLK BK SW Brake pedal position switch signal output Brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage
Brake pedal released: 0 V
E23 LT BLU K-LINE Communication line between PCM and scan With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage
tool
E29 BRN SCS Timing and adjustment service check signal With ignition switch ON (II) and service check connector open: 5
V
With ignition switch ON (II) and service check connector
connected with special tool: 0 V

40
Hydraulic Control
The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, the secondary valve body, the servo body and the lock-up valve body. The ATF pump is driven by splines on
the right end of the torque converter that is attached to the engine. Fluid flows through the regulator valve to maintain specified pressure, though the manual valve, directing pressure
to each of the clutches. The shift solenoid valves A and B and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B are mounted on the outside of the transmission housing. The
torque converter clutch solenoid valve is mounted on the outside of the torque converter housing.
1. A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVES
A and B
2. SHIFT SOLENOID VALVES A
and B
3. SERVO BODY
4. SECONDARY VALVE BODY
5. MAIN VALVE BODY
6. TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE
7. REGULATOR VALVE BODY
8. LOCK-UP VALVE BODY

Main Valve Body

The main valve body contains the manual valve, the modulator valve, the 1-2 shift valve, the 2nd orifice control valve, the servo control valve, the CPB
(Clutch Pressure Back-up) valve, the relief valve and the ATF pump gears.
The primary function of the main valve body is to switch fluid pressure on and off and to control hydraulic pressure going to the hydraulic control system.
1. MODULATOR VALVE
2. CPB VALVE
3. 2ND ORIFICE CONTROL
VALVE
4. 1-2 SHIFT VALVE
5. MANUAL VALVE
6. SERVO CONTROL VALVE
7. MAIN VALVE BODY
8. RELIEF VALVE
Regulator Valve Body

The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the lock-up control valve, the torque converter check valve and the cooler relief valve.
1. REGULATOR VALVE
3. TORQUE CONVERTER
CHECK VALVE
4. LOCK-UP CONTROL VALVE
5. COOLER RELIEF VALVE
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CLHtml/14-41.htm (1 of 2)7/7/2011 8:59:59 PM



42
Hydraulic Control (cont'd)
Regulator Valve
The regulator valve maintains a constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to the hydraulic control system, while also furnishing fluid to the lubricating system and torque
converter. The fluid from the ATF pump flows through B and B'. Fluid entering from B flows through the valve orifice to the A cavity. This pressure of the A cavity pushes the regulator
valve to the right side and this movement of the regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque converter and the relief valve. The fluid flows out to the torque converter and the
relief valve and the regulator valve moves to the left side. According to the level of the hydraulic pressure through B, the position of the regulator valve changes and the amount of fluid
from B' through torque converter also changes. This operation is continued, maintaining the line pressure.
NOTE: When used, ''left'' or ''right'' indicates direction on the illustration below.
Increases in hydraulic pressure according to torque are performed by the regulator valve using stator torque reaction. The stator shaft is splined with the stator in the torque converter
and its arm end contacts the regulator spring cap. When the vehicle is accelerating or climbing (Torque Converter Range), stator torque reaction acts on the stator shaft and the stator
arm pushes the regulator spring cap in the direction of the arrow in proportion to the reaction. The stator reaction spring compresses and the regulator valve moves to increase the line
pressure which is regulated by the regulator valve. The line pressure reaches its maximum when the stator torque reaction reaches its maximum.
1. TORQUE CONVERTER
2. STATOR
4. REGULATOR VALVE
5. REGULATOR SPRING CAP
6. STATOR SHAFT ARM
7. STATOR SHAFT

43
Secondary Valve Body
The secondary valve body contains the 2-3 shift valve, the 3-4 shift valve, 3-4 orifice control valve, the 4th exhaust valve and the CPC valve.
1. CPC VALVE
2. 2-3 SHIFT VALVE
3. 3-4 SHIFT VALVE
4. SECONDARY VALVE BODY
5. 4TH EXHAUST VALVE
6. 3-4 ORIFICE CONTROL VALVE
Lock-up Valve Body

The lock-up valve body contains the lock-up shift valve and the lock-up timing valve.
1. LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE
2. LOCK-UP VALVE BODY
3. LOCK-UP TIMING VALVE

44
Hydraulic Control (cont'd)
Servo Body
The servo body contains the servo valve and the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th accumulators.
1. 2ND ACCUMULATOR
2. 1ST ACCUMULATOR
3. SERVO BODY
4. SERVO VALVE/SHIFT FORK SHAFT
5. 4TH ACCUMULATOR
6. 3RD ACCUMULATOR

45
Hydraulic Flow
As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) is drawn through the ATF strainer and discharged into the hydraulic circuit. Then, ATF flowing
from the ATF pump becomes line pressure that is regulated by the regulator valve. Torque converter pressure from the regulator valve enters the torque converter through the lock-up
shift valve and it is discharged from the torque converter. The torque converter check valve prevents torque converter pressure from rising.
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves A and B ON and OFF and shift solenoid valves A and B apply modulator pressure to the shift valves. Applying modulator pressure to the
shift valves moves the position of the shift valve and switches the port of hydraulic pressure. The PCM also controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B. The A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A regulates linear solenoid pressure and applies linear solenoid pressure to the CPC valves. The CPC valve regulates CPC pressure and
controls to shift smoothly between upper and lower gears.
Hydraulic pressure at the port is as follows:
PORT NO. DESCRIPTION OF PRESSURE PORT NO. DESCRIPTION OF PRESSURE
1 LINE 15 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
1' LINE 16 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
1" LINE 17 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
2 LINE 18 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
3 LINE 20 2ND CLUTCH
3' LINE 20A 2ND ACCUMULATOR
3" LINE 30 3RD CLUTCH
4 LINE 40 4TH CLUTCH
4' LINE 41 4TH CLUTCH
4" LINE 56 LINEAR SOL A
5 CPC 90 TORQUE CONVERTER
6 MODULATOR 91 TORQUE CONVERTER
6A MODULATOR (SH A) 92 TORQUE CONVERTER
6B MODULATOR (SH B) 93 ATF COOLER
6C MODULATOR (LC A) 94 TORQUE CONVERTER
6E LINEAR SOL B 95 LUBRICATION
6E' LINEAR SOL B 96 TORQUE CONVERTER
7 LINE 97 TORQUE CONVERTER
8 LINE/CPC 99 SUCTION
9 LINE X DRAIN
10 1ST CLUTCH HIX HIGH POSITION DRAIN
Key to abbreviations:
● CPC: Clutch pressure control
● SH A: Shift solenoid valve A
● SH B: Shift solenoid valve B
● LC A: Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
● LINEAR SOL A: A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
● LINEAR SOL B: A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B

46
Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)
Position
The PCM turns the shift solenoid valve A and B OFF. Line pressure (1) passes through the manual valve, but it does not flow to the clutches. Line pressure (1) also flows to the
modulator valve and becomes to modulator pressure (6). Modulator pressure (6) flows to the shift valves by means of the shift solenoid valves A and B OFF.
Under this condition, hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.
NOTE: When used, ''left'' or ''right'' indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit.

47
or Position in 1st gear
When shifting to or position from , the manual valve uncovers the port leading line pressure (4) to the 1st clutch and the PCM turns the shift solenoid valve B ON, but
shift solenoid valve A remains OFF. Modulator (SH B) pressure (6B) in the right side of the 1-2 shift valve and in the left side of the 2-3 shift valve is released, then 1-2 shift valve is
moved to the right side and 2-3 shift valve is moved to the left side. The 1-2 shift valve creates 1st clutch circuit bypass to reduce engaging shock of the 1st clutch. The 1st clutch
pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch and the 1st clutch is engaged.

48
or Position in 2nd gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns the shift solenoid valve A ON. Shift solenoid valve B remains ON and modulator (SH A) pressure (6A) in the
left side of the 1-2 shift valve and 3-4 shift valve is released. The 1-2 and 3-4 shift valves are moved to the left side and the 1-2 shift valve uncovers the port leading CPC pressure (5)
to the 2-3 shift valve. CPC pressure (5) becomes 2nd clutch pressure (20) at the 2-3 shift valve. The 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch and the 2nd clutch is engaged.
Line pressure (4) also flows to the 1st clutch and the 1st clutch is engaged. However, no power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.

49
or Position in 3rd gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns the shift solenoid valve B OFF. Shift solenoid valve A remains ON and modulator (SH B) pressure (6B) is
applied to the right side of the 1-2 shift valve and to the left side of the 2-3 shift valve. The 2-3 shift valve is moved to the right side to switch the port leading CPC pressure (5) to the 3-
4 shift valve, then CPC pressure (5) becomes the 3rd clutch pressure (30) at the 3-4 shift valve. The 3rd clutch pressure (30) is applied to the 3rd clutch and the 3rd clutch is engaged.

50
Position in 4th gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns the shift solenoid valve A OFF. Shift solenoid valve B remains OFF and modulator (SH A) pressure (6A) is
applied to the left side of the 3-4 shift valve.
The 3-4 shift valve is moved to the right side to switch the port CPC pressure (5) to the 4th clutch pressure (41), the 4th clutch pressure (41) becomes the 4th clutch pressure (40) at
the manual valve. The 4th clutch pressure (40) is applied to the 4th clutch and the 4th clutch is engaged.

51
Position
The PCM turns the shift solenoid valves A and B ON. The 1-2 shift valve and 2-3 shift valve uncover the ports leading CPC pressure (5) to the 2nd clutch, CPC pressure (5) becomes
the 2nd clutch pressure (20) at the 2-3 shift valve. The 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch and the 2nd clutch is engaged.
Line pressure (4) passed through the manual valve also flows to the 1st clutch and the 1st clutch is engaged. However, no power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.


Position
Line pressure (1) changes the line pressure (4) and 1st-hold clutch pressure (18) at the manual valve. Line pressure (4) becomes the 1st clutch pressure
(10) and flows to the 1st clutch and the 1st clutch is engaged.
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valve A OFF and B ON. Modulator pressure (6A) applies the left side of the 1-2 shift valve and 3-4 shift valve and the
valves uncover the port leading 1st-hold clutch pressure to the 1st-hold clutch. The 1st-hold clutch pressure (18) passes through the 3-4 shift valve and the
1-2 shift valve and becomes the 1st-hold clutch pressure (15). The 1st-hold clutch pressure (15) flows to the 1st-hold clutch and the 1st-hold clutch is
engaged.

53
Position
The PCM turns the shift solenoid valves A ON and B OFF and modulator (SH B) pressure (6B) is applies to the right side of the 1-2 shift valve and to the left side of the 2-3 shift valve.
Line pressure (3) passed through the manual valve flows to the 1-2 shift valve and changed to line pressure (3'). Line pressure (3') pushes the servo valve to the reverse/park position,
passes through the servo valve and flows to the manual valve. Line pressure (3') becomes the 4th clutch pressure (40) at the manual valve. The 4th clutch pressure (40) is applied to
the 4th clutch and the 4th clutch is engaged.
Reverse Inhibitor Control
When the position is selected while the vehicle is moving forward at speed over 6 mph (10 km/h), the PCM outputs the 1st speed signal to shift solenoid valves A and B; shift
solenoid valve A is OFF and shift solenoid valve B is turned ON. The 1-2 shift valve is moved to the right side and covers the port to stop line pressure (3') to the servo valve. Line
pressure (3') is not applied to the servo valve and the 4th clutch pressure (40) is not applied to the 4th clutch. Power is not transmitted to the reverse direction.

54
Position
Line pressure (3) passed through the manual valve flows to the 1-2 shift valve and changed to line pressure (3').
Line pressure (3') pushes the servo valve to the reverse/park position, passes through the servo valve and flows to the manual valve. Line pressure (3') is intercepted at the manual
valve and hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.

55
Lock-up System
In position (3rd and 4th) and position (3rd), pressurised fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the lock-up piston to be held
against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with hydraulic control, the PCM optimises the
timing of the lock-up mechanism. When the torque converter clutch solenoid valve activates, modulator pressure changes to switch lock-up on and off. The lock-up control valve and
the lock-up timing valve control the range of the lock-up according to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B. The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is mounted on the torque
converter housing and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B is mounted on the transmission housing with solenoid valve A as an assembly. They are all controlled by the PCM.
Lock-up Clutch ON (Engaging Lock-up Clutch)
Fluid in the camber between the torque converter cover and the lock-up clutch piston is drained off and fluid entered from the chamber between the pump and stator exerts pressure
through the lock-up clutch piston against the torque converter cover. The lock-up clutch piston engages with the torque converter cover (lock-up clutch ON) and the mainshaft rotates
at the same speed as the engine.
Lock-up Clutch OFF (Disengaging Lock-up Clutch)

Fluid entered from the chamber between the torque converter cover and the lock-up clutch piston passes through the torque converter and goes out from the chambers between the
turbine and the stator and between the pump and the stator. As a result, the lock-up clutch piston moves away from the torque converter cover and the lock-up clutch is released (lock-
up clutch OFF).

56
Lock-up System (cont'd)
No Lock-up
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned OFF by the PCM. The lock-up shift valve receives modulator (LC A) pressure (6C) on the left side and stays in the right side to
uncover the port leading torque converter pressure (94) to the left side of the torque converter. Torque converter pressure (94) enters into the left side of the torque converter to
disengage the lock-up clutch. The lock-up clutch piston keeps away from the torque converter cover; the lock-up clutch is OFF.

57
Partial Lock-up
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned ON by the PCM. Modulator (LC A) pressure (6C) in the left side of the
lock-up shift valve is released and the lock-up shift valve is moved to the left side to switch the port leading torque converter pressure (91) to the right side of the torque converter.
Torque converter pressure (91) flows to the right side of the torque converter to engage the lock-up clutch. The PCM also controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and
linear sol B pressure (6E) is applied to the lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve. The positions of the lock-up control valve and lock-up timing valve depend on torque
converter pressure and linear sol B pressure. When linear sol B pressure (6E) is low, torque converter pressure (91) from the lock-up shift valve to the right side of the torque converter
is low, because torque converter pressure (91) leaks at the lock-up control valve. The lock-up clutch is engaged partially. Linear solenoid B pressure (6E) increases, the lock-up control
valve is moved to the left side to cover the port draining torque converter pressure (91) and torque converter pressure (91) to torque converter is increased. The engagement of the
lock-up clutch depends on torque converter pressure (91).

58
Lock-up System (cont'd)
Full Lock-up
When the vehicle speed further increases, the PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to increase linear solenoid B pressure (6E). Linear solenoid B pressure
(6E) is applied to the lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve and moves them to the left side. Torque converter pressure (94) from the left side of the torque converter is
drained at the lock-up control valve and torque converter pressure (91) engages the lock-up clutch securely.

59
Shift Lever Mechanism
The shift lever has 7 positions: , , , , , and and shifts between positions along the gate in the A/T gear position indicator panel. The shift lever
can shift out of position and into position from without pressing or pulling the shift lever. The shift lock/reverse lock mechanism is an additional shift lever lockout
mechanism. The shift lever sifts the transmission into , , , , and positions using the shift cable connected between the shift lever and the transmission
control shaft. When the shift lever shifts into position, the shift lever is moved to the next position from and it pushes the D3 switch to turn ON. Then the transmission shifts
into D3 position mode, but the shifting position in the transmission is held in position.
1. SHIFT LOCK RELEASE
2. A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
PANEL
3. SHIFT LOCK STOP
4. SHIFT LOCK RELEASE
6. D3 SWITCH
7. SHIFT LEVER BRACKET BASE
8. REVERSE LOCK STOP
9. SHIFT LEVER

Road Test
75
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 5. Remove the PCM and lower it, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
2. Apply the parking brake and block rear wheels. Start the engine, then shift to page 14-6).
position while pressing the brake pedal. Press the accelerator pedal and release it 6. Connect a digital multitester (A) and tapered tip probe (B) to check voltage between
suddenly. The engine should not stall. the A15 (+) terminal and A23 (-) or A24 (-) terminal of the PCM (C).
3. Repeat the same test in position.

4. Connect the Honda PGM Tester (A) and go to the PGM-FI Data List; then go to step
9. If you do not have a PGM Tester, go to step 5.
PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)

Road Test (cont'd)
76
position
Upshift
Throttle Opening Unit of Speed 1st2nd 2nd3rd 3rd4th Lock-up ON
km/h 15-19 30-35 47-54 23-28
km/h 36-42 68-76 96-105 110-119
Fully-opened throttle, Throttle position sensor mph 34-40 63-71 96-107 96-107
voltage: 4.5 V
km/h 55-63 101-114 155-172 155-172
Downshift
Throttle Opening Unit of Speed Lock-up OFF 4th3rd 3rd2nd 2nd1st
Throttle position sensor voltage: 0.5 V mph 13-17 17-20 6-10 (3rd1st)
km/h 21-26 27-32 10-15 (3rd1st)
Fully-opened throttle, Throttle position sensor mph 93-104 85-95 54-61 23-29
voltage: 4.5 V
km/h 150-166 136-152 87-98 37-45
7. Accelerate to about 35 mph (57 km/h) so the transmission is in 4th, then shift from position to position. The vehicle should immediately begin slowing down from engine
braking.
8. Check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage in the following positions.
(1st Gear) Position
● Accelerate from a stop at full throttle. Check that there is no abnormal noise or clutch slippage.
● Upshifts should not occur with the shift lever in this position.
(2nd Gear) Position
● Accelerate from a stop at full throttle. Check that there is no abnormal noise or clutch slippage.
● Upshifts and downshifts should not occur with the shift lever in this position.
(Reverse) Position
Accelerate from a stop at full throttle and check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage.
9. Test in (Parking) Position.

Park the vehicle on a slope (about 16°), apply the parking brake and shift into position. Release the brake; the vehicle should not move.

D3 Switch Replacement
78
1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-79).
2. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket, then remove the indicator
light bulb from the socket.
3. Remove the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (6P) and shift lock solenoid
connector (2P), then disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector (2P) (see page 14-
82).
4. remove the D3 switch and install the new one.
5. Connect the shift lock solenoid connector (2P) and install it and the D3 switch/shift
solenoid connector (6P).
6. Install the shift lever assembly (see page 14-80).

Shift Lever Removal
79
1. Remove the ash tray, then remove the center console lower cover. 7. Remove the bracket (A).
2. Remove the shift lever control panel.
3. Shift the lever to position.
4. Slide the lock tab (A) down on the sift cable end holder (B).
5. Remove the shift cable lock (C) holding its middle (D) with needle-nose pliers (E)
from the shift cable end and shift cable end holder.
NOTE: Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it may damage the shift 8. Disconnect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (6P) (B).
cable end holder. 9. Cover around the opening of the console with tape to prevent damage to the console.
6. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) counterclockwise a quarter turn; 10. Remove the 4 bolts (C), then remove the shift lever assembly (D); lift it up slightly,
the projection (C) on the socket holder faces direction to remove. Then slide the clear the harness, rotate counterclockwise a quarter turn, then lift up and remove.
holder to remove the shift cable from the shift cable bracket (D).
NOTE: Do not remove the shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (E) and
damper (F).

Shift Lever Installation
80
1. Cover around the opening of the console with tape or equivalent to prevent damage 6. If necessary, push down the shift cable until it stops, then release it. Pull the shift
to the console. cable back one step so that the shift cable is in
2. Install the shift lever assembly (A) in the console and secure it with the bolts (B).
3. Install the bracket (C).

4. Connect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (6P) (D) and install it on the shift
8. Insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) into the positioning hole on the shift lever bracket
lever bracket.
base through the positioning hole on the sift lever assembly. The shift lever is
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and verify that the position indicator light comes
secured in position.
on.

Shift Lever Installation (cont'd)
81
9. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) counterclockwise a quarter turn; 12. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift cable end and shift cable end
the projection (C) on the socket holder is directed opposite the opening (D) of the sift holder, then push the lock tab (B) up until it stops to lock the joint.
lever bracket base (E). Slide the holder to install into the shift cable bracket base
with installing the shift cable end (F) into the shift cable end holder (G).
NOTE: Do not install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (H) and damper
(I).
13. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed to hold the shift lever.
14. Move the shift lever to each gear and verify that the A/T gear position indicator
follows the transmission range switch.
10. Verify that the shift cable end is properly installed into the shift cable end holder. If
15. Push the shift lock release and verify that the shift lever releases.
improperly installed, remove the shift cable from the shift lever bracket base and
16. Reinstall the console panel and related parts.
reinstall the shift cable end and shift cable. Do not install the shift cable end into the
shift cable end holder while the shift cable is on the shift lever bracket base.
11. Rotate the holder clockwise a quarter turn to secure the shift cable.

Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly
82
1. A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL LIGHT BULB
2. D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
(6P)
3. SHIFT LEVER KNOB
8 Nm (0.8 kgf/m, 6 lbf/ft)
4. A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL
5. A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL LID
6. SHIFT LEVER COVER
7. SHIFT LEVER COVER SLIDER
9. PLUNGER SPRING
10. SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID PLUNGER
11. D3 SWITCH
12. SHIFT LEVER BRACKET BASE
13. SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR (2P)

Shift Cable Replacement
83
1. Raise the vehicle and make sure it is securely supported, refer to the '01 Civic Shop 7. Rotate the socket holder (A) on this shift cable (B) counterclockwise a quarter turn;
Manual on this CD (see page 1-15). the projection (C) on the socket holder faces direction to remove. Then slide the
2. Remove the ash tray, then remove the center console lower cover. holder to remove the shift cable fron the shift cable base (D).
3. Remove the shift lever console panel.
4. Shift the shift lever to position.
5. Slide the lock tab (A) down on the shift cable end holder (B).
8. Remove the shift cable guide bracket (A) and grommet (B), then remove the guide
bracket from the cable.
6. Rotate the shift cable lock (C) holding its middle (D) with needle-nose pliers (E) from
the shift cable end and shift cable holder.
NOTE: Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it may damage the shift
cable end holder.

Shift Cable Replacement (cont'd)
84
9. Remove the shift cable covers (A), then remove the bolts securing the shift cable 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and verify that the position indicator light
holder (B). comes on.
19. If necessary, push the shift cable until it stops, then release it. Pull the shift cable
back one step so that the shift cable is in
10. Remove the lock bolt securing the control lever (C), then remove the shift cable (D)
with the control lever from the control shaft (E). 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
11. Insert the new shift cable through the grommet hole. 21. Insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) into the positioning hole on the shift lever bracket
12. Install the shift cable guide bracket on the shift cable, then install the shift cable base through the positioning hole on the shift lever assembly. The shift lever is
guide bracket to the body.
13. Verify that the transmission is in position on the control shaft.
14. Install the control lever with the shift cable on the control shaft. Do not bend the
shift cable excessively.
15. Secure the shift cable holder with the bolts on the transmission.
16. Install the lock bolt with a new lock washer (F), then bend the lock washer tab
against the bolt head.
17. Install the shift cable covers.

Shift Cable Replacement (cont'd)
85
22. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) counterclockwise with a quarter 25. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift cable end and shift cable end
turn; the projection (C)on the socket holder is direct opposite the opening (D) of the holder, then push the lock tab (B) up until it stops to lock the joint.
shift lever bracket base (E). Slide the holder to install into the shift cable bracket
base with installing the shift cable end (F) into the shift cable end holder (G).
(l).
27. Move the shift lever to each position and verify that the A/T gear position indicator
23. Verify that the shift cable end is properly installed into the shift cable end holder. If 28. Allow the wheels to rotate freely.
improperly installed, remove the shift cable from the shift lever bracket base and 29. Start the engine and check the shift lever operation in all gears.
reinstall the shift cable end and shift cable. Do not install the shift cable end holder 30. Reinstall the console panel and related parts.
while the shift cable is on the shift lever bracket base.

Shift Cable Adjustment
86
1. Remove the ash tray, then remove the center console lower cover. 7. Push down the shift cable until it stops, then release it. Pull the shift cable back one
2. Remove the shift lever console panel. step so that the shift cable is in
3. Shift the lever to position.
4. Slide the lock tab (A) down on the shift cable end holder (B).
5. Remove the shift cable lock (C) holding its middle (D) with needle-nose pliers (E)
from the shift cable end and shift cable end holder.
NOTE: Do not pry the shift lock with a screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable
end holder.
6. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) counterclockwise a quarter turn; 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and verify that the position indicator light comes
the projection (C) on the socket holder faces direction to remove. Then slide the on.
holder to remove the shift cable from the shift cable bracket base (D). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
NOTE: Do not remove the shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (E) and 10. Insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) in to the positioning hole on the shift lever bracket
damper (F). base through the positioning hole on the shift lever assembly. The shift lever is

Shift Cable Adjustment (cont'd)
87
11. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) counterclockwise a quarter turn; 14. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift cable end and shift cable end
the projection (C) on the socket holder is directed opposite the opening (D) of the holder, then push the lock tab (B) up until it stops to lock the joint.
shift lever bracket base (E). Slide the holder to install into the shift cable bracket
base with installing the shift cable end (F) into the shift cable end holder (G).
(l).
16. Move the shift lever to each gear and verify that the A/T gear position indicator
17. Push the shift lock release and verify that the shift lever releases.
12. Verify that the shift cable end is properly installed into the shift cable end holder. If 18. Reinstall the console panel and related parts.
improperly installed, remove the shift cable from the shift lever bracket base and
reinstall the shift cable end into the shift cable end holder while the shift cable is on
the shift lever bracket base.
A/T Gear Position Indicator
A/T Gear Position Indicator 14-

88
1. A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
Indicator Input Test, page 14-163
Indicator Bulb Replacement, page 14-164
2. POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
3. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Test, page 14-160
Automatic Transmission - A/T Interlock System
A/T Interlock System 14-

89
1. POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
2. INTERLOCK RELAY
(KS model)
3. INTERLOCK RELAY
(KEY LOCK SOLENOID)
(KS model)
Test, page 14-92
5. STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY
KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
KEY INTERLOCK SWITCH
Test, page 14-168
6. BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
7. INTERLOCK CONTROL UNIT
(KS model)

Circuit Diagram
90
KS Model:

Key Interlock Solenoid Test
91
KS Model 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (ll).
1. Disconnect the interlock control unit connector. 9. Press the brake pedal with the accelerator pedal released, measure the voltage
2. Inspect the connector and connector terminals to be sure they are making good between the No. 2 terminal of the interlock control unit connector and body ground.
contact. The shift lever must be in position. There should be battery voltage.
3. If the terminal are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the ● If there is no voltage, check for an open or short in the wire.
system. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

4. Turn the ignition switch ACC (II). 11. Check for continuity between the No. 4 terminal and body ground and No. 6
5. Measure the voltage between the No. 5 terminal of the interlock control unit terminal and body ground individually. There should be continuity to ground.
connector and body ground. There should be no voltage. ● If there is no continuity to ground, check for an open in the wire or poor ground
● If there is no voltage, check for a blown No. 8 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/ (G401).
relay box or an open or short in the wire.
INTERLOCK CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR

6. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal and body ground and between the
No. 3 and body ground while the shift lever is in position. There should be
voltage.
● If there is no voltage, check for a blown No. 8 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/
relay box or an open or short in the wire.

7. Check for continuity between the No. 8 terminal and body ground when the ignition
switch in ACC (l) position and when the ignition switch OFF. There should be no
continuity to ground in ACC (l) and continuity to ground in OFF.
● If the test results are different, check for a faulty interlock relay (key lock solenoid)
or an open or short in the wires.

Shift Lock Solenoid Test
92
1. Remove the shift lever console panel. 6. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector (2P) from the shift lever bracket base, then
2. Remove the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (6P) (A) from the shift lever disconnect the connector (see page 14-82).
bracket base, then disconnect the connector. 7. Connect the No. 1 terminal of shift lock solenoid connector (2P) to the battery
positive terminal and connector the No. 2 terminal to the battery negative terminal.
8. Check that the shift lever can be moved from the position. Release the battery
terminals from the shift lock solenoid connector. Move the shift lever back to the
position and make sure it locks.
NOTE: Do not connect power to the No. 2 terminal (reverse polarity) or you will
damage the diode inside the solenoid.
9. If the shift lock solenoid does not work, replace it.
10. Check that the shift lock releases when the shift lock release is pushed and check
that it locks when the shift lock release is released.
11. If the shift lock does not work properly, check that the shift lock mechanism.
3. Connect the No. 1 terminal of the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (6P) to the
battery positive terminal and connect the No. 3 terminal to the battery negative
terminal.
4. Check that the shift lever can be moved from the position. Release the battery
terminals from the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector. Move the shift lever back
to the position and make sure it locks.
NOTE: Do not connect power the No. 3 terminal (reverse polarity) or you will
damage the diode inside the solenoid.
5. If the shift lock solenoid does not work, remove the shift lever assembly (see page
14-79). Go to step 10, when the shift lock solenoid works properly.

Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement (cont'd)
93
1. Remove the shift assembly (see page 14-79).
2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector (2P), then disconnect the connector (see
page 14-82).
3. Remove the D3 switch wire from the hook. The wire routes over the shift lock
solenoid.
4. Pull the lock tab (A) up, then remove the shift lock solenoid (B).
5. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger (C) and plunger spring (D) in the new shift lock
solenoid.
6. Apply silicone grease the inside of the slot on the shift lock solenoid plunger and tip
of the shift lock/reverse lock stop.
7. Install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger
with the tip (E) of the shift lock/reverse lock stop.
8. Connect the shift lock solenoid connector (2P) and install it to the shift lever bracket
base.
9. Hook the D3 switch wire on its hook.
10. Install the shift lever assembly (see page 14-80).
Valve Body
Valve Body 14-

Servo Body Disassembly, Inspection and
Reassembly
94
1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent or carburettor cleaner and dry them with compressed air. Blow out all passages.
2. Replace the valve body as an assembly if any parts are worn or damaged.
3. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly.
1. SERVO BODY
Inspect for scoring and damage.
2. SERVO VALVE/SHIFT FORK SHAFT
3. O-RING
Replace
4. SNAP RING
5. 1ST ACCUMULATOR PISTON
6. 4TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON
7. SNAP RING
8. 3RD SUB ACCUMULATOR PISTON
9. O-RING
Replace
10. 2ND ACCUMULATOR PISTON
SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
No. Spring Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)
Wire Dia. O.D. Free Length No. of Coils
(1) 1st accumulator spring 2.1 (0.083) 16.0 (0.630) 89.1 (3.508) 16.2
(2) 4th accumulator spring A 2.6 (0.102) 17.0 (0.669) 88.4 (3.480) 14.2
(3) 4th accumulator spring B 2.3 (0.091) 10.2 (0.402) 51.6 (2.031) 13.8
(4) 3rd accumulator spring A 2.8 (0.110) 17.5 (0.689) 94.3 (3.713) 15.9
(5) 3rd accumulator spring B 2.1 (0.083) 31.0 (1.220) 38.2 (1.504) 2.6
(6) 2nd accumulator spring C 2.2 (0.087) 14.5 (0.571) 68.0 (2.677) 13.9
(7) 2nd accumulator spring A 2.4 (0.094) 29.0 (1.142) 39.0 (1.535) 2.9
Transaxle - Transaxle
Transaxle
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Reassembly 16-2

● The Honda of the U.K. Manufacturing Produced model has been added. For related information, refer to the CIVIC Shop Manual (P/
N: 62S5A00) on this CD.
Transaxle - Driveline/Axle
Driveline/Axle 16-2
Driveshaft Reassembly
Exploded View
1. INBOARD JOINT
2. CIRCLIP
3. (Right driveshaft)
4. ROLLER
5. DOUBLE LOOP BAND
Replace.
(Replacement parts only)
6. INBOARD BOOT
Pack cavity with grease.
7. EAR CLAMP BAND
Replace.
8. LOW PROFILE BAND
Replace.
9. EAR CLAMP BAND
Replace.
10. DRIVESHAFT
11. STOP RING
Replace.
12. EAR CLAMPS BANDS
Replace.
13. OUTBOARD JOINT
14. Pack cavity with grease.
15. OUTBOARD BOOT
16. Right driveshaft
17. DYNAMIC DAMPER
(Undirectional)
18. Left driveshaft
19. SPIDER
20. Pack cavity with grease.
21. SET RING
Replace.
Driveline/Axle 16-3
Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (B) on the spider and
● Boot band tool, KD-3191 or equivalent commercially available the end of the driveshaft.
● Boot band pincers, KENT-MOORE J-35910 or equivalent commercially available
● Boot band pincer, commercially available
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during this procedure.

Inboard Joint Side
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damage to the inboard boot and
dynamic damper.
4. Fit the circlip (C) into the driveshaft groove. Always rotate the circlip in its groove to
make sure it is fully seated.
5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (B) with their high shoulders facing outward and
note the following items:
● Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on the spider by aligning the marks
(C).
2. Install the dynamic damper, inboard boot and the ear clamp bands (B) onto the ● Hold the driveshaft pointed upward to prevent the rollers from falling off.
driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Take care not to damage the inboard boot
and dynamic damper.
Driveline/Axle 16-4
6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease included in the new driveshaft set. 8. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to the figure below, then adjust the boots to
Grease quantity halfway between full compression and full extension. Make sure the ends of the
Inboard joint: boots seat in the grooves of the driveshaft and joint.
D14Z6 engine models: Left driveshaft:
Right driveshaft: D14Z6 engine models:
108-126 g (3.8-4.4 oz) M/T: 787.7 – 792.7 mm (31.0 – 31.2 in.)
Left driveshaft: A/T: 791.2 – 796.2 mm (31.1 – 31.3 in.)
103.5-121.5 g (3.7-4.3 oz) D16V1 engine models:
D16V1 engine models: M/T: 784 – 789 mm (30.9 – 31.1 in.)
100-110 g (3.5-3.9 oz) A/T: 787 – 792 mm (31.0 – 31.2 in.)
Right driveshaft:
D14Z6 engine models:
498.7 – 503.7 mm (19.6 – 19.8 in.)
D16V1 engine models:
498 – 503 mm (19.6 – 19.8 in.)
9. Position the dynamic damper as shown below.

Left driveshaft:478 – 482 mm (18.8 – 19.0 in.)
Right driveshaft:258 – 262 mm (10.2 – 10.3 in.)
7. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft and note these items:
● Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (A) on the
inboard joint and the rollers.

● Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint points up to prevent it from falling off.
10. Install the boot bands.

● For the low profile type, go to step 11.
● For the double loop type, go to step 13.
● For the ear clamp type, go to step 21.
Driveline/Axle 16-5
11. Install the new low profile band (A) onto the boot (B) and dynamic damper, then 13. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the inboard joint, then install the band (A)
hook the tab (C) on the band. onto the boot.
14. Pull up the slack in the band by hand.

15. Mark a position (A) on the band 10 - 14 mm (0.4 – 0.6 in.) from the clip (B).
12. Close the hook portion of the band with a commercially available boot band pincers
(A), then hook the tabs (B) on the band.
Driveline/Axle 16-6
16. Thread the free end of the band through the nose section of the commercially 19. Unwind the boot band tool and cut off the excess free end of the band to leave a 5
available boot band tool KD-3191 or equivalent (A) and into the slot on the winding – 10 mm (0.2 – 0.4 in.) tail protruding from the clip.
mandrel (B).
20. Bend the band end (A) by tapping it down with a hammer.
NOTE:
● Make sure the band and clip do not interfere with anything and the band does not
move.
● Remove any grease remaining on the surrounding surfaces.
17. Place a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot band tool and tighten the band
until the marked spot (C) on the band meets the edge of the clip.
18. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of the band 90 degrees to the clip.
Centre punch the clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip.
Driveline/Axle 16-7
21. Close the ear portion (A) of the band with a commercially available boot band 23. Install the new set ring.
pincer (B).
22. Check the clearance between the closed ear portion of the band. If the clearance is
not within the standard, close the ear portion of the band further.
Driveline/Axle 16-8
Outboard Joint Side: 4. Insert the driveshaft (A) into the outboard joint (B) until the stop ring (C) is close to
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damage to the outboard boot. the joint.
2. Install the new ear clamp bands (B) and outboard boot onto the driveshaft, then
remove the vinyl tape. Take care not to damage the outboard boot.
3. Install the new stop ring into the driveshaft groove (A).
5. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the driveshaft and joint and drop them
from about 10 cm (4 in.) onto a hard surface. Do not use a hammer as excessive
force may damage the driveshaft.
Driveline/Axle 16-9
6. Check the alignment of the paint mark (A) with the outboard joint end (B). 8. Fit the boot (A) ends onto the driveshaft (B) and outboard joint (C).
7. Pack the outboard joint with the joint grease included in the new joint boot set.
Grease quantity
Outboard joint:
D14Z6 engine models:
9. Close the ear portion (A) of the band with a commercially available boot band pincer
80 – 100 g (2.8 – 3.5 oz)
(B).
D16V1 engine models:
95 – 105 g (3.4 – 3.7 oz)
Driveline/Axle 16-
10
10. Check the clearance between the closed ear portion of the bands. If the clearance
is not within the standard, close the ear portion of the bands further.
Body - Body
Body
Doors
Component Location Index - Front Door 20-2
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation - Manual Window 20-3
Mirrors
Mirror Holder Replacement 20-5
Interior Trim
*Carpet Replacement 20-6
Bumpers
Front Bumper Removal/Installation 20-8
Tailgate
Tailgate Support Strut Replacement 20-9
Exterior Trim
Emblem Replacement 20-10
Openers
Hood Opener Cable Replacement 20-11
Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable Replacement 20-12
NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD, for the items not shown in this manual.
Outline of 5-door Model Changes
● The U.K. Manufacturing produced vehicles have been added. The LHD models have been added; the LHD models are symmetrical and same manner
against the RHD models.
● On the front door for some models, the manual windows have been added.
● For some models, the manual door mirror has been added; the mirror holder removal/installation procedures are different.
● The footrest removal/installation procedures are different.
● For some models the headlight washer has been equipped to the front bumper.
● The tailgate support strut replacement procedure is different.
● Some emblems have been added and the attachment points are different.
● For the LHD models, the hood and fuel fill door opener cables replacement procedures have been added.
seat belt retractors and some models include side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in the Shop Manual P/N 62S5A00
on this CD. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near, SRS components. Servicing, disassembling or replacing these items will require
special precautions and tools and should be done only by an authorised Honda dealer.
WARNING
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the
event of a severe frontal collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an authorised
Honda dealer.
● Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead
to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags.
● Do not bump the SRS unit. Otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or airbags may deploy
when the ignition switch is ON (II).
● SRS electrical wiring connectors are identified by yellow colour coding. Related components
are located in the steering column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel and in the
dashboard above the glove box. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.
file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_english_...onda%20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/CLHtml/20-0.HTM7/7/2011 9:02:35 PM
Body - Body
Body
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If
body maintenance is required)
WARNING
Honda dealer.
Body - Doors
Doors 20-
Component Location Index - Front Door
2
1. DOOR UPPER OUTER CHANNEL TAPE
2. DOOR CENTRE OUTER CHANNEL TAPE
3. DOOR GLASS OUTER WEATHERSTRIP
4. HINGE
5. DETENT ROD
6. HINGE
7. DOOR
8. DOOR GLASS INNER WEATHERSTRIP
9. DOOR PANEL
(Power window)
10. Passenger's:
11. SWITCH PANEL
13. GRIP BASE
14. DOOR PANEL
(Manual window)
15. GRIP COVER
18. SWITCH PANEL
19. Rear manual window:
20. PANEL
21. Front and rear manual window:
22. SWITCH PANEL
23. LOCK KNOB TRIM
24. SPEAKER
25. DOOR WEATHERSTRIP
26. PLASTIC COVER
Body - Doors
Doors 20-3
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation - Manual
Window
Special Tools Required 4. Remove the grip cover (A).

Trim pad remover, Snap-On A 177 or equivalent, commercially available. 1. Pull out along the top to release the upper hooks (B) and the upper clip (C).
1. Remove the mirror mount cover, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 2. Pry out along the top of the grip portion to release the hook (D) and tabs (E).
on this CD (see step 2 on page 20-170). 3. Pry out the bottom and rear edge of the cover to release the hooks (F), tabs (G)
2. Remove the regulator handle (A) by pulling the clip (B) out with a wire hook (C). and rear hooks.
Fastener Locations
B, D, F, I : Hook, 10E, G, H : Tab, 6C : Clip, 2
3. Remove the inner handle (A). Take care not to scratch the door panel.
1. Pry out on the upper portion of the cover (B) to release the hooks (C and D), then
remove the cover.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Pull out the inner handle forward and out half-way to release the hook (E).
4. Disconnect the inner handle rod (F).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 2
Body - Doors
Doors 20-4
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation - Manual
Window (cont'd)
5. Remove the screws from the grip base (A) and door panel (B). 6. Release the clips that hold the door panel (A) with a commercially available trim pad
Fastener Locations remover (B), then remove the door panel by pulling it upward. Remove the door
panel with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it.
: Screw, 3
Fastener Locations
: Clip, 7
7. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Make sure the rod is connected properly.
● Install the regulator handle so it points forward with the glass fully closed.
Body - Mirrors
Mirrors 20-5
Mirror Holder Replacement
1. Carefully pull out the bottom edge of the mirror holder (A) by hand. Take care not to
scratch the mirror.
2. Separate the mirror holder from the actuator (B) by slowly pulling them apart while
detaching the clips (C). If equipped, disconnect the mirror defogger connectors (D)
from the heater pad terminals.
3. If equipped, reconnect the mirror defogger connector.
4. Reattach the clips of the mirror holder to the actuator, then position the mirror holder
on the actuator. Carefully push on the clip portions of the mirror holder until the
mirror holder locks into place.
5. Check the operation of the actuator.
Body - Mirrors
Mirrors 20-6
Carpet Replacement
LHD 3. Using a utility knife, cut the carpet (A) under the heater area (B) on the driver's side,
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see then pull back the carpet.
page 23-24) and the precautions and procedures (see page 23-25) in the SRS section
before performing repairs or service. Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00
on this CD.
NOTE:
● Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the carpet.
● Be careful not to damage the dashboard or other interior trim pieces.
1. Remove these items, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD:
● Front seats, both sides (see page 20-229)
● Rear seat cushion, both sides (see page 20-237)
● Kick panels, both sides (see page 20-206)
● Front door sill trim, both sides (see page 20-206)
● Rear door sill trim, both sides (see page 20-206)
● Dashboard centre lower cover (see page 20-217)
● Driver's dashboard under cover (see page 20-216)
● Passenger's dashboard lower cover (see page 20-220)

4. Remove the clips (A) and release the fasteners (B), then remove the carpet (C).
Fastener Locations
● Parking brake cover (see step 3 on page 20-213)
2. Remove the nut (A) and using a hex wrench, release the clip (B), then remove the A : Clip, 3
footrest (C).
Fastener Locations
A : Nut, 1B : Clip, 1
5. Remove the rear floor carpet, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on
this CD (see step 6 on page 20-214)
Interior Trim
Interior Trim 20-7

Carpet Replacement (cont'd)
6. Install the carpet in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the carpet.
● Make sure the seat harnesses are routed correctly.
● Reattach the cut areas under the heater with a wire tie.
● When installing a new carpet, cut the carpet (A) under the heater area (B). After
installing new carpet, slip the carpet from the driver's and passenger's side
through the space between the heater unit and body.
Bumpers
Bumpers 20-8
Front Bumper Removal/Installation
NOTE:
● Have an assistant help you when removing and installing the front bumper.
● Take care not to scratch the front bumper and body.
Remove the front bumper as shown.

Install the bumper in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
● If equipped, make sure the headlight washer tube is connected properly.
● Make sure the front bumper engages the hooks of the side spacers and upper beams on both sides securely.
Fastener Locations
A : Screw, 2 B : Screw, 2 C : Bolt, 4 D : Clip, 7 E : Clip, 2
1. HOOKS
2. HOOKS
3. SIDE SPACER
4. UPPER BEAM
5. FRONT INNER FENDER
6. FRONT BUMPER
7. HEADLIGHT WASHER TUBE
(For some models)
8. FRONT AIR SPOILER
9. 6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf/m, 7.2 lbf/ft)
10. AIR SPOILER PLATE
11. PLATE
12. SPOILER
13. BUMPER
Tailgate
Tailgate 20-9
Tailgate Support Strut Replacement
1. With the help of an assistant, use a flat-tip screwdriver (A) to pry the support strut
clips (B) from each end of the support strut (C) at the tailgate and body, then release
the support strut from the pivot bolts (D). Do not remove the clips from the support
strut
2. Set the clips (A) to the original position, then reattach the support strut (B) on the
pivot bolts (C) by pushing on the support strut.
Exterior Trim
Exterior Trim 20-

Emblem Replacement
10
NOTE:
● When removing the emblem, take care not to scratch the body.
● For the front and rear "H" emblem, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-257).
1. Clean the body surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on the surface.
2. Apply the emblem, where shown.
1. VTEC EMBLEM
(For some models)
14. FRONT "H" EMBLEM
15. CIVIC EMBLEM
(KG, KR and KS models)
or VERSION EMBLEM
(KE and KY models)
16. VERSION EMBLEM
(KE, KG and KR models)
17. REAR "H" EMBLEM
18. CIVIC EMBLEM
(KE and KY models)
or HONDA EMBLEM
(For some models)
Unit: mm (in)

Exterior Trim

Body - Openers
Openers 20-
Hood Opener Cable Replacement
11
LHD
NOTE:
● Front bumper (see page 20-8)
● Front inner fender, left side, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-259)
● Kick panel, left side, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-206)
2. Disconnect the hood opener cable (A) from the hood latch (B), refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-226) and remove the bolts (C), then
remove the hood release handle (D) from the body.
Fastener Locations
C : Bolt, 2 E : Clip, 3
3. Using a clip remover, detach the clips (E) and remove the grommet (F) from the body, then remove the hood opener cable from the vehicle. Take care not to bend the cable.
4. Install the cable in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips.
Body - Openers
Openers 20-
Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable Replacement
12
LHD
SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see page 23-24) and the precautions and procedures (see page 23-25) in the SRS section before
performing repairs or service. Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD.
NOTE:
1. Remove these items from left side of the vehicle, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD:
● Front door sill trim, right side (see page 20-206)
● Rear door sill trim, both sides (see page 20-206)
● Trunk side trim panel (see page 20-208)
2. Pull the carpet and rear floor carpet back as necessary, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-212).
3. Disconnect the fuel fill door opener cable (A) from the opener (B), refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see step 3 on page 20-267).
Fastener Locations
C : Clip, 1 D : Cushion E : Clip, 1
tape, 5
4. Remove the opener cable from the clip (C). Remove the cushion tape (D) and detach the clip (E) by using a clip remover.
5. Remove the fuel fill door latch (F) from the body by turning it 90°.
6. Remove the fuel fill door opener cable from the vehicle. Take care not to bend the cable.
7. Install the opener cable in the reverse order of removal and replace the cushion tape and replace the clip if it damaged.
Body Electrical - Body Electrical
Body Electrical
Relay and Control Unit Locations

Dashboard 22-2
Power Distribution
Fuse to Components Index 22-4
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification 22-6
Power Relays
Power Relay Test 22-8

● The related information is included in the 5-door LHD type on this CD.
WARNING
Honda dealer.
Body Electrical - Body Electrical
Body Electrical
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If
Electrical maintenance is required)
WARNING
Honda dealer.
Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead

Dashboard
2
1. POWER WINDOW RELAY
2. TURN SIGNAL/HAZARD RELAY
3. UNDER – DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
(Has built-in multiplex control unit)
4. SECURITY HORN RELAY
[Wire colours: BLU/ORN, WHT/GRN, WHT/GRN and
GRN]
5. INTERLOCK CONTROL UNIT
(KG model: daytime running lights)
6. HEADLIGHT WASHER UNIT
7. SECURITY CONTROL UNIT
8. TAILLIGHT RELAY
9. STARTER CUT RELAY (A/T)

Dashboard (cont'd)
3
1. KEYLESS RECEIVER UNIT
2. A/T REVERSE RELAY
[Wire colours: GRN, YEL, YEL and WHT]
SEAT HEATER MAIN RELAY
[Wire colours: GRY/BLU, RED/BLK, BLK/YEL and BLK]
[Wire colours: YEL/BLK, WHT/BLK, WHT/BLK and RED/
YEL]
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2
[Wire colours: YEL/BLK, YEL/GRN, YEL/BLK and GRN/
YEL]
4. EPS CONTROL UNIT
5. ECM/PCM
6. SRS UNIT
7. SHIFT LOCK RELAY
[Wire colours: YEL/BLK, BLK/ORN, GRY and BLK]
SHIFT LOCK RELAY
(Except KG model: daytime running lights)
[Wire colours: YEL/RED, YEL/RED, WHT/RED and BLU/
RED]
KEY INTERLOCK RELAY
[Wire colours: BLU, YEL/RED, BLK and BLU/RED]

Fuse to Components Index
Under - dash Fuse/Relay Box

Number Colour
1 15A BLK/WHT Ignition coils
2 ——— ——— Not used
3 10A Fuse/relay box Multiplex control unit (KG model: daytime running lights)
socket
———
4 10A BLK/ORN Alternator, Cruise control unit, Cruise main switch, EVAP purge control solenoid valve, Primary HO2S, Secondary
HO2S, Vehicle speed sensor, Shift lock relay (KG model: daytime running lights)
5 7.5A Fuse/relay box Multiplex control unit (KG model)
socket
6 7.5A YEL/GRN Headlight adjuster switch, Headlight adjuster unit, Power window master switch, Sunroof open relay, Sunroof close relay
7 20A GRN Sunroof motor
8 7.5A Fuse/relay box Optional connector V, Multiplex control unit
socket
YEL/RED Audio unit, Interlock control unit (KG model: daytime running lights), Key interlock relay (KG model: daytime running
lights), Shift lock relay (Except KG model: daytime running lights)
9 10A GRN OPDS unit
10 7.5A Fuse/relay box Multiplex control unit
socket
YEL A/T reverse relay, Back-up lights, EPS control unit, Gauge assembly, Keyless receiver unit, Security control unit
11 7.5A BLK/ORN ABS modulator-control unit
12 7.5A Fuse/relay box Multiplex control unit (KG model: daytime running lights)
socket
13 10A PNK SRS unit
14 10A Fuse/relay box Optional connector V
socket
BLK/YEL A/C compressor clutch relay, Blower motor relay, Condenser fan relay, Climate control unit (with auto A/C), Heater
control panel (without auto A/C), Power mirror actuator, Power mirror defogger, Radiator fan relay, Rear window
defogger relay, Recirculation control motor, Seat heater main relay
15 30A RED/YEL Headlight washer control unit
16 20A RED/BLK Driver's seat heater, Passenger's seat heater
17 15A BLK/YEL Inertia switch, SRS unit
YEL/BLK ECM, PCM, Fuel pump
18 15A YEL/GRN Cigarette lighter
19 7.5A YEL/BLK Turn signal/hazard relay
20 20A Fuse/relay box Multiplex control unit
socket
GRN/BLK Windshield wiper motor, Windshield washer motor
21 ——— ——— Not used
22 20A GRN/BLK Front passenger's power window motor
23 20A GRN/WHT Driver's power window motor
24 20A YEL/RED Left rear power window motor
25 20A YEL/BLU Right rear power window motor

Fuse to Components Index (cont'd)
*: Not used
Ground Distribution 22-6

Ground Distribution 22-7

Relays
Relays 22-8
Power Relay Test
Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it.
Relay Test
SHIFT LOCK RELAY
KEY INTERLOCK RELAY 5 terminal type
5-terminal type
Check for continuity between the terminals.
● There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power and
ground are connected to the No. 3 and No. 5 terminals.
● There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is
disconnected.

Civic Coupe and Sedan Supplement

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Civic Coupe and Sedan Supplement

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

0-1

How to Use This Manual General Info

● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol and

All information contained in this manual is based on the latest product

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/0-1.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:44 PM

All Rights Reserved

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/0-1.htm (2 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:44 PM

Chassis and Engine Numbers - 4-Door Model 1-2

Chassis and Engine Numbers 1-2

Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd) 1-3

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-3.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:47 PM

KM LX-B 5MT 93HES15302Z000001- D17A3-2400001- SLW-1000001-

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-3.htm (2 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:47 PM

Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd) 1-4

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-4.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:48 PM

4AT JHMES168*2S400001- D17A5-2000001- SLXA-2000001-

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-4.htm (2 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:48 PM

Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd) 1-5

Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd) 1-6

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-6.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:49 PM

4AT SHHEU78401U000101- D14Z6-2000001- SLXA-2000001-

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-6.htm (2 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:49 PM

Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd) 1-7

Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd) 1-8

CO Carbon Monoxide IMMOBI. Immobiliser

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-9.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:45 PM

DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code LR Left Rear

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_engli...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-9.htm (2 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:45 PM

Abbreviations (cont'd) 1-10

RL Rear Left Second

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_englis...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-10.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:46 PM

SCS Service Check Signal Second

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_englis...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/1-10.htm (2 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:46 PM

Standards and Service Limits 2-22

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or Service Limit

Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.023-0.057 mm 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)

Driveshaft contact area I.D. 26.025-26.045 mm -

Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance 0.045-0.086 mm 0.12 mm

Set ring-to-carrier bearing outer race clearance 0-0.15 mm Adjust

A/T differential pinion gear Backlash 0.05-0.15 mm -

Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.055-0.095 mm 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_englis...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/2-22.htm (1 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:54 PM

file:///C|/Users/Navindra/Desktop/Civic_2001-2005_englis...20Civic%202001-2005(english)/EngCivic/Civ37Html/2-22.htm (2 of 2)7/5/2011 11:11:54 PM

Standards and Service Limits 2-23

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit

Reverse brake pressure At 1,500 rpm (min-1) in 1.4-1.75 MPa

Drive pulley pressure At 1,500 rpm (min-1) in 0.2-0.7 MPa

Driven pulley pressure At 1,500 rpm (min-1) in 1.5-2.3 MPa

Lubrication pressure At 3,000 rpm (min-1) in Above 0.2 MPa

D17A2 engine in position 2,500 rpm (min-1) 2,350-2,650 rpm (min-1)

D17A2 engine in , 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,600-2,900 rpm (min-1)

Standards and Service Limits 2-24

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit

Start clutch 0.5-0.7 mm -

Reverse brake 0.45-0.75 mm -

Standards and Service Limits 2-25

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit

Forward clutch side 19.987-20.000 mm When worn or damaged

Thrust clearance ATF pump driven sprocket hub 0.37-0.65 mm -

Planetary carrier 0.05-0.11 mm -

Forward clutch feed pipe 11.47-11.48 mm 11.45 mm (0.451 in.)

Forward clutch feed pipe 11.5-11.518 mm 11.533 mm (0.454 in.)

Sealing ring groove width 2.00-2.10 mm 2.105 mm (0.083 in.)

(see page 11-147)1 (see page 11-447)1

(see page 11-138)1 (see page 11-296)1 (see page 11-438)

(see page 11-147)1 (see page 11-447)1

(see page 11-138)1 (see page 11-296)1 (see page 11-438)